System Description

Table of Contents ......................................................................................... List of Figures ............................................................................................... List of Tables ................................................................................................ Chapter 1 Overview of BTS3606.................................................................. 1.1 Comparison between CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO ........................ 1.2 Huawei CDMA2000 1X / 1xEV-DO Network Solution ....................... 1.2.1 Introduction to BSS/AN ............................................................. 1.2.2 Introduction to CN..................................................................... 1.3 Role and Application of the BTS3606 ............................................... 1.3.1 Role in the Network .................................................................. 1.3.2 Application of the BTS3606 ...................................................... Chapter 2 Product Features ......................................................................... 2.1 Technical Features ........................................................................... 2.2 Large Coverage ................................................................................ 2.2.1 Receiver Sensitivity .................................................................. 2.2.2 Transmit Power (Measured at RF Port).................................... 2.2.3 Cascading with the ODU3601C................................................ 2.3 Flexible Networking........................................................................... 2.3.1 Networking Interfaces ............................................................... 2.3.2 Networking Modes .................................................................... 2.3.3 Clock Sources .......................................................................... 2.4 Convenient Operation and Maintenance .......................................... 2.4.1 System Status Monitoring......................................................... 2.4.2 Data Configuration .................................................................... 2.4.3 Alarm Processing ..................................................................... 2.4.4 Security Management............................................................... 2.4.5 Test Function ............................................................................ 2.4.6 Site Monitoring .......................................................................... 2.4.7 Upgrade .................................................................................... 2.4.8 Operation on the Equipment ..................................................... 2.4.9 Auto Restart.............................................................................. 2.4.10 Reverse Maintenance ............................................................. 2.5 Easy Upgrade and Expansion .......................................................... 2.5.1 High Compatibility..................................................................... 2.5.2 Flexible Configuration ............................................................... 2.5.3 Smooth Expansion ................................................................... 2.6 Serial Products for Seamless Coverage ........................................... Chapter 3 Product Structure ......................................................................... 3.1 Cabinet Physical Features ................................................................ i v vi 1-1 1-1 1-2 1-3 1-5 1-6 1-6 1-6 2-1 2-1 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-3 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-5 2-6 2-6 2-6 3-1 3-1

3.2 Cabinet Configuration ....................................................................... 3.3 Functional Structure of the BTS3606 ................................................ 3.3.1 Baseband Subsystem............................................................... 3.3.2 RF Subsystem .......................................................................... 3.3.3 Antenna Subsystem ................................................................. 3.3.4 Power Supply Subsystem......................................................... 3.4 Physical Interfaces ............................................................................ Chapter 4 Major Functions ........................................................................... 4.1 Power Control and Rate Control ....................................................... 4.1.1 Forward Power Control ............................................................. 4.1.2 Reverse Power Control ............................................................ 4.1.3 Rate Control ............................................................................. 4.2 Handoff ............................................................................................. 4.2.1 Soft Handoff.............................................................................. 4.2.2 Softer Handoff .......................................................................... 4.2.3 Virtual Soft Handoff .................................................................. 4.2.4 Hard Handoff ............................................................................ 4.3 Radio Configuration .......................................................................... 4.4 Channel Configuration ...................................................................... 4.4.1 CDMA2000 1X Channels ......................................................... 4.4.2 CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Channels ............................................... 4.5 Multi-Channel Function ..................................................................... 4.6 Receiving Diversity ........................................................................... 4.7 Cell Breathing ................................................................................... Chapter 5 Product Reliability ........................................................................ 5.1 System Reliability.............................................................................. 5.1.1 De-rating Design ....................................................................... 5.1.2 Quality Control of Components ................................................ 5.1.3 Thermal Design ........................................................................ 5.1.4 EMC Design ............................................................................. 5.1.5 Redundancy Design ................................................................. 5.1.6 Reliability Measures for Input Power ........................................ 5.1.7 Maintainability Design............................................................... 5.1.8 Fault Monitoring and Handling .................................................. 5.2 Hardware Reliability .......................................................................... 5.2.1 Protection against Wrong Insertion of Boards .......................... 5.2.2 BCKM Active-Standby Switchover ........................................... 5.2.3 BCIM Backup Slots ................................................................... 5.2.4 BCIM/BCKM Power Backup ..................................................... 5.2.5 N+1 Redundancy for Baseband Fans ...................................... 5.2.6 Abis Interface Link Backup .......................................................

3-2 3-3 3-4 3-4 3-5 3-5 3-6 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-3 4-4 4-4 4-4 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-8 4-8 4-8 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-2 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-3 5-4

5.2.7 CE Pool Design for CCPMs...................................................... 5.2.8 Status Monitoring and Alarm Report ........................................ 5.2.9 Distributed Power Supply ......................................................... 5.3 Software Reliability ........................................................................... 5.3.1 Periodic Check on Key Resources ........................................... 5.3.2 Process Monitoring ................................................................... 5.3.3 Data Check ............................................................................... 5.3.4 Fault Isolation ........................................................................... 5.3.5 Reversible Upgrade .................................................................. 5.3.6 Log Function ............................................................................. Chapter 6 Operation and Maintenance ........................................................ 6.1 Structure of the O&M System ........................................................... 6.1.1 Structure of Local O&M System ............................................... 6.1.2 Structure of M2000 System ...................................................... 6.2 O&M Functions ................................................................................. 6.2.1 Security Management............................................................... 6.2.2 Alarm Management .................................................................. 6.2.3 Loading Management ............................................................... 6.2.4 Configuration Management ...................................................... 6.2.5 Equipment Management .......................................................... 6.2.6 Test Management..................................................................... 6.2.7 Tracing Management ................................................................ Chapter 7 Technical Specifications .............................................................. 7.1 Engineering Specifications ................................................................ 7.2 Capacity Specifications ..................................................................... 7.2.1 CDMA2000 1X Capacity ........................................................... 7.2.2 CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Capacity ................................................ 7.3 Transmitter and Receiver Specifications .......................................... 7.3.1 Transmitter and Receiver Specifications in 450 MHz Band ..... 7.3.2 Transmitter and Receiver Specifications in 800 MHz Band ..... 7.3.3 Transmitter and Receiver Specifications in 1900 MHz Band ... 7.4 ODU3601C Cascading Specifications .............................................. Appendix A Technical Standards ................................................................. A.1 General Technical Standards ........................................................... A.2 Um Interface Standards .................................................................... A.2.1 Physical Layer .......................................................................... A.2.2 MAC Layer ............................................................................... A.2.3 Service Capability .................................................................... A.3 Abis Interface Standards .................................................................. A.3.1 Physical Layer .......................................................................... A.3.2 ATM Layer ................................................................................

5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-4 5-5 5-5 5-5 5-5 6-1 6-1 6-1 6-2 6-3 6-3 6-4 6-4 6-5 6-5 6-5 6-5 7-1 7-1 7-1 7-2 7-2 7-2 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-4 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-1 A-2 A-2 A-2

A.3.3 ATM Adaptation Layer ............................................................. A.3.4 TCP/IP ...................................................................................... A.3.5 Abis Interface High-Layer Protocol .......................................... A.3.6 Self-Defined Standard .............................................................. A.4 Lightning Protection Standards ........................................................ A.5 Safety Standards .............................................................................. A.6 EMC Standards ................................................................................ A.7 Environment Standards .................................................................... Appendix B Abbreviations and Acronyms ....................................................

A-2 A-3 A-3 A-3 A-3 A-3 A-4 A-5 B-1

System Pinciple
Table of Contents ......................................................................................... List of Figures ............................................................................................... List of Tables ................................................................................................ Chapter 1 Overall Structure .......................................................................... 1.1 Physical Structure ............................................................................. 1.2 Logical Structure ............................................................................... Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem.................................................................. 2.1 Overview of Baseband Subsystem ................................................... 2.1.1 Functional Structure ................................................................. 2.1.2 Introduction to Baseband Boards ............................................. 2.2 BCKM................................................................................................ 2.2.1 Structure and Principle ............................................................. 2.2.2 External Interfaces .................................................................... 2.2.3 Technical Specifications ........................................................... 2.3 BCIM ................................................................................................. 2.3.1 Structure and Principle ............................................................. 2.3.2 External Interfaces .................................................................... 2.3.3 Technical Specifications ........................................................... 2.4 CCPM ............................................................................................... 2.4.1 Structure and Principle ............................................................. 2.4.2 External Interfaces .................................................................... 2.4.3 Technical Specifications ........................................................... 2.5 CECM ............................................................................................... 2.5.1 Structure and Principle ............................................................. 2.5.2 External Interfaces .................................................................... 2.5.3 Technical Specifications ........................................................... 2.6 HPCM ............................................................................................... 2.6.1 Structure and Principle ............................................................. 2.6.2 External Interfaces .................................................................... 2.6.3 Technical Specifications ........................................................... i vi viii 1-1 1-1 1-3 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-2 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-7 2-7 2-8 2-11 2-11 2-11 2-12 2-15 2-15 2-16 2-16 2-17 2-17

2.7 BBKM ................................................................................................ 2.7.1 Structure and Principle ............................................................. 2.7.2 External Interfaces .................................................................... 2.7.3 Technical Specifications ........................................................... 2.8 BESP ................................................................................................ 2.8.1 Structure and Principle ............................................................. 2.8.2 External Interfaces .................................................................... 2.8.3 Technical Specifications ........................................................... 2.9 CSLM ................................................................................................ 2.9.1 Structure and Principle ............................................................. 2.9.2 External Interfaces .................................................................... 2.9.3 Technical Specifications ........................................................... 2.10 CFAN .............................................................................................. 2.10.1 CFMM ..................................................................................... 2.10.2 CFIB ....................................................................................... Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem ...................................................... 3.1 Overview of the RF Subsystem ........................................................ 3.1.1 Functional Structure of the Radio Frequency Subsystem ........ 3.1.2 Introduction to RF Modules ...................................................... 3.2 CTRM................................................................................................ 3.2.1 Structure and Principle ............................................................. 3.2.2 External Interfaces .................................................................... 3.2.3 Specifications ........................................................................... 3.3 CHPA ................................................................................................ 3.3.1 Structure and Principle ............................................................. 3.3.2 External Interfaces .................................................................... 3.3.3 Specifications ........................................................................... 3.4 CDDU................................................................................................ 3.4.1 Structure and Principle ............................................................. 3.4.2 External Interfaces .................................................................... 3.4.3 Specifications ........................................................................... 3.5 CTBM ................................................................................................ 3.5.1 Structure and Principle ............................................................. 3.5.2 External Interfaces .................................................................... 3.5.3 Specifications ........................................................................... 3.6 CRFM................................................................................................ 3.6.1 CMCB ....................................................................................... 3.6.2 BBFL ......................................................................................... 3.7 CPCM ............................................................................................... 3.7.1 Structure and Principle ............................................................. 3.7.2 External Interfaces ....................................................................

2-18 2-18 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-19 2-21 2-21 2-21 2-22 2-22 2-23 2-23 2-23 2-26 3-1 3-1 3-1 3-2 3-2 3-3 3-5 3-5 3-6 3-6 3-7 3-7 3-7 3-8 3-8 3-9 3-9 3-9 3-10 3-10 3-11 3-11 3-14 3-15 3-15 3-16

3.7.3 Specifications ........................................................................... Chapter 4 Antenna Subsystem .................................................................... 4.1 RF Antenna ....................................................................................... 4.1.1 Antenna .................................................................................... 4.1.2 Feeder and Jumper .................................................................. 4.1.3 Lightning Arrester ..................................................................... 4.1.4 Tower-Mounted Amplifier ......................................................... 4.2 Satellite Synchronization Antenna .................................................... 4.2.1 Introduction to GPS and GLONASS ......................................... 4.2.2 Antenna .................................................................................... 4.2.3 Feeder and Jumper .................................................................. 4.2.4 Lightning Arrester of Antennas ................................................. 4.2.5 Receiver ................................................................................... Chapter 5 Power Supply Subsystem............................................................ 5.1 Overview of Power Supply Subsystem ............................................. 5.2 Power Distribution Plans ................................................................... 5.2.1 The +24 VDC Power Input Mode ............................................. 5.2.2 The -48 VDC Power Input Mode .............................................. 5.3 PSUDC/ ............................................................................................ 5.3.1 Structure and Principle ............................................................. 5.3.2 External Interfaces .................................................................... 5.3.3 Technical Specifications ........................................................... Chapter 6 Environment Monitoring Subsystem ............................................ 6.1 Overview of Environment Monitoring Subsystem ............................. 6.2 EAC................................................................................................... 6.2.1 Structure ................................................................................... 6.2.2 Functions .................................................................................. 6.2.3 External Interfaces .................................................................... 6.3 PIB .................................................................................................... 6.3.1 Outlook ..................................................................................... 6.3.2 Functions .................................................................................. 6.3.3 External Interfaces .................................................................... Chapter 7 Lightning Protection and Grounding ............................................ 7.1 Overview of Lightning Protection and Grounding ............................. 7.1.1 Lightning Protection .................................................................. 7.1.2 Equipment Grounding............................................................... 7.2 BTS Lightning Protection Principle ................................................... 7.2.1 Lightning Protection Principle ................................................... 7.2.2 Lightning Protection for Power supply ...................................... 7.2.3 Lightning Protection for Trunk Cables ...................................... 7.2.4 Lightning Protection for Antenna System .................................

3-16 4-1 4-1 4-1 4-3 4-3 4-4 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-6 4-7 4-7 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-2 5-2 5-3 5-3 5-4 5-4 6-1 6-1 6-1 6-1 6-2 6-2 6-3 6-3 6-4 6-4 7-1 7-1 7-1 7-1 7-1 7-1 7-3 7-5 7-7

7.2.5 Lighting Protection for Serial Port ............................................. 7.3 Grounding of BTS Equipment ........................................................... 7.3.1 Internal Grounding of Cabinet .................................................. 7.3.2 External Grounding of Cabinet ................................................. 7.3.3 Grounding of AC Lightning Arrester ......................................... 7.3.4 Grounding of Trunk Cables ...................................................... Chapter 8 BTS Signal Flows ........................................................................ 8.1 Overview of BTS Signal Flows .......................................................... 8.1.1 Abis Signal ................................................................................ 8.1.2 Clock Signal.............................................................................. 8.1.3 Local MMI Signal ...................................................................... 8.2 Abis Traffic Signal Flow .................................................................... 8.2.1 Forward Traffic Signal Flow ...................................................... 8.2.2 Reverse Traffic Signal Flow...................................................... 8.3 Abis Signaling Flow........................................................................... 8.3.1 Forward Signaling Flow ............................................................ 8.3.2 Reverse Signaling Flow ............................................................ 8.4 O&M Signal Flow .............................................................................. 8.5 Clock Signal Flow ............................................................................. Chapter 9 BTS Configuration ....................................................................... 9.1 Configuration Principle ...................................................................... 9.2 Cabinet Configuration ....................................................................... 9.2.1 Configuration of Baseband Boards ........................................... 9.2.2 Configuration of RF Modules .................................................... 9.2.3 Configuration of PSUs .............................................................. 9.3 Configuration of Antennas ................................................................ 9.3.1 RF Antennas ............................................................................. 9.3.2 GPS/GLONASS Synchronization Antennas ............................. 9.4 Networking Configuration.................................................................. 9.4.1 Star Networking ........................................................................ 9.4.2 Chain Networking ..................................................................... 9.4.3 Tree Networking ....................................................................... 9.4.4 Fractional ATM Networking ...................................................... 9.4.5 Cascading with ODU3601Cs .................................................... 9.5 Configuration of Auxiliary Equipment ................................................ 9.5.1 Environment Monitoring Instrument.......................................... 9.5.2 DDF .......................................................................................... 9.6 Typical Configuration ........................................................................ 9.6.1 O(1) Configuration .................................................................... 9.6.2 S(2/2/2) Configuration .............................................................. Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter ................................

7-8 7-8 7-8 7-8 7-9 7-9 8-1 8-1 8-1 8-1 8-2 8-4 8-4 8-4 8-5 8-5 8-5 8-5 8-6 9-1 9-1 9-1 9-1 9-4 9-6 9-6 9-6 9-7 9-7 9-7 9-8 9-9 9-10 9-11 9-12 9-12 9-12 9-12 9-13 9-13 A-1

A.1 Introduction to Band Class ............................................................... A.1.1 800 MHz Band ......................................................................... A.1.2 1900 MHz Band ....................................................................... A.1.3 450 MHz Band ......................................................................... A.1.4 2 GHz Band.............................................................................. A.2 Performance of Receiver .................................................................. A.2.1 Frequency Coverage ................................................................ A.2.2 Access Probe Acquisition......................................................... A.2.3 R-TCH Demodulation Performance ......................................... A.2.4 Receiving Performance ............................................................ A.2.5 Limitations on Emissions .......................................................... A.2.6 Received Signal Quality Indicator (RSQI) ................................ A.3 Performance of Transmitter .............................................................. A.3.1 Frequency Requirements ......................................................... A.3.2 Modulation Requirements ........................................................ A.3.3 RF Output Power ..................................................................... A.3.4 Limitations on Emissions .......................................................... Appendix B EMC Performance .................................................................... B.1 EMI Performance.............................................................................. B.2 EMS Performance ............................................................................ Appendix C Environment Requirements ...................................................... C.1 Storage Environment........................................................................ C.2 Transportation Environment ............................................................. C.3 Operation Environment .................................................................... Appendix D Abbreviations and Acronyms .................................................... D.1 Component ....................................................................................... D.2 Terminology ......................................................................................

A-1 A-1 A-3 A-4 A-6 A-6 A-6 A-7 A-7 A-16 A-18 A-18 A-19 A-19 A-19 A-20 A-20 B-1 B-1 B-2 C-1 C-1 C-3 C-5 D-1 D-1 D-2

Interface Protocols and Service Flows
Table of Contents ......................................................................................... List of Figures ............................................................................................... List of Tables ................................................................................................ Chapter 1 Interface Protocols ....................................................................... 1.1 Introduction to BTS3606 External Interfaces .................................... 1.2 CDMA2000 1X Um Interface ............................................................ 1.2.1 Physical Layer .......................................................................... 1.2.2 Data Link Layer ........................................................................ 1.3 CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Um Interface .................................................. 1.3.1 Physical Layer .......................................................................... 1.3.2 MAC Layer ................................................................................ 1.4 Abis Interface .................................................................................... i iii iv 1-1 1-1 1-2 1-4 1-5 1-7 1-9 1-9 1-12

1.4.1 Physical Layer .......................................................................... 1.4.2 Data Link Layer ........................................................................ 1.4.3 Layer 3 ...................................................................................... Chapter 2 Call Processing ............................................................................ 2.1 MS Call Processing........................................................................... 2.1.1 MS Initialization State ............................................................... 2.1.2 MS Idle State ............................................................................ 2.1.3 System Access State ................................................................ 2.1.4 MS Control on the Traffic Channel State .................................. 2.1.5 Registration .............................................................................. 2.1.6 Handoff ..................................................................................... 2.2 BTS Call Processing ......................................................................... 2.2.1 Pilot and Sync Channel Processing ......................................... 2.2.2 Paging Channel and Quick Paging Channel Processing ......... 2.2.3 Access Channel Processing ..................................................... 2.2.4 Traffic Channel Processing ...................................................... 2.2.5 Registration .............................................................................. 2.2.6 Handoff ..................................................................................... Chapter 3 Service Flows .............................................................................. 3.1 CDMA2000 1X Service Flows ........................................................... 3.1.1 Voice Service ............................................................................ 3.1.2 Handoff ..................................................................................... 3.1.3 SMS Delivery ............................................................................ 3.1.4 Packet Data Service ................................................................. 3.2 CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Service Flows ................................................ 3.2.1 Service Flows ........................................................................... 3.2.2 Handoff ..................................................................................... Appendix A Abbreviations and Acronyms ....................................................

1-14 1-14 1-15 2-1 2-1 2-2 2-5 2-7 2-9 2-10 2-11 2-13 2-13 2-14 2-15 2-16 2-18 2-19 3-1 3-2 3-2 3-8 3-13 3-16 3-19 3-20 3-25 A-1

HUAWEI

1. System Description 2. System Pinciple 3. Interface Protocols and Service Flows

Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station Technical Manual V200R001

Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station Technical Manual
Manual Version Product Version BOM T2-030255-20040730-C-2.10 V200R001 31026355

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. provides customers with comprehensive technical support and service. Please feel free to contact our local office or company headquarters.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address: Administration Building, Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., Bantian, Longgang District, Shenzhen, P. R. China Postal Code: 518129 Website: http://www.huawei.com Email: support@huawei.com

Copyright © 2004 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

All Rights Reserved
No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks

, HUAWEI, C&C08, EAST8000, HONET,

, ViewPoint, INtess, ETS, DMC,

TELLIN, InfoLink, Netkey, Quidway, SYNLOCK, Radium, M900/M1800, TELESIGHT, Quidview, Musa, Airbridge, Tellwin, Inmedia, VRP, DOPRA, iTELLIN, HUAWEI OptiX, C&C08 iNET, NETENGINE, OptiX, iSite, U-SYS, iMUSE, OpenEye, Lansway, SmartAX, infoX, TopEng are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. All other trademarks mentioned in this manual are the property of their respective holders.

Notice
The information in this manual is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the preparation of this manual to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and recommendations in this manual do not constitute the warranty of any kind, express or implied.

About This Manual
Release Notes
This manual applies to Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station V200R001.

Organization
This technical manual introduces the architecture, product features, and technical specifications of Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station. It is organized into three modules: Module 1 System Description This module gives an overall introduction to the product features, product architecture, main functions, reliability design, operation and maintenance system and technical indices. Module 2 System Pinciple This module describes the overall structure of the BTS3606, baseband subsystem, radio frequency subsystem, antenna subsystem, power supply subsystem, environment monitoring subsystem, lightning protection and grounding, BTS signal flows, and BTS configuration. Module 3 Interface Protocols and Service Flows This module introduces the Um interface protocol, Abis interface protocol, MS and BTS call processing, and service flows of the BTS3606.

Intended Audience
The manual is intended for the following readers: Engineering technicians Telecom management personnel System engineers

Conventions
The manual uses the following conventions:

I. General conventions
Convention Arial Arial Narrow Boldface Courier New Description Normal paragraphs are in Arial. Warnings, Cautions, Notes and Tips are in Arial Narrow. Headings are in Boldface. Terminal Display is in Courier New.

II. Command conventions
Convention Boldface italic [] { x | y | ... } [ x | y | ... ] { x | y | ... } * [ x | y | ... ] * Description The keywords of a command line are in Boldface. Command arguments are in italic. Items (keywords or arguments) in square brackets [ ] are optional. Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. One is selected. Optional alternative items are grouped in square brackets and separated by vertical bars. One or none is selected. Alternative items are grouped in braces and separated by vertical bars. A minimum of one or a maximum of all can be selected. Optional alternative items are grouped in square brackets and separated by vertical bars. Many or none can be selected.

III. GUI conventions
Convention <> [] / Description Button names are inside angle brackets. For example, click the <OK> button. Window names, menu items, data table and field names are inside square brackets. For example, pop up the [New User] window. Multi-level menus are separated by forward slashes. For example, [File/Create/Folder].

IV. Keyboard operation
Format <Key> <Key1+Key2> <Key1, Key2> Description Press the key with the key name inside angle brackets. For example, <Enter>, <Tab>, <Backspace>, or <A>. Press the keys concurrently. For example, <Ctrl+Alt+A> means the three keys should be pressed concurrently. Press the keys in turn. For example, <Alt, A> means the two keys should be pressed in turn.

V. Mouse operation
Action Click Double Click Drag Description Press the left button or right button quickly (left button by default). Press the left button twice continuously and quickly. Press and hold the left button and drag it to a certain position.

VI. Symbols
Eye-catching symbols are also used in the manual to highlight the points worthy of special attention during the operation. They are defined as follows:

Caution, Warning, Danger: Means reader be extremely careful during the operation. Note, Comment, Tip, Knowhow, Thought: Means a complementary description.

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Table of Contents

Table of Contents
System Description Chapter 1 Overview of BTS3606 .................................................................................................. 1-1 1.1 Comparison between CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO ........................................................ 1-1 1.2 Huawei CDMA2000 1X / 1xEV-DO Network Solution ....................................................... 1-2 1.2.1 Introduction to BSS/AN ........................................................................................... 1-3 1.2.2 Introduction to CN ................................................................................................... 1-5 1.3 Role and Application of the BTS3606................................................................................ 1-6 1.3.1 Role in the Network................................................................................................. 1-6 1.3.2 Application of the BTS3606..................................................................................... 1-6 Chapter 2 Product Features ......................................................................................................... 2-1 2.1 Technical Features ............................................................................................................ 2-1 2.2 Large Coverage ................................................................................................................. 2-2 2.2.1 Receiver Sensitivity................................................................................................. 2-2 2.2.2 Transmit Power (Measured at RF Port) .................................................................. 2-2 2.2.3 Cascading with the ODU3601C .............................................................................. 2-3 2.3 Flexible Networking ........................................................................................................... 2-3 2.3.1 Networking Interfaces ............................................................................................. 2-3 2.3.2 Networking Modes .................................................................................................. 2-3 2.3.3 Clock Sources ......................................................................................................... 2-3 2.4 Convenient Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................... 2-4 2.4.1 System Status Monitoring ....................................................................................... 2-4 2.4.2 Data Configuration .................................................................................................. 2-4 2.4.3 Alarm Processing .................................................................................................... 2-4 2.4.4 Security Management ............................................................................................. 2-4 2.4.5 Test Function........................................................................................................... 2-4 2.4.6 Site Monitoring ........................................................................................................ 2-5 2.4.7 Upgrade................................................................................................................... 2-5 2.4.8 Operation on the Equipment ................................................................................... 2-5 2.4.9 Auto Restart ............................................................................................................ 2-5 2.4.10 Reverse Maintenance ........................................................................................... 2-5 2.5 Easy Upgrade and Expansion ........................................................................................... 2-5 2.5.1 High Compatibility ................................................................................................... 2-5 2.5.2 Flexible Configuration ............................................................................................. 2-6 2.5.3 Smooth Expansion .................................................................................................. 2-6 2.6 Serial Products for Seamless Coverage............................................................................ 2-6

i

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Table of Contents

Chapter 3 Product Structure ........................................................................................................ 3-1 3.1 Cabinet Physical Features................................................................................................. 3-1 3.2 Cabinet Configuration ........................................................................................................ 3-2 3.3 Functional Structure of the BTS3606 ................................................................................ 3-3 3.3.1 Baseband Subsystem ............................................................................................. 3-4 3.3.2 RF Subsystem......................................................................................................... 3-4 3.3.3 Antenna Subsystem ................................................................................................ 3-5 3.3.4 Power Supply Subsystem ....................................................................................... 3-5 3.4 Physical Interfaces............................................................................................................. 3-6 Chapter 4 Major Functions ........................................................................................................... 4-1 4.1 Power Control and Rate Control........................................................................................ 4-1 4.1.1 Forward Power Control ........................................................................................... 4-1 4.1.2 Reverse Power Control ........................................................................................... 4-2 4.1.3 Rate Control ............................................................................................................ 4-3 4.2 Handoff .............................................................................................................................. 4-3 4.2.1 Soft Handoff ............................................................................................................ 4-3 4.2.2 Softer Handoff ......................................................................................................... 4-3 4.2.3 Virtual Soft Handoff ................................................................................................. 4-4 4.2.4 Hard Handoff ........................................................................................................... 4-4 4.3 Radio Configuration ........................................................................................................... 4-4 4.4 Channel Configuration ....................................................................................................... 4-4 4.4.1 CDMA2000 1X Channels ........................................................................................ 4-5 4.4.2 CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Channels ............................................................................. 4-6 4.5 Multi-Channel Function...................................................................................................... 4-8 4.6 Receiving Diversity ............................................................................................................ 4-8 4.7 Cell Breathing .................................................................................................................... 4-8 Chapter 5 Product Reliability ....................................................................................................... 5-1 5.1 System Reliability............................................................................................................... 5-1 5.1.1 De-rating Design ..................................................................................................... 5-1 5.1.2 Quality Control of Components ............................................................................... 5-1 5.1.3 Thermal Design ....................................................................................................... 5-1 5.1.4 EMC Design ............................................................................................................ 5-2 5.1.5 Redundancy Design................................................................................................ 5-2 5.1.6 Reliability Measures for Input Power....................................................................... 5-2 5.1.7 Maintainability Design ............................................................................................. 5-2 5.1.8 Fault Monitoring and Handling ................................................................................ 5-2 5.2 Hardware Reliability........................................................................................................... 5-3 5.2.1 Protection against Wrong Insertion of Boards ........................................................ 5-3 5.2.2 BCKM Active-Standby Switchover .......................................................................... 5-3 5.2.3 BCIM Backup Slots ................................................................................................. 5-3 5.2.4 BCIM/BCKM Power Backup.................................................................................... 5-3 5.2.5 N+1 Redundancy for Baseband Fans..................................................................... 5-3
ii

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Table of Contents

5.2.6 Abis Interface Link Backup...................................................................................... 5-4 5.2.7 CE Pool Design for CCPMs .................................................................................... 5-4 5.2.8 Status Monitoring and Alarm Report....................................................................... 5-4 5.2.9 Distributed Power Supply........................................................................................ 5-4 5.3 Software Reliability ............................................................................................................ 5-4 5.3.1 Periodic Check on Key Resources.......................................................................... 5-4 5.3.2 Process Monitoring ................................................................................................. 5-4 5.3.3 Data Check.............................................................................................................. 5-5 5.3.4 Fault Isolation .......................................................................................................... 5-5 5.3.5 Reversible Upgrade ................................................................................................ 5-5 5.3.6 Log Function............................................................................................................ 5-5 Chapter 6 Operation and Maintenance........................................................................................ 6-1 6.1 Structure of the O&M System ............................................................................................ 6-1 6.1.1 Structure of Local O&M System.............................................................................. 6-1 6.1.2 Structure of M2000 System..................................................................................... 6-2 6.2 O&M Functions .................................................................................................................. 6-3 6.2.1 Security Management ............................................................................................. 6-3 6.2.2 Alarm Management................................................................................................. 6-4 6.2.3 Loading Management ............................................................................................. 6-4 6.2.4 Configuration Management..................................................................................... 6-5 6.2.5 Equipment Management ......................................................................................... 6-5 6.2.6 Test Management ................................................................................................... 6-5 6.2.7 Tracing Management .............................................................................................. 6-5 Chapter 7 Technical Specifications............................................................................................. 7-1 7.1 Engineering Specifications ................................................................................................ 7-1 7.2 Capacity Specifications...................................................................................................... 7-1 7.2.1 CDMA2000 1X Capacity ......................................................................................... 7-2 7.2.2 CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Capacity .............................................................................. 7-2 7.3 Transmitter and Receiver Specifications ........................................................................... 7-2 7.3.1 Transmitter and Receiver Specifications in 450 MHz Band.................................... 7-2 7.3.2 Transmitter and Receiver Specifications in 800 MHz Band.................................... 7-3 7.3.3 Transmitter and Receiver Specifications in 1900 MHz Band.................................. 7-4 7.4 ODU3601C Cascading Specifications ............................................................................... 7-4 Appendix A Technical Standards ................................................................................................A-1 A.1 General Technical Standards............................................................................................A-1 A.2 Um Interface Standards ....................................................................................................A-1 A.2.1 Physical Layer.........................................................................................................A-1 A.2.2 MAC Layer ..............................................................................................................A-1 A.2.3 Service Capability ...................................................................................................A-1 A.3 Abis Interface Standards ...................................................................................................A-2 A.3.1 Physical Layer.........................................................................................................A-2 A.3.2 ATM Layer ..............................................................................................................A-2
iii

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Table of Contents

A.3.3 ATM Adaptation Layer ............................................................................................A-2 A.3.4 TCP/IP ....................................................................................................................A-3 A.3.5 Abis Interface High-Layer Protocol .........................................................................A-3 A.3.6 Self-Defined Standard ............................................................................................A-3 A.4 Lightning Protection Standards .........................................................................................A-3 A.5 Safety Standards ...............................................................................................................A-3 A.6 EMC Standards .................................................................................................................A-4 A.7 Environment Standards.....................................................................................................A-5 Appendix B Abbreviations and Acronyms .................................................................................B-1

System Pinciple Chapter 1 Overall Structure.......................................................................................................... 1-1 1.1 Physical Structure .............................................................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Logical Structure ................................................................................................................ 1-3 Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem ................................................................................................. 2-1 2.1 Overview of Baseband Subsystem.................................................................................... 2-1 2.1.1 Functional Structure ................................................................................................ 2-1 2.1.2 Introduction to Baseband Boards............................................................................ 2-2 2.2 BCKM................................................................................................................................. 2-2 2.2.1 Structure and Principle............................................................................................ 2-3 2.2.2 External Interfaces .................................................................................................. 2-4 2.2.3 Technical Specifications.......................................................................................... 2-5 2.3 BCIM .................................................................................................................................. 2-5 2.3.1 Structure and Principle............................................................................................ 2-6 2.3.2 External Interfaces .................................................................................................. 2-7 2.3.3 Technical Specifications.......................................................................................... 2-7 2.4 CCPM ................................................................................................................................ 2-7 2.4.1 Structure and Principle............................................................................................ 2-8 2.4.2 External Interfaces ................................................................................................ 2-11 2.4.3 Technical Specifications........................................................................................ 2-11 2.5 CECM .............................................................................................................................. 2-11 2.5.1 Structure and Principle.......................................................................................... 2-12 2.5.2 External Interfaces ................................................................................................ 2-15 2.5.3 Technical Specifications........................................................................................ 2-15 2.6 HPCM .............................................................................................................................. 2-16 2.6.1 Structure and Principle.......................................................................................... 2-16 2.6.2 External Interfaces ................................................................................................ 2-17 2.6.3 Technical Specifications........................................................................................ 2-17 2.7 BBKM............................................................................................................................... 2-18 2.7.1 Structure and Principle.......................................................................................... 2-18 2.7.2 External Interfaces ................................................................................................ 2-19
iv

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Table of Contents

2.7.3 Technical Specifications........................................................................................ 2-19 2.8 BESP ............................................................................................................................... 2-19 2.8.1 Structure and Principle.......................................................................................... 2-19 2.8.2 External Interfaces ................................................................................................ 2-21 2.8.3 Technical Specifications........................................................................................ 2-21 2.9 CSLM ............................................................................................................................... 2-21 2.9.1 Structure and Principle.......................................................................................... 2-22 2.9.2 External Interfaces ................................................................................................ 2-22 2.9.3 Technical Specifications........................................................................................ 2-23 2.10 CFAN ............................................................................................................................. 2-23 2.10.1 CFMM.................................................................................................................. 2-23 2.10.2 CFIB .................................................................................................................... 2-26 Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem ..................................................................................... 3-1 3.1 Overview of the RF Subsystem ......................................................................................... 3-1 3.1.1 Functional Structure of the Radio Frequency Subsystem ...................................... 3-1 3.1.2 Introduction to RF Modules ..................................................................................... 3-2 3.2 CTRM................................................................................................................................. 3-2 3.2.1 Structure and Principle............................................................................................ 3-3 3.2.2 External Interfaces .................................................................................................. 3-5 3.2.3 Specifications .......................................................................................................... 3-5 3.3 CHPA ................................................................................................................................. 3-6 3.3.1 Structure and Principle............................................................................................ 3-6 3.3.2 External Interfaces .................................................................................................. 3-7 3.3.3 Specifications .......................................................................................................... 3-7 3.4 CDDU................................................................................................................................. 3-7 3.4.1 Structure and Principle............................................................................................ 3-8 3.4.2 External Interfaces .................................................................................................. 3-8 3.4.3 Specifications .......................................................................................................... 3-9 3.5 CTBM................................................................................................................................. 3-9 3.5.1 Structure and Principle............................................................................................ 3-9 3.5.2 External Interfaces ................................................................................................ 3-10 3.5.3 Specifications ........................................................................................................ 3-10 3.6 CRFM............................................................................................................................... 3-11 3.6.1 CMCB.................................................................................................................... 3-11 3.6.2 BBFL ..................................................................................................................... 3-14 3.7 CPCM .............................................................................................................................. 3-15 3.7.1 Structure and Principle.......................................................................................... 3-15 3.7.2 External Interfaces ................................................................................................ 3-16 3.7.3 Specifications ........................................................................................................ 3-16 Chapter 4 Antenna Subsystem .................................................................................................... 4-1 4.1 RF Antenna........................................................................................................................ 4-1 4.1.1 Antenna ................................................................................................................... 4-1
v

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Table of Contents

4.1.2 Feeder and Jumper................................................................................................. 4-3 4.1.3 Lightning Arrester.................................................................................................... 4-3 4.1.4 Tower-Mounted Amplifier ........................................................................................ 4-4 4.2 Satellite Synchronization Antenna ..................................................................................... 4-4 4.2.1 Introduction to GPS and GLONASS ....................................................................... 4-5 4.2.2 Antenna ................................................................................................................... 4-6 4.2.3 Feeder and Jumper................................................................................................. 4-6 4.2.4 Lightning Arrester of Antennas................................................................................ 4-7 4.2.5 Receiver .................................................................................................................. 4-7 Chapter 5 Power Supply Subsystem........................................................................................... 5-1 5.1 Overview of Power Supply Subsystem.............................................................................. 5-1 5.2 Power Distribution Plans.................................................................................................... 5-1 5.2.1 The +24 VDC Power Input Mode ............................................................................ 5-2 5.2.2 The –48 VDC Power Input Mode ............................................................................ 5-2 5.3 PSUDC/DC ............................................................................................................................ 5-3 5.3.1 Structure and Principle............................................................................................ 5-3 5.3.2 External Interfaces .................................................................................................. 5-4 5.3.3 Technical Specifications.......................................................................................... 5-4 Chapter 6 Environment Monitoring Subsystem......................................................................... 6-1 6.1 Overview of Environment Monitoring Subsystem.............................................................. 6-1 6.2 EAC.................................................................................................................................... 6-1 6.2.1 Structure.................................................................................................................. 6-1 6.2.2 Functions................................................................................................................. 6-2 6.2.3 External Interfaces .................................................................................................. 6-2 6.3 PIB ..................................................................................................................................... 6-3 6.3.1 Outlook .................................................................................................................... 6-3 6.3.2 Functions................................................................................................................. 6-4 6.3.3 External Interfaces .................................................................................................. 6-4 Chapter 7 Lightning Protection and Grounding......................................................................... 7-1 7.1 Overview of Lightning Protection and Grounding .............................................................. 7-1 7.1.1 Lightning Protection ................................................................................................ 7-1 7.1.2 Equipment Grounding ............................................................................................. 7-1 7.2 BTS Lightning Protection Principle .................................................................................... 7-1 7.2.1 Lightning Protection Principle.................................................................................. 7-1 7.2.2 Lightning Protection for Power supply .................................................................... 7-3 7.2.3 Lightning Protection for Trunk Cables..................................................................... 7-5 7.2.4 Lightning Protection for Antenna System................................................................ 7-7 7.2.5 Lighting Protection for Serial Port ........................................................................... 7-8 7.3 Grounding of BTS Equipment............................................................................................ 7-8 7.3.1 Internal Grounding of Cabinet ................................................................................. 7-8 7.3.2 External Grounding of Cabinet................................................................................ 7-8 7.3.3 Grounding of AC Lightning Arrester ........................................................................ 7-9
vi

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Table of Contents

7.3.4 Grounding of Trunk Cables ..................................................................................... 7-9 Chapter 8 BTS Signal Flows......................................................................................................... 8-1 8.1 Overview of BTS Signal Flows .......................................................................................... 8-1 8.1.1 Abis Signal .............................................................................................................. 8-1 8.1.2 Clock Signal ............................................................................................................ 8-1 8.1.3 Local MMI Signal..................................................................................................... 8-2 8.2 Abis Traffic Signal Flow ..................................................................................................... 8-4 8.2.1 Forward Traffic Signal Flow .................................................................................... 8-4 8.2.2 Reverse Traffic Signal Flow .................................................................................... 8-4 8.3 Abis Signaling Flow ........................................................................................................... 8-5 8.3.1 Forward Signaling Flow........................................................................................... 8-5 8.3.2 Reverse Signaling Flow .......................................................................................... 8-5 8.4 O&M Signal Flow ............................................................................................................... 8-5 8.5 Clock Signal Flow .............................................................................................................. 8-6 Chapter 9 BTS Configuration ....................................................................................................... 9-1 9.1 Configuration Principle....................................................................................................... 9-1 9.2 Cabinet Configuration ........................................................................................................ 9-1 9.2.1 Configuration of Baseband Boards ......................................................................... 9-1 9.2.2 Configuration of RF Modules .................................................................................. 9-4 9.2.3 Configuration of PSUs............................................................................................. 9-6 9.3 Configuration of Antennas ................................................................................................. 9-6 9.3.1 RF Antennas ........................................................................................................... 9-6 9.3.2 GPS/GLONASS Synchronization Antennas ........................................................... 9-7 9.4 Networking Configuration .................................................................................................. 9-7 9.4.1 Star Networking....................................................................................................... 9-7 9.4.2 Chain Networking .................................................................................................... 9-8 9.4.3 Tree Networking ...................................................................................................... 9-9 9.4.4 Fractional ATM Networking................................................................................... 9-10 9.4.5 Cascading with ODU3601Cs ................................................................................ 9-11 9.5 Configuration of Auxiliary Equipment............................................................................... 9-12 9.5.1 Environment Monitoring Instrument ...................................................................... 9-12 9.5.2 DDF ....................................................................................................................... 9-12 9.6 Typical Configuration ....................................................................................................... 9-12 9.6.1 O(1) Configuration................................................................................................. 9-13 9.6.2 S(2/2/2) Configuration ........................................................................................... 9-13 Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter.............................................................A-1 A.1 Introduction to Band Class ................................................................................................A-1 A.1.1 800 MHz Band ........................................................................................................A-1 A.1.2 1900 MHz Band ......................................................................................................A-3 A.1.3 450 MHz Band ........................................................................................................A-4 A.1.4 2 GHz Band ............................................................................................................A-6 A.2 Performance of Receiver...................................................................................................A-6
vii

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Table of Contents

A.2.1 Frequency Coverage ..............................................................................................A-6 A.2.2 Access Probe Acquisition .......................................................................................A-7 A.2.3 R-TCH Demodulation Performance........................................................................A-7 A.2.4 Receiving Performance ........................................................................................A-16 A.2.5 Limitations on Emissions ......................................................................................A-18 A.2.6 Received Signal Quality Indicator (RSQI) ............................................................A-18 A.3 Performance of Transmitter.............................................................................................A-19 A.3.1 Frequency Requirements .....................................................................................A-19 A.3.2 Modulation Requirements.....................................................................................A-19 A.3.3 RF Output Power ..................................................................................................A-20 A.3.4 Limitations on Emissions ......................................................................................A-20 Appendix B EMC Performance ....................................................................................................B-1 B.1 EMI Performance...............................................................................................................B-1 B.2 EMS Performance .............................................................................................................B-2 Appendix C Environment Requirements ....................................................................................C-1 C.1 Storage Environment ........................................................................................................C-1 C.2 Transportation Environment..............................................................................................C-3 C.3 Operation Environment .....................................................................................................C-5 Appendix D Abbreviations and Acronyms .................................................................................D-1 D.1 Component........................................................................................................................D-1 D.2 Terminology.......................................................................................................................D-2

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 1 Interface Protocols ...................................................................................................... 1-1 1.1 Introduction to BTS3606 External Interfaces..................................................................... 1-1 1.2 CDMA2000 1X Um Interface ............................................................................................. 1-2 1.2.1 Physical Layer ......................................................................................................... 1-4 1.2.2 Data Link Layer ....................................................................................................... 1-5 1.3 CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Um Interface .................................................................................. 1-7 1.3.1 Physical Layer ......................................................................................................... 1-9 1.3.2 MAC Layer .............................................................................................................. 1-9 1.4 Abis Interface ................................................................................................................... 1-12 1.4.1 Physical Layer ....................................................................................................... 1-14 1.4.2 Data Link Layer ..................................................................................................... 1-14 1.4.3 Layer 3 .................................................................................................................. 1-15 Chapter 2 Call Processing............................................................................................................ 2-1 2.1 MS Call Processing ........................................................................................................... 2-1 2.1.1 MS Initialization State.............................................................................................. 2-2 2.1.2 MS Idle State........................................................................................................... 2-5 2.1.3 System Access State .............................................................................................. 2-7

viii

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Table of Contents

2.1.4 MS Control on the Traffic Channel State ................................................................ 2-9 2.1.5 Registration ........................................................................................................... 2-10 2.1.6 Handoff.................................................................................................................. 2-11 2.2 BTS Call Processing........................................................................................................ 2-13 2.2.1 Pilot and Sync Channel Processing ...................................................................... 2-13 2.2.2 Paging Channel and Quick Paging Channel Processing...................................... 2-14 2.2.3 Access Channel Processing ................................................................................. 2-15 2.2.4 Traffic Channel Processing ................................................................................... 2-16 2.2.5 Registration ........................................................................................................... 2-18 2.2.6 Handoff.................................................................................................................. 2-19 Chapter 3 Service Flows............................................................................................................... 3-1 3.1 CDMA2000 1X Service Flows ........................................................................................... 3-2 3.1.1 Voice Service .......................................................................................................... 3-2 3.1.2 Handoff.................................................................................................................... 3-8 3.1.3 SMS Delivery......................................................................................................... 3-13 3.1.4 Packet Data Service.............................................................................................. 3-16 3.2 CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Service Flows............................................................................... 3-19 3.2.1 Service Flows ........................................................................................................ 3-20 3.2.2 Handoff.................................................................................................................. 3-25 Appendix A Abbreviations and Acronyms .................................................................................A-1

ix

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

List of Figures

List of Figures
System Description Figure 1-1 Structure of the Huawei CDMA2000 1X / 1xEV-DO hybrid network .................... 1-3 Figure 3-1 BTS3606 cabinet .................................................................................................. 3-1 Figure 3-2 A fully equipped BTS3606 cabinet........................................................................ 3-2 Figure 3-3 BTS3606 functional structure ............................................................................... 3-4 Figure 4-1 Closed-loop power control.................................................................................... 4-2 Figure 6-1 BSS/AN's local O&M system................................................................................ 6-1 Figure 6-2 Networking of M2000 system ............................................................................... 6-3

System Pinciple Figure 1-1 BTS3606 cabinet in full configuration................................................................... 1-1 Figure 1-2 BTS3606 logical structure .................................................................................... 1-3 Figure 2-1 Functional structure of baseband subsystem....................................................... 2-1 Figure 2-2 Structure of the BCKM.......................................................................................... 2-3 Figure 2-3 Structure of BCIM ................................................................................................. 2-6 Figure 2-4 Structure of CCPM................................................................................................ 2-8 Figure 2-5 Structure of the CECM........................................................................................ 2-12 Figure 2-6 HPCM functional structure.................................................................................. 2-16 Figure 2-7 Slot distribution of BBKM.................................................................................... 2-18 Figure 2-8 Structure of BESP............................................................................................... 2-20 Figure 2-9 Principle of E1/T1 lightning protection................................................................ 2-21 Figure 2-10 CSLM functional structure ................................................................................ 2-22 Figure 2-11 CFMM functional structure................................................................................ 2-24 Figure 2-12 Structure of the CFIB ........................................................................................ 2-26 Figure 3-1 Structure of RF subsystem ................................................................................... 3-1

i

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

List of Figures

Figure 3-2 CTRM functional structure.................................................................................... 3-3 Figure 3-3 CHPA functional structure..................................................................................... 3-6 Figure 3-4 CDDU functional structure.................................................................................... 3-8 Figure 3-5 CTBM slot distribution ........................................................................................ 3-10 Figure 3-6 CMCB location in the CHPA ............................................................................... 3-12 Figure 3-7 CMCB functional structure.................................................................................. 3-12 Figure 3-8 BBFL functional structure ................................................................................... 3-14 Figure 3-9 CPCM location in the system ............................................................................. 3-16 Figure 4-1 Structure of RF antenna ....................................................................................... 4-1 Figure 4-2 Structure of satellite synchronization antenna...................................................... 4-5 Figure 5-1 BTS power supply subsystem .............................................................................. 5-1 Figure 5-2 Structure of power supply subsystem................................................................... 5-3 Figure 5-3 Structure of the PSUDC/DC ..................................................................................... 5-4 Figure 6-1 EAC ...................................................................................................................... 6-2 Figure 6-2 Power inspection module ..................................................................................... 6-3 Figure 7-1 IEC 61312 division of lightning protection zone ................................................... 7-2 Figure 7-2 Illustration of lightning protection for BTS power supply ...................................... 7-3 Figure 7-3 Level-5 lightning protection for BTS power supply............................................... 7-3 Figure 7-4 Connection of trunk cables to BTS....................................................................... 7-5 Figure 7-5 Structure of the BESP........................................................................................... 7-6 Figure 7-6 E1/T1 lightning protection unit .............................................................................. 7-7 Figure 8-1 BTS signal flows ................................................................................................... 8-3 Figure 9-1 Fully-equipped baseband subrack ....................................................................... 9-2 Figure 9-2 Fully-equipped RF modules.................................................................................. 9-5 Figure 9-3 PSUDC/DC subrack in full configuration .............................................................. 9-6 Figure 9-4 BTS star networking ............................................................................................. 9-7 Figure 9-5 BTS chain networking........................................................................................... 9-8 Figure 9-6 BTS tree networking ........................................................................................... 9-10

ii

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

List of Figures

Figure 9-7 O(1) RF module configuration ............................................................................ 9-13 Figure 9-8 S(2/2/2) RF module configuration ...................................................................... 9-14

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Figure 1-1 BTS external interfaces ........................................................................................ 1-2 Figure 1-2 Protocol stack of the CDMA2000 1X Um interface .............................................. 1-3 Figure 1-3 Protocol stack of the CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Um interface.................................... 1-7 Figure 1-4 Composition of the Abis interface....................................................................... 1-13 Figure 1-5 Protocol stack of the Abis interface (Abis signaling and OML signaling) ........... 1-13 Figure 1-6 Protocol stack of the Abis interface (Abis traffic) ................................................ 1-14 Figure 2-1 MS call processing states..................................................................................... 2-2 Figure 2-2 MS initialization state............................................................................................ 2-3 Figure 3-2 Mobile originated call............................................................................................ 3-2 Figure 3-3 Mobile terminated call........................................................................................... 3-4 Figure 3-4 Mobile initiated release......................................................................................... 3-6 Figure 3-5 BTS initiated release ............................................................................................ 3-7 Figure 3-6 Release initiated by BSC/MSC............................................................................. 3-8 Figure 3-7 Intra-BTS soft/softer handoff add ......................................................................... 3-9 Figure 3-8 Inter-BTS soft/softer handoff add ....................................................................... 3-10 Figure 3-9 Inter-BTS soft/softer handoff drop ...................................................................... 3-11 Figure 3-10 Inter-BTS hard handoff ..................................................................................... 3-12 Figure 3-11 SMS-MO delivery on the access channel......................................................... 3-14 Figure 3-12 SMS-MT delivery on the paging channel ......................................................... 3-14 Figure 3-13 SMS-MO delivery on the traffic channel........................................................... 3-15 Figure 3-14 SMS-MT delivery on the traffic channel............................................................ 3-15 Figure 3-15 Mobile originated packet data service .............................................................. 3-17 Figure 3-16 Reverse SCH setup procedure ........................................................................ 3-19 Figure 3-17 AT initiated connection setup procedure........................................................... 3-20

iii

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

List of Figures

Figure 3-18 AN initiated connection re-activation procedure ............................................... 3-22 Figure 3-19 AT initiated connection release procedure ....................................................... 3-23 Figure 3-20 AN initiated connection release procedure....................................................... 3-25 Figure 3-21 Handoff add procedure..................................................................................... 3-26 Figure 3-22 Handoff drop procedure.................................................................................... 3-27

iv

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

List of Tables

List of Tables
System Description Table 1-1 Comparison between CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO ............................................. 1-1 Table 2-1 Applications of Huawei BTS products .................................................................... 2-6 Table 3-1 Boards and modules of the BTS3606 .................................................................... 3-3 Table 3-2 Physical interfaces on the BTS3606 ...................................................................... 3-6 Table 7-1 Engineering specifications of the BTS3606 ........................................................... 7-1 Table 7-2 Specifications of BTS3606 transmitters operating in 450 MHz band ..................... 7-2 Table 7-3 Specifications of BTS3606 receivers operating in 450 MHz band ......................... 7-2 Table 7-4 Specifications of BTS3606 transmitters operating in 800 MHz band ..................... 7-3 Table 7-5 Specifications of BTS3606 receivers operating in 800 MHz band ......................... 7-3 Table 7-6 Specifications of BTS3606 transmitters operating in 1900 MHz band ................... 7-4 Table 7-7 Specifications of BTS3606 receivers operating in 1900 MHz band ....................... 7-4 Table 7-8 Specifications of BTS3606 with respect to ODU3601Cs cascading ...................... 7-5

System Pinciple Table 2-1 Functions of BCKM ................................................................................................ 2-2 Table 2-2 BCKM external interfaces....................................................................................... 2-4 Table 2-3 BCIM external interfaces ........................................................................................ 2-7 Table 2-4 CCPM functions...................................................................................................... 2-8 Table 2-5 CCPM external interfaces .................................................................................... 2-11 Table 2-6 CECM external interfaces .................................................................................... 2-15 Table 2-7 HPCM external interfaces .................................................................................... 2-17 Table 2-8 BBKM external interface....................................................................................... 2-19 Table 2-9 BESP external interfaces ..................................................................................... 2-21 Table 2-10 CSLM external interfaces ................................................................................... 2-22

i

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

List of Tables

Table 2-11 CFMM external interfaces .................................................................................. 2-25 Table 2-12 CFIB external interfaces..................................................................................... 2-27 Table 3-1 CTRM external interfaces....................................................................................... 3-5 Table 3-2 CHPA external interfaces ....................................................................................... 3-7 Table 3-3 CDDU external interfaces....................................................................................... 3-9 Table 3-4 CTBM external interfaces..................................................................................... 3-10 Table 3-5 CMCB external interfaces .................................................................................... 3-13 Table 3-6 BBFL panel indicators .......................................................................................... 3-15 Table 3-7 CPCM external interfaces .................................................................................... 3-16 Table 4-1 Loss index (dB/100 m(328.08 ft)) of feeder (at normal temperature)..................... 4-3 Table 5-1 PSUDC/DC external interfaces .................................................................................. 5-4 Table 6-1 EAC external interfaces.......................................................................................... 6-2 Table 6-2 PIB external interfaces ........................................................................................... 6-4 Table 9-1 Typical configuration of CCPM ............................................................................... 9-3 Table 9-2 BTS3606 typical configurations............................................................................ 9-12 Table A-1 CDMA channel number to CDMA frequency assignment correspondence for band class 0 .............................................................................................................................A-1 Table A-2 CDMA channel numbers and corresponding frequencies for band class 0 and spreading rate 1 ..............................................................................................................A-2 Table A-3 CDMA preferred set of frequency assignments for band class 0 ..........................A-2 Table A-4 CDMA channel number to CDMA frequency assignment correspondence for band class 1 .............................................................................................................................A-3 Table A-5 CDMA channel numbers and corresponding frequencies for band class 1 and spreading rate 1 ..............................................................................................................A-3 Table A-6 CDMA preferred set of frequency assignments for band class 1 ..........................A-4 Table A-7 CDMA channel number to CDMA frequency assignment correspondence for band class 5 .............................................................................................................................A-4 Table A-8 CDMA channel numbers and corresponding frequencies for band class 5 and spreading rate 1 ..............................................................................................................A-5 Table A-9 CDMA preferred set of frequency assignments for band class 5 ..........................A-5

ii

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

List of Tables

Table A-10 CDMA channel number to CDMA frequency assignment correspondence for band class 6 .............................................................................................................................A-6 Table A-11 CDMA channel numbers and corresponding frequencies for band class 6 and spreading rate 1 ...............................................................................................................A-6 Table A-12 CDMA preferred set of frequency assignments for band class 6 ........................A-6 Table A-13 Access probe failure ratio.....................................................................................A-7 Table A-14 Maximum FER of F-FCH or R-DCCH receiver in demodulation performance test under RC1 .......................................................................................................................A-7 Table A-15 Maximum FER of F-FCH or R-DCCH receiver in demodulation performance test under RC2 .......................................................................................................................A-8 Table A-16 Maximum FER of F-FCH or R-DCCH receiver in demodulation performance test under RC3 .......................................................................................................................A-8 Table A-17 Maximum FER of R-SCH receiver in demodulation performance test under RC3 .........................................................................................................................................A-8 Table A-18 Maximum FER of R-SCH (Turbo Code) receiver in demodulation performance test under RC3 .......................................................................................................................A-8 Table A-19 Maximum FER of F-FCH or R-DCCH receiver in demodulation performance test under RC4 .......................................................................................................................A-9 Table A-20 Maximum FER of R-SCH receiver of demodulation performance test under RC4 .........................................................................................................................................A-9 Table A-21 Maximum FER of R-SCH (Turbo Code) receiver of demodulation performance test under RC4 ................................................................................................................A-9 Table A-22 Standard channel simulator configuration..........................................................A-10 Table A-23 Channel models for the R-TCH receiving performance test..............................A-10 Table A-24 Eb/N0 limits of R-TCH without closed-loop power control.................................A-11 Table A-25 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-FCH or R-DCCH receiver under RC1 .....................................................................................................................A-11 Table A-26 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-FCH or R-DCCH receiver under RC2 .....................................................................................................................A-12 Table A-27 Channel models for the R-TCH receiving performance test..............................A-12 Table A-28 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-FCH receiver under RC1 .......................................................................................................................................A-13

iii

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

List of Tables

Table A-29 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-FCH receiver under RC2 .......................................................................................................................................A-13 Table A-30 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-FCH or R-DCCH receiver under RC3 .....................................................................................................................A-13 Table A-31 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-SCH (turbo code) receiver under RC3 .....................................................................................................................A-14 Table A-32 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-SCH (turbo code) receiver under RC3 .....................................................................................................................A-14 Table A-33 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-FCH or R-DCCH receiver under RC4 .....................................................................................................................A-15 Table A-34 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-SCH(turbo code) receiver under RC4 .....................................................................................................................A-15 Table A-35 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-SCH (turbo code) receiver under RC4 .....................................................................................................................A-16 Table A-36 RSQI range ........................................................................................................A-18 Table A-37 Conducted Spurious Emissions Performance (450 MHz band and 800 MHz band) .......................................................................................................................................A-21 Table A-38 Conducted Spurious Emissions Performance (1900 MHz band) ......................A-21 Table B-1 CE indices at -48V port..........................................................................................B-1 Table B-2 RE indices..............................................................................................................B-1 Table B-3 RF EM field immunity indices ................................................................................B-2 Table B-4 Voltage dips and short interruptions indices ..........................................................B-2 Table B-5 ESD immunity indices............................................................................................B-3 Table B-6 Induced currents indices........................................................................................B-3 Table B-7 Surge immunity indices..........................................................................................B-4 Table B-8 Common-mode fast transient pulse immunity indices ...........................................B-4 Table C-1 Requirements for climate environment ................................................................. C-1 Table C-2 Requirements for the density of physically active substances ............................. C-2 Table C-3 Requirements for the density of chemically active substances ............................ C-2 Table C-4 Requirements for mechanical stress .................................................................... C-2 Table C-5 Requirements for climate environment ................................................................. C-3

iv

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

List of Tables

Table C-6 Requirements for the density of physically active substances ............................. C-4 Table C-7 Requirements for the density of chemically active substances ............................ C-4 Table C-8 Requirements for mechanical stress .................................................................... C-4 Table C-9 Temperature and humidity requirements .............................................................. C-5 Table C-10 Other climate environment requirements............................................................ C-5 Table C-11 Requirements for the density of physically active substances............................ C-6 Table C-12 Requirements for the density of chemically active substances .......................... C-6 Table C-13 Requirements for mechanical stress .................................................................. C-7

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Table 1-1 Major serving bands ............................................................................................... 1-4 Table 1-2 Length and quantity of the packet carried by each channel................................... 1-9 Table 3-1 Service flows .......................................................................................................... 3-1

v

HUAWEI

Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station Technical Manual

System Description

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Table of Contents

Table of Contents
Chapter 1 Overview of BTS3606 .................................................................................................. 1-1 1.1 Comparison between CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO ........................................................ 1-1 1.2 Huawei CDMA2000 1X / 1xEV-DO Network Solution ....................................................... 1-2 1.2.1 Introduction to BSS/AN ........................................................................................... 1-3 1.2.2 Introduction to CN ................................................................................................... 1-5 1.3 Role and Application of the BTS3606................................................................................ 1-6 1.3.1 Role in the Network................................................................................................. 1-6 1.3.2 Application of the BTS3606..................................................................................... 1-6 Chapter 2 Product Features ......................................................................................................... 2-1 2.1 Technical Features ............................................................................................................ 2-1 2.2 Large Coverage ................................................................................................................. 2-2 2.2.1 Receiver Sensitivity................................................................................................. 2-2 2.2.2 Transmit Power (Measured at RF Port) .................................................................. 2-2 2.2.3 Cascading with the ODU3601C .............................................................................. 2-3 2.3 Flexible Networking ........................................................................................................... 2-3 2.3.1 Networking Interfaces ............................................................................................. 2-3 2.3.2 Networking Modes .................................................................................................. 2-3 2.3.3 Clock Sources ......................................................................................................... 2-3 2.4 Convenient Operation and Maintenance ........................................................................... 2-4 2.4.1 System Status Monitoring ....................................................................................... 2-4 2.4.2 Data Configuration .................................................................................................. 2-4 2.4.3 Alarm Processing .................................................................................................... 2-4 2.4.4 Security Management ............................................................................................. 2-4 2.4.5 Test Function........................................................................................................... 2-4 2.4.6 Site Monitoring ........................................................................................................ 2-5 2.4.7 Upgrade................................................................................................................... 2-5 2.4.8 Operation on the Equipment ................................................................................... 2-5 2.4.9 Auto Restart ............................................................................................................ 2-5 2.4.10 Reverse Maintenance ........................................................................................... 2-5 2.5 Easy Upgrade and Expansion ........................................................................................... 2-5 2.5.1 High Compatibility ................................................................................................... 2-5 2.5.2 Flexible Configuration ............................................................................................. 2-6 2.5.3 Smooth Expansion .................................................................................................. 2-6 2.6 Serial Products for Seamless Coverage............................................................................ 2-6 Chapter 3 Product Structure ........................................................................................................ 3-1 3.1 Cabinet Physical Features................................................................................................. 3-1 3.2 Cabinet Configuration ........................................................................................................ 3-2
i

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Table of Contents

3.3 Functional Structure of the BTS3606 ................................................................................ 3-3 3.3.1 Baseband Subsystem ............................................................................................. 3-4 3.3.2 RF Subsystem......................................................................................................... 3-4 3.3.3 Antenna Subsystem ................................................................................................ 3-5 3.3.4 Power Supply Subsystem ....................................................................................... 3-5 3.4 Physical Interfaces............................................................................................................. 3-6 Chapter 4 Major Functions ........................................................................................................... 4-1 4.1 Power Control and Rate Control........................................................................................ 4-1 4.1.1 Forward Power Control ........................................................................................... 4-1 4.1.2 Reverse Power Control ........................................................................................... 4-2 4.1.3 Rate Control ............................................................................................................ 4-3 4.2 Handoff .............................................................................................................................. 4-3 4.2.1 Soft Handoff ............................................................................................................ 4-3 4.2.2 Softer Handoff ......................................................................................................... 4-3 4.2.3 Virtual Soft Handoff ................................................................................................. 4-4 4.2.4 Hard Handoff ........................................................................................................... 4-4 4.3 Radio Configuration ........................................................................................................... 4-4 4.4 Channel Configuration ....................................................................................................... 4-4 4.4.1 CDMA2000 1X Channels ........................................................................................ 4-5 4.4.2 CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Channels ............................................................................. 4-6 4.5 Multi-Channel Function...................................................................................................... 4-8 4.6 Receiving Diversity ............................................................................................................ 4-8 4.7 Cell Breathing .................................................................................................................... 4-8 Chapter 5 Product Reliability ....................................................................................................... 5-1 5.1 System Reliability............................................................................................................... 5-1 5.1.1 De-rating Design ..................................................................................................... 5-1 5.1.2 Quality Control of Components ............................................................................... 5-1 5.1.3 Thermal Design ....................................................................................................... 5-1 5.1.4 EMC Design ............................................................................................................ 5-2 5.1.5 Redundancy Design................................................................................................ 5-2 5.1.6 Reliability Measures for Input Power....................................................................... 5-2 5.1.7 Maintainability Design ............................................................................................. 5-2 5.1.8 Fault Monitoring and Handling ................................................................................ 5-2 5.2 Hardware Reliability........................................................................................................... 5-3 5.2.1 Protection against Wrong Insertion of Boards ........................................................ 5-3 5.2.2 BCKM Active-Standby Switchover .......................................................................... 5-3 5.2.3 BCIM Backup Slots ................................................................................................. 5-3 5.2.4 BCIM/BCKM Power Backup.................................................................................... 5-3 5.2.5 N+1 Redundancy for Baseband Fans..................................................................... 5-3 5.2.6 Abis Interface Link Backup...................................................................................... 5-4 5.2.7 CE Pool Design for CCPMs .................................................................................... 5-4 5.2.8 Status Monitoring and Alarm Report....................................................................... 5-4
ii

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Table of Contents

5.2.9 Distributed Power Supply........................................................................................ 5-4 5.3 Software Reliability ............................................................................................................ 5-4 5.3.1 Periodic Check on Key Resources.......................................................................... 5-4 5.3.2 Process Monitoring ................................................................................................. 5-4 5.3.3 Data Check.............................................................................................................. 5-5 5.3.4 Fault Isolation .......................................................................................................... 5-5 5.3.5 Reversible Upgrade ................................................................................................ 5-5 5.3.6 Log Function............................................................................................................ 5-5 Chapter 6 Operation and Maintenance........................................................................................ 6-1 6.1 Structure of the O&M System ............................................................................................ 6-1 6.1.1 Structure of Local O&M System.............................................................................. 6-1 6.1.2 Structure of M2000 System..................................................................................... 6-2 6.2 O&M Functions .................................................................................................................. 6-3 6.2.1 Security Management ............................................................................................. 6-3 6.2.2 Alarm Management................................................................................................. 6-4 6.2.3 Loading Management ............................................................................................. 6-4 6.2.4 Configuration Management..................................................................................... 6-5 6.2.5 Equipment Management ......................................................................................... 6-5 6.2.6 Test Management ................................................................................................... 6-5 6.2.7 Tracing Management .............................................................................................. 6-5 Chapter 7 Technical Specifications............................................................................................. 7-1 7.1 Engineering Specifications ................................................................................................ 7-1 7.2 Capacity Specifications...................................................................................................... 7-1 7.2.1 CDMA2000 1X Capacity ......................................................................................... 7-2 7.2.2 CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Capacity .............................................................................. 7-2 7.3 Transmitter and Receiver Specifications ........................................................................... 7-2 7.3.1 Transmitter and Receiver Specifications in 450 MHz Band.................................... 7-2 7.3.2 Transmitter and Receiver Specifications in 800 MHz Band.................................... 7-3 7.3.3 Transmitter and Receiver Specifications in 1900 MHz Band.................................. 7-4 7.4 ODU3601C Cascading Specifications ............................................................................... 7-4 Appendix A Technical Standards ................................................................................................A-1 A.1 General Technical Standards............................................................................................A-1 A.2 Um Interface Standards ....................................................................................................A-1 A.2.1 Physical Layer.........................................................................................................A-1 A.2.2 MAC Layer ..............................................................................................................A-1 A.2.3 Service Capability ...................................................................................................A-1 A.3 Abis Interface Standards ...................................................................................................A-2 A.3.1 Physical Layer.........................................................................................................A-2 A.3.2 ATM Layer ..............................................................................................................A-2 A.3.3 ATM Adaptation Layer ............................................................................................A-2 A.3.4 TCP/IP ....................................................................................................................A-3 A.3.5 Abis Interface High-Layer Protocol .........................................................................A-3
iii

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Table of Contents

A.3.6 Self-Defined Standard ............................................................................................A-3 A.4 Lightning Protection Standards .........................................................................................A-3 A.5 Safety Standards ...............................................................................................................A-3 A.6 EMC Standards .................................................................................................................A-4 A.7 Environment Standards.....................................................................................................A-5 Appendix B Abbreviations and Acronyms .................................................................................B-1

iv

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description List of Figures

List of Figures
Figure 1-1 Structure of the Huawei CDMA2000 1X / 1xEV-DO hybrid network .................... 1-3 Figure 3-1 BTS3606 cabinet .................................................................................................. 3-1 Figure 3-2 A fully equipped BTS3606 cabinet........................................................................ 3-2 Figure 3-3 BTS3606 functional structure ............................................................................... 3-4 Figure 4-1 Closed-loop power control.................................................................................... 4-2 Figure 6-1 BSS/AN's local O&M system................................................................................ 6-1 Figure 6-2 Networking of M2000 system ............................................................................... 6-3

v

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description List of Tables

List of Tables
Table 1-1 Comparison between CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO ............................................. 1-1 Table 2-1 Applications of Huawei BTS products .................................................................... 2-6 Table 3-1 Boards and modules of the BTS3606 .................................................................... 3-3 Table 3-2 Physical interfaces on the BTS3606 ...................................................................... 3-6 Table 7-1 Engineering specifications of the BTS3606 ........................................................... 7-1 Table 7-2 Specifications of BTS3606 transmitters operating in 450 MHz band ..................... 7-2 Table 7-3 Specifications of BTS3606 receivers operating in 450 MHz band ......................... 7-2 Table 7-4 Specifications of BTS3606 transmitters operating in 800 MHz band ..................... 7-3 Table 7-5 Specifications of BTS3606 receivers operating in 800 MHz band ......................... 7-3 Table 7-6 Specifications of BTS3606 transmitters operating in 1900 MHz band ................... 7-4 Table 7-7 Specifications of BTS3606 receivers operating in 1900 MHz band ....................... 7-4 Table 7-8 Specifications of BTS3606 with respect to ODU3601Cs cascading ...................... 7-5

vi

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 1 Overview of BTS3606

Chapter 1 Overview of BTS3606
The last two decades witness the boom of two generations of mobile communication systems: the analog system (1G) and the digital system (2G). As a main stream of the 2G system, the code division multiple access 1 carrier (CDMA2000 1X) technology, advocated by the 3rd Generation Partnership Project 2 (3GPP2), is now widely used for commercial purposes. The CDMA2000 1X is compatible with IS-95A and IS-95B standards. The capacity of the CDMA2000 1X system increases substantially thanks to the new techniques such as reverse pilot, fast power control, and transmit diversity. CDMA2000 1xEV-DO, a data optimized evolution of CDMA2000 1X, provides a peak data rate of 2.4 Mbps in forward links and 153.6 kbps in reverse links. It delivers diversified data services such as multimedia gaming, multimedia news, real-time video traffic updates, video phone, video conference, real-time security information, and location-base services. This chapter first compares the CDMA2000 1X and the 1xEV-DO, and then introduces the Huawei CDMA2000 1X / 1xEV-DO network solution and the role of the BTS3606 in this solution.

1.1 Comparison between CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO
The Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station supports both CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO. Table 1-1 lists the differences between them. Table 1-1 Comparison between CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO Item Peak data rate Code CDMA2000 1X Forward (RC3): 153.6 kbps Reverse (RC3): 153.6 kbps Convolutional code and Turbo code Reverse: Hybrid phase shift keying (HPSK) Forward: Quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) Forward: 2.4 Mbps Reverse: 153.6 kbps Turbo code Reverse: HPSK Forward: QPSK, 8-phase shift keying (8-PSK) and 16-quadrature amplitude modulation (16-QAM) 1xEV-DO

Modulation

1-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 1 Overview of BTS3606

Item

CDMA2000 1X Forward: Soft handoff and hard handoff Reverse: Soft handoff and hard handoff Forward: Power control Reverse: Power control Forward: Code division multiplex (CDM) Reverse: Code division multiplex

1xEV-DO Forward: Virtual soft handoff Reverse: Soft handoff Forward: Rate control Reverse: power control Forward: Time division multiplex (TDM) and CDM Reverse: CDM

Handoff

Rate/power control Channel multiplex mode

1.2 Huawei CDMA2000 1X / 1xEV-DO Network Solution
The Huawei CDMA2000 1X / 1xEV-DO network solution comprises: Base station subsystem/access network (BSS/AN) Core network (CN) The operation and maintenance of the network is implemented through an integrated mobile network management system. Figure 1-1 shows the structure of the Huawei CDMA2000 1X / 1xEV-DO network solution. As this manual focuses on the BTS3606 in the BSS/AN, the following figure details the structure of the BSS/AN.

1-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station
Mobile Network Management System
MS/AT ODU BTS
Ab is

System Description Chapter 1 Overview of BTS3606

BSC/PCF
A10/A11

ODU MS/AT ODU
Optical

BTS Abis

fiber

BTS

A3/A7 A13

A1 0/A 11

Packet Domain Network Equipment

Internet

ODU

BTS

Ab is

PLMN

BTS Abis BSC/PCF MS/AT BTS A12

A1/A2

2 /A A1

Circuit Domain Network Equipment
PSTN/ISDN

BSS/AN

AN AAA

CN

BTS3601C/ODU3601C

BTS3606

BTS3612A/BTS3606A

cBTS3612

MS: Mobile station ODU: Outdoor unit PCF: Packet control function CN: Core network AN: Access network AT: Access terminal

BTS: Base transceiver station BSC: Base station controller BSS: Base station subsystem PLMN: Public land mobile network ISDN: Integrated services digital network PSTN: Public service telephone network

Figure 1-1 Structure of the Huawei CDMA2000 1X / 1xEV-DO hybrid network

Note: The design of the BTS3601C cabinet is the same as that of the ODU3601C cabinet.

1.2.1 Introduction to BSS/AN
BSS is a concept used in the CDMA2000 1X network. It consists of: Base transceiver station (BTS) Base station controller (BSC) Packet control function (PCF) The PCF usually integrates with the BSC. The ODU3601C, a soft BTS, is also a product in the Huawei BSS family. AN is a concept used in the 1xEV-DO network. It consists of the 1xEV-DO BTS and BSC (integrated with PCF).

1-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 1 Overview of BTS3606

I. BTS
The BTS transmits and receives radio signals to enable the communication between the radio network system and the mobile station/access terminal (MS/AT). Huawei provides a series of BTS products for radio coverage in different situations, including: BTS3606 The indoor BTS3606 supports both CDMA2000 1X and CDMA2000 1xEV-DO standards. The maximum capacity of a single BTS3606 cabinet is six carriers. By using multi-channel modules, the BTS3606 can provide a maximum of 18 carriers. BTS3606A The outdoor BTS3606A supports both CDMA2000 1X and CDMA2000 1xEV-DO standards. The maximum capacity of a single BTS3606A cabinet is six carriers. By using multi-channel modules, the BTS3606A can provide a maximum of 18 carriers. cBTS3612 The indoor cBTS3612 supports both CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO standards. The maximum capacity of a single cabinet is 12 carriers. BTS3612A The outdoor BTS3612A supports both CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO standards. The maximum capacity of a single cabinet is six carriers. BTS3601C The BTS3601C is an outdoor one-carrier BTS supporting CDMA2000 1X standard. ODU3601C The ODU3601C is an outdoor one-carrier soft BTS supporting CDMA2000 1X standard. It shares baseband processing resources with its master BTS to realize the transmission and receiving of radio signals.

II. BSC/PCF
The BSC performs the following functions: BTS control and management Call connection and disconnection Mobility management Power control Radio resources management

1-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 1 Overview of BTS3606

Provision of stable and reliable radio connections for upper-layer services through soft/hard handoffs The PCF manages radio-packet (R-P) connections. As radio resources are limited, they are released when subscribers are not sending or receiving any data. The peer-peer protocol (PPP) connections, however, is maintained. The PCF shields radio mobility from upper-layer services through handoff functions.

III. MS/AT
MS is a mobile subscriber device used to originate and receive calls. It communicates with the BSS. AT integrates a radio modem and a data interface to enable the access to a packet data network through the AN. The AT is similar to a mobile station in a CDMA2000 1X system. It can be a computer (for example, a laptop) or a data device such as personal digital assistant (PDA).

1.2.2 Introduction to CN
The CN comprises the packet domain network and the circuit domain network.

I. Packet Domain Network
The packet domain network includes the following elements: Packet data serving node (PDSN) Mobile internet protocol home agent (MIP HA) Authorization, authentication and accounting (AAA) Access network AAA (AN AAA) They connect to and communicate with the Internet.

II. Circuit Domain Network
The circuit domain network includes the following elements: Mobile switching center (MSC) Home location register (HLR) Gateway mobile switching center (GMSC) These network elements connect to and communicate with the public land mobile network (PLMN), public switched telephone network (PSTN), or integrated services digital network (ISDN).

1-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 1 Overview of BTS3606

1.3 Role and Application of the BTS3606
The following describes the role of the BTS3606 in the CDMA2000 1X / 1xEV-DO network and its application.

1.3.1 Role in the Network
The BTS3606 locates between the BSC and the MS/AT in the network. Under the control of the BSC, it serves one cell or several logical sectors. Connecting with the BSC through the Abis interface, the BTS3606 helps the BSC manage radio resources, radio parameters and interfaces. It also implements radio transmission over the Um interface, as well as associated control functions.

1.3.2 Application of the BTS3606
The BTS3606 is an indoor BTS supporting multi-cell configuration. The BTS3606 features medium capacity, compact size, easy installation, and flexible coverage. It is ideal for the areas with medium or high traffic density. Compatible with CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO, the BTS3606 can operation in CDAM2000 1X mode, 1xEV-DO mode, or CDMA2000 1X / 1xEV-DO hybrid mode.

1-6

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 2 Product Features

Chapter 2 Product Features
The BTS3606 is designed to satisfy customers' requirements for services, capacity, coverage, transmission, power supply, installation, maintenance, and so on. This chapter introduces the features of the BTS3606 in terms of its technical performance, coverage, networking, operation and maintenance (O&M), and capacity expansion.

2.1 Technical Features
The BTS3606 boasts the following technical features: Support both CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO standards. Support smooth upgrade to 1xEV-DV (evolution – data and voice) based on advanced system architecture. Support CDMA2000 1X / 1xEV-DO hybrid networking. The ratio of CDMA2000 1X and CDMA2000 1xEV-DO carriers is flexible. Allow mixed configuration of single-channel and multi-channel transceiver modules. Support high-power coverage and large-capacity coverage using carriers of different frequencies for a single sector. Adopt resource pool design to improve hardware resources utilization and system's error tolerance capability. Adopt digital intermediate frequency (IF) technology to improve system availability. Adopt intelligent fan control to increase the service life of fans and reduce the noise. Support anti-interference through in-band adaptive wave filtering (applicable to single-channel modules) Support 450 MHz, 800 MHz, and 1900 MHz bands. Support cascading with the ODU3601C to flexibly extend the coverage of radio network. Support forward and reverse load control and access channel load control to ensure the system capacity and the service quality. Support various service negotiations, including active negotiations, passive negotiations, and non-negotiations. Support push to talk (PTT) functions. Support the combination of cabinets using optical fibers and mixed insertion of different-band carriers in the same cabinet.

2-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 2 Product Features

Note: The BTS3606 supports the CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO by using different types of channel processing boards. The channel element (CE) pool is employed in the CDMA2000 1X, but not in the 1xEV-DO. The BTS3606 supports single-channel and multi-channel module configurations by using different types of transceiver modules.

2.2 Large Coverage
The BTS3606 can cover a wide area thanks to its excellent receiver and transmitter performance. Its coverage area can be further extended by cascading the Huawei ODU3601Cs.

2.2.1 Receiver Sensitivity
The main/diversity receiving technique is employed to optimize the receiving performance. In RC3, the receiver sensitivity of the BTS3606 is better than: –127 dBm when equipped with single-channel modules –126 dBm when equipped with multi-channel modules

2.2.2 Transmit Power (Measured at RF Port)
The following lists the transmit power measured at the radio frequency (RF) port of the cabinet. For details, see section 7.3 “Transmitter and Receiver Specifications".

I. Single-Channel Module Configuration
When the BTS operates at the 450 MHz or 800 MHz band, the maximum average transmit power per carrier is 25 W. When the BTS operates at the 1900 MHz band, the maximum average transmit power per carrier is 20 W. By using high-power combiners, two powers can be combined to output an average transmit power up to 50 W when the BTS operates at the 450 MHz or 800 MHz band, and 40 W when the BTS operates at 1900 MHz band.

II. Multi-Channel Module Configuration
The maximum average transmit power of the BTS3606 operating in different bands is as follows:

2-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 2 Product Features

450 MHz band and 800 MHz band: 50 W 1900 MHz band: 40 W

2.2.3 Cascading with the ODU3601C
The BTS3606 can cascade one or more ODU3601Cs using optical fibers. The BTS3606 can provide a maximum of 12 optical interfaces. In a CDMA2000 1X or CDMA2000 1xEV-DO network, each optical interface can connect three ODU3601Cs in serial to extend the radio coverage.

2.3 Flexible Networking
The BTS3606 enables flexible networking and supports various networking modes by providing various interfaces and clock resources.

2.3.1 Networking Interfaces
The BTS3606 supports the networking by using E1 or T1 links. It supports inverse multiplexing on ATM (IMA), user network interface (UNI), and timeslot interface. The Abis interface supports link backup function, which significantly enhances system availability.

2.3.2 Networking Modes
The BTS3606 supports chain, star, tree, fractional ATM, and cascading ODU networking modes. The BTS3606 can share the transmission network with GSM BTSs. In addition, it can provide the GSM BTSs with transmission channels on the Abis interface in fractional ATM mode.

2.3.3 Clock Sources
The BTS3606 supports the following clock sources to adapt to various networking conditions: Global positioning system (GPS) clock Global navigation satellite system (GLONASS) clock Other external clock sources With the high precision clock module (HPCM) equipped, the BTS3606 can keep clock synchronization for 24 hours after the external clock source signal is lost.

2-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 2 Product Features

2.4 Convenient Operation and Maintenance
Operation and maintenance of the BTS3606 is implemented through the local maintenance terminal (LMT) and the iManager M2000 mobile network management system. The following describes the maintenance functions.

2.4.1 System Status Monitoring
This function can show to users the system operation and resource status, the configuration and status of the local cell and logical cell.

2.4.2 Data Configuration
The BTS3606 supports dynamic data configuration. The configured data takes effect without the necessity to reset the BTS. It also supports batch processing of data. You can configure the common data for multiple network elements at a time. Data backup function is also available.

2.4.3 Alarm Processing
The alarm processing function includes: Alarm collection Alarm clearing Alarm querying Alarm shielding Alarm filtering

2.4.4 Security Management
The security management function includes: User login authentication Command authority restriction Confirmation of important operations User group management Timeout locking

2.4.5 Test Function
The BTS3606 supports both offline and online tests. The tests include:
2-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 2 Product Features

Board loopback test Self-test Trunk loopback test

2.4.6 Site Monitoring
A data transmission channel is available for the monitoring device in the equipment room to enable attendance-free operation and centralized monitoring of the BTS3606.

2.4.7 Upgrade
Users can upgrade the system remotely. The system can back off to the original version if the upgrade fails.

2.4.8 Operation on the Equipment
The BTS3606 supports front operation, and online insertion and removal of baseband boards. This facilitates the maintenance, upgrade, and expansion of the system.

2.4.9 Auto Restart
When the BTS3606 is out of service owing to power failure or transmission failure, it can restart automatically right after the faults are cleared.

2.4.10 Reverse Maintenance
With the reverse maintenance function, users can log in to the back administration module (BAM) from the LMT through the network port on the BCKM to perform operation, maintenance, and management over the whole BSS.

2.5 Easy Upgrade and Expansion
Thanks to its high compatibility, flexible configuration and modular structure, the BTS3606 can be easily upgraded and expanded to meet different requirements.

2.5.1 High Compatibility
The BTS3606 supports CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO and smooth evolution to 1xEV-DV. By replacing the CCPMs with CECMs and upgrading the software, the BTS3606 in a CDMA2000 1X network can be upgraded to support CDMA2000 1X EV-DO. This protects the operator's investment.
2-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 2 Product Features

2.5.2 Flexible Configuration
The BTS3606 supports multi-cell configuration. The ODU3601C cascaded with the BTS3606 can be defined as an independent cell to realize flexible coverage. The BTS3606 supports omni cells and 3-sector cells.

2.5.3 Smooth Expansion
Modular structure allows the BTS3606 to be expanded by simply adding modules. By using multi-channel modules, the capacity of a single-channel BTS3606 cabinet can be expanded from 6 carriers to 18 carriers.

2.6 Serial Products for Seamless Coverage
Huawei provides a full range of BTS products to enable a seamless coverage for urban, suburb, and rural areas, highway, and hot spots. Table 2-1 describes the applications of the Huawei BTS products. Table 2-1 Applications of Huawei BTS products Model Singlechannel BTS3606 Multichannel Singlechannel BTS3606A Multichannel 18 Large 18 Large Max carriers per cabinet 6 Capacity Application Medium and small cities, towns. Medium Low requirement for equipment room. Densely populated areas and cities Densely populated areas and cities, medium and small cities and towns. High-traffic areas where room space is unavalble, densely populated areas and cities Densely populated areas and cities Type Indoor BTS supporting CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO Indoor BTS supporting CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO Outdoor BTS supporting CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO Outdoor BTS supporting CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO Indoor BTS supporting both CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO Outdoor BTS supporting both CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO

6

Medium

cBTS3612

12

Large

BTS3612A

6

Medium

High-traffic areas where room space is unavalble

2-6

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 2 Product Features

Model

Max carriers per cabinet 1

Capacity

Application Indoor, underground, and railroad highway,

Type Outdoor BTS supporting CDMA2000 1X (also applicable to indoor conditions) Outdoor BTS supporting CDMA2000 1X (also applicable to indoor conditions)

BTS3601C

Small

ODU3601C

1

Small

Indoor, underground, and railroad

highway,

2-7

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 3 Product Structure

Chapter 3 Product Structure
This chapter introduces the physical features and configuration of the BTS3606 cabinet, and the functional subsystems and physical interfaces of the BTS3606.

3.1 Cabinet Physical Features
The BTS3606 cabinet complies with IEC297 specifications. The dimensions of the cabinet are (excluding the components on the top of the cabinet): Height x Width x Depth = 1,400 mm (55.12 in.) x 600 mm (23.62 in.) x 650 mm (25.59 in.) Figure 3-1 shows the BTS3606 cabinet.

Figure 3-1 BTS3606 cabinet The BTS3606 cabinet features: Light weight thanks to its aluminum alloy materials Excellent electrical conductivity and shielding effect

3-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 3 Product Structure

Good ventilation thanks to reasonable engineering of air ducts Easy installation and maintenance Nice and attractive outlook

3.2 Cabinet Configuration
The BTS3606 cabinet is composed of: Baseband subrack Fan box Carrier subrack, CCDU subrack Switch box Cabling trough Power supply subrack Figure 3-2 shows a fully equipped (with six carriers) BTS3606 cabinet.

CDDU

Switch box

Fan box

C H P A C H P A

C T R M C T R M

C H P A C H P A

C T R M C T R M

C H P A C H P A

C T R M C T R M

C C P M

CC CC P P MM

B C K M

B C I M

Cabling trough C C P M CC CC P P MM B C K M

Cabling trough

P S U

P S U
Tool box

P S U

P S U

Figure 3-2 A fully equipped BTS3606 cabinet Table 3-1 lists the boards and modules of the BTS3606.
3-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 3 Product Structure

Table 3-1 Boards and modules of the BTS3606 Acronyms BCIM BCKM CCPM CECM CDDU CHPA CPCM CTRM CMTR CMPA HPCM PSU BTS control interface module BTS control & clock module Compact-BTS channel process module Compact-BTS EV-DO channel module Compact-BTS dual duplexer unit Compact-BTS high power amplifier Compact-BTS power combination module Compact-BTS transceiver module Compact-BTS multi-channel transceiver module Compact-BTS multi-channel power amplifier High precision clock module Power supply unit Full name

Note: The BTS3606 uses the CCPM to support CDMA2000 1X and the CECM to support 1xEV-DO. The same BTS3606 cabinet can be equipped with CCPMs and CECMs to support both CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO. The CPCM provides power combination when the BTS3606 operates in 1900 MHz band. The CTRM and CHPA are multi-channel modules.

3.3 Functional Structure of the BTS3606
The BTS3606 system consists of the following functional subsystems: Baseband subsystem RF subsystem Power supply subsystem Antenna subsystem Figure 3-3 shows the functional structure of the BTS3606.

3-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 3 Product Structure

Um interface Baseband subsystem MS/AT Antenna subsystem RF subsystem

Abis interface

BSC
-48V /+24 V Power supply subsystem

BTS3606

Figure 3-3 BTS3606 functional structure

3.3.1 Baseband Subsystem
The baseband subsystem comprises the BCKM, BCIM, CCPM, CECM, and HPCM. It has the following functions: Provides Abis interface and processes the Abis interface protocol. Provides a fiber interface to the RF subsystem and processes the Um physical layer and common channel (CCH) media access control (MAC) layer protocols. Implements modulation/demodulation of CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO baseband signals and coding/decoding of CDMA channels. Provides synchronization clock signals to the BTS. Performs system resource management, O&M, and environment monitoring.

3.3.2 RF Subsystem
The RF subsystem consists of the CTRM, CHPA, CDDU, and CPCM. On forward links, the RF subsystem processes signals as follows: 1) 2) 3) 4) Performs power-adjustable up conversion and linear power amplification on modulated transmit signals. Completes power combination (optional). Filters transmit signals. Sends the signals to the antenna subsystem.

On reverse links, the RF subsystem processes signals as follows: 1) 2) 3) 4) Filters the signals received by the antenna to suppress out-band interferences. Performs low-noise amplification. Performs noise factor-adjustable down conversion and channel-selective filtering. Sends the signals to the baseband subsystem.

3-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 3 Product Structure

3.3.3 Antenna Subsystem
The antenna subsystem includes the RF antenna and the satellite synchronization antenna.

I. RF Antenna
This part includes the following components: Transmit and receive antennas Feeders Antenna lightning arrester (optional) Tower mounted amplifier (optional) The RF antenna transmits and receives signals over the Um interface.

II. Satellite Synchronization Antenna
This part includes the following components: Satellite signal receiving antenna Feeder Lightning arrester The satellite synchronization antenna receives synchronization signals from GPS or GLONASS satellites to provide a precise clock source for the BTS.

3.3.4 Power Supply Subsystem
When the BTS3606 uses –48V DC input, the power supply subsystem comprises: Power supply unit (PSU) Power distribution unit Lightning protection unit Monitoring unit The PSU is a DC/DC power supply unit with –48V DC input and +27V DC output. The power supply subsystem boasts the following features: Current equalizing Hot backup Centralized management Distributed power supply These features improve the reliability of power supply. When the BTS3606 uses +24V DC input, the PSU is not equipped.

3-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 3 Product Structure

3.4 Physical Interfaces
The BTS3606 provides the following physical interfaces listed in Table 3-2. Table 3-2 Physical interfaces on the BTS3606 Interface Type Quantity Function These interfaces connect to the transmission system that connects to the BSC. They support IMA/UNI, cascading, and ATM over fractional ATM function. When E1 is used, 75Ω and 120Ω load interfaces are available. T1 ODU3601C cascading interface Optical fiber GPS/GLONASS Clock interface External synchronization clock input Ethernet interface Power supply PGND Environment monitoring interface RF signal 8 8 2 1 When T1 is used, 100Ω load interface is available. One CCPM provides two optical interfaces to connect ODU3601Cs. A maximum of three ODU3601Cs can be cascaded in serial. Provides long-term stable clock signals. Provides high-precision clock when GPS/GLONASS clock signals are unavailable. Provides local maintenance path. Provides –48V/+24V DC power input. Provides lightning protection for the BTS3606. Connects to the EAC. These interfaces serve three sectors. Each sector corresponds to two DIN connectors that can be used for both transmitting and receiving.

E1 Abis interface

8

Maintenance interface Power supply and protection ground (PGND) Monitoring interface Antenna interface

1 1 1 1

6

3-6

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 4 Major Functions

Chapter 4 Major Functions
The BTS3606 complies with the following CDMA2000 1X specifications: The Um interface supports TIA/EIA IS-2000 Rel.A and is compatible with TIA/EIA-95-A/B. The minimum performance of the BTS3606 satisfies TIA/EIA-97-D requirements. The BTS3606 complies with the following 1xEV-DO specifications: The Um interface supports the C.S0024-0 standard. The minimum performance of the BTS3606 satisfies C.S0032-0 requirements. This chapter introduces the major CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO functions supported by the BTS3606.

4.1 Power Control and Rate Control
The CDMA system is a self-interference system. Each subscriber is an interference source to other subscribers. If every MS transmits at the minimum power needed, the system capacity will reach the maximum. Therefore, power control directly determines system capacity and quality of service (QoS). Operating in the CDMA2000 1X system, the BTS3606 adopts power control mechanism. Power control is classified into: Forward power control, used to control the transmit power of the BTS Reverse power control, used to control the transmit power of the MS Operating in the 1xEV-DO system, the BTS3606 adopts: Rate control in the forward direction Power control in the reverse direction

4.1.1 Forward Power Control
There are several methods to realize forward power control, depending on the MS's protocol version and system parameters.

I. Power Control Based on PMRM
In the power control based on power measurement report message (PMRM), the MS determines the method and frequency of reporting PMRM according to the received control message contained in the system parameter message.

4-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 4 Major Functions

II. Power Control Based on EIB
In the power control based on erasure indicator bit (EIB), the MS detects forward frame quality and sends this information to the BTS in an EIB. The BTS adjusts the transmit power according to the EIB information.

III. Forward Fast Power Control
The MS uses power control bits to adjust the transmit power of the BTS. The power control bit can be transmitted at a maximum speed of 800 bps. The CDMA2000 1X system supports high-speed data services, which put high requirements on forward power control. The forward fast power control can accurately control the transmit power of forward channels. As a result, the interference is minimized and capacity increased.

4.1.2 Reverse Power Control
Reverse power control includes open-loop power control and closed-loop power control. The former is further classified into inner-loop power control and outer-loop power control.

I. Open-Loop Power Control
The MS determines its transmit power to access the network according to the strength of the received pilot signal.

II. Closed-Loop Power Control
The BTS sends a power control command to the MS, and adjusts its transmit power according to the feedback from the MS. Figure 4-1 shows the principle of closed-loop power control.
Power Control Bit

MS

Eb/Nt

BTS

FER

BSC

Eb/Nt changing quantity

Inner loop

Outer loop

Figure 4-1 Closed-loop power control

4-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 4 Major Functions

In the inner-loop power control, the BTS sends the power control bit to the MS according to the received Eb/Nt value. In the outer-loop power control, the BSC adjusts the Eb/Nt value according to the frame error rate (FER) of the received reverse signal for CDMA 1x, and according to the packet error rate (PER) of the received reverse signal for 1xEV-DO.. Then the BTS sends power control bits to the MS based on the new Eb/Nt value. In this way, the transmit power of the MS can be controlled accordingly.

4.1.3 Rate Control
Rate control applies to 1xEV-DO forward links only. The AT controls the rate of the forward traffic channel through data rate control (DRC) channel assignment.

4.2 Handoff
When the MS/AT moves out of the serving cell/sector or the signal quality deteriorates to an unacceptable level, the MS/AT will be handed off to another cell/sector to maintain the ongoing traffic. If the system determines that a handoff will help to improve the call quality and network performance, it will also trigger a handoff procedure. Different from the CDMA2000 1X, the 1xEV-DO also introduces virtual soft handoff function in forward links.

4.2.1 Soft Handoff
The soft handoff occurs between neighbor cells that operate on the same frequency and belong to different BTSs. The two BTSs can belong to the same BSC, or two different BSCs connected to each other with A3/A7 interface. In the soft handoff procedure, the MS maintains the connection with the previous cell till it establishes the communication with the new cell. The MS can establish radio links with multiple cells, select and combine the data received from these links to improve conversation quality and reduce call drops.

4.2.2 Softer Handoff
The softer handoff occurs between neighbor sectors that operate on the same frequency and belong to the same BTS. It is a special case of soft handoff. As the MS establishes radio links with multiple sectors under the same BTS, the BTS can combine the diversity signals received by these sectors. Therefore, the conversation quality during softer handoff is better than that of soft handoff.
4-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 4 Major Functions

4.2.3 Virtual Soft Handoff
Virtual soft handoff is applicable to 1xEV-DO forward links only. The AT monitors all pilot signals in the active set and selects the best as its serving sector. Then, it receives signaling messages and data from the selected sector. This process is called virtual software handoff. A cell knows whether it is selected according to the DRC cover.

4.2.4 Hard Handoff
In the hard handoff procedure, the MS first terminates the connection with the previous cell, and then sets up the connection with the new cell. Therefore, call drops may occur. Hard handoff includes: Intra-frequency hard handoff: Handoff between the BSCs without A3/A7 interface in-between. Inter-frequency hard handoff: Handoff between cells operating on different frequencies.

4.3 Radio Configuration
The CDMA2000 1X physical layer supports multiple radio configurations (RCs). Different RCs support the frames of the different rate sets, and feature different channel configurations and spread spectrum structures. The transmission combinations supported by the BTS3606 include: Forward RC1 and reverse RC1 Forward RC2 and reverse RC2 Forward RC3 or RC4, and reverse RC3 Forward RC5 and reverse RC4 Each RC supports traffic channels of different data rates. The capability of the CDMA2000 1X system varies with RCs. For example, the CDMA2000 1X system with RC1 and RC2 is compatible with IS-95A/B.

4.4 Channel Configuration
A series of physical channels are defined on the Um interface. These physical channels are classified by channel features. To support higher-rate data transmission, the 1xEV-DO uses a channel design different from that of the CDMA2000 1X.

4-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 4 Major Functions

4.4.1 CDMA2000 1X Channels
The following lists CDMA2000 1X channels.

I. Forward Channels
CDMA2000 1X forward channels include forward common channels and forward dedicated channels. Forward common channels are further divided into: Forward pilot channel (F-PICH) F-PICH provides synchronization signals to the MSs operating in the BTS coverage. Different from other channels, the F-PICH is an unmodulated spread spectrum signal that is always in transmit state. Forward synchronization channel (F-SYNCH) F-SYNCH provides initial time synchronization information to MSs operating in the BTS coverage. Forward paging channel (F-PCH) F-PCH sends overhead messages and MS-specific messages to the MSs operating in the BTS coverage. Each CDMA channel in a sector supports seven paging channels at most. Forward quick paging channel (F-QPCH) The BTS uses the F-QPCH to send the paging order and system configuration change order to slotted-mode MSs, instructing them to receive the paging messages. As a result, the MS battery energy is saved. Forward common control channel (F-CCCH) The BTS uses the CCCH to send overhead messages and MS-specific messages to the MS. Forward dedicated channels are further divided into: Forward dedicated control channel (F-DCCH) F-DCCH carries traffic information and signaling messages between the MS and the BTS. Forward fundamental channel (F-FCH) F-FCH carries traffic information between the MS and the BTS. Forward Supplemental Channel (F-SCH) F-SCH carries traffic information between the MS and the BTS. It is applicable to RC3, RC4, and RC5 only.

4-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 4 Major Functions

II. Reverse Channels
CDMA2000 1X reverse channels include reverse common channels and reverse dedicated channels. Reverse common channels are further divided into: Reverse access channel (R-ACH) The MS communicates with the BTS and responds to paging channel messages through the R-ACH. The MS uses random access protocol to initiate an access procedure. With respect to each supported paging channel, 32 access channels can be supported at most. Reverse enhanced access channel (R-EACH) The MS initiates the communication with the BTS or responds to dedicated paging channel messages through the R-EACH. Reverse dedicated channels are further divided into: Reverse fundamental channel (R-FCH) R-FCH carries traffic information between the MS and the BTS. Reverse dedicated control channel (R-DCCH) R-DCCH carries traffic information and signaling messages between the MS and the BTS. Reverse supplemental channel (R-SCH) R-SCH carries traffic information between the MS and the BTS. It is applicable to RC3 and RC4 only.

4.4.2 CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Channels
The following lists CDMA2000 1xEV-DO channels.

I. Forward Channels
The 1xEV-DO forward channels adopt TDM mode. It includes four types of channels: Pilot channel Different from the continuous pilot of IS-95/1X system, the pilot channel is only transmitted on the activated forward channels in a 1xEV-DO system. Pilot channel is an unmodulated signal used for AT synchronization and other associated functions. Media access control (MAC) channel

4-6

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 4 Major Functions

There are three code sub-channels in the MAC channel: –Reverse activity (RA) sub-channel, used for reverse overload control on the Um interface. –Reverse power control (RPC) sub-channel, used for reverse power control. –Data rate control lock (DRCLock) sub-channel, used by the AN to inform the AT whether the DRC channel of the AT can be properly demodulated. It plays an important role in helping the AT with the forward virtual handoff. Control channel The control channel is similar to the paging channel in a CDMA2000 1X system. It broadcasts various overhead messages and transmits other uni-cast messages such as paging messages. Traffic channel The traffic channel carries traffic data. It is a TDM channel serving multiple subscribers.

II. Reverse Channels
The 1xEV-DO reverse channels include reverse access channels and reverse traffic channels. Reverse access channel The AT originates calls or responds to network paging messages through the reverse access channel. The reverse access channel covers pilot sub-channel (transmitted on I channel) and data sub-channel (transmitted on Q channel). Reverse traffic channel The reverse traffic channel covers pilot channel, MAC channel, acknowledgement (ACK) channel, and data channel. Pilot channel helps the coherence demodulation and phase estimation of the BTS3606. MAC channel consists of reverse rate indicator (RRI) sub-channel and DRC sub-channel. The AT uses the DRC sub-channel to report the quality of the forward channel to the AN. The AN can adjust the rate and the sector for transmitting data to the AT according to DRC channel messages. In this way, the air resources can be best utilized. The RRI sub-channel indicates to the data channel the rate for transmitting data.

4-7

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 4 Major Functions

ACK channel helps the AT notify the AN whether the data packets from forward traffic channel are correctly received. This function helps AT adjust its forward rate estimation to improve the performance of the system. The data channel carries reverse data. In a 1xEV-DO system, it can transmit data at five rates: 9.6 kbps, 19.2 kbps, 38.4 kbps, 76.8 kbps, and 153.6 kbps.

4.5 Multi-Channel Function
The BTS3606 supports multi-channel module configuration. The single-channel cabinet can hold both the single-channel and multi-channel modules. A single-channel transceiver module (consisting of one CTRM and one CHPA) can process one carrier signal. A multi-channel transceiver module (consisting of one CMTR and one CMPA) can process three carrier signals. A single-channel cabinet equipped with multi-channel transceiver modules can realize the maximum configuration of S(6/6/6), that is, 18 sector carriers. The multi-channel transceiver module supports 1900 MHz and 800 MHz bands. The BTS3606 of later version will support more bands.

4.6 Receiving Diversity
The BTS3606 supports receiving diversity function. This function is implemented through two sets of independent receiving equipment, each of which comprises the antenna, feeder, CDDU, and main/diversity receiving channels. The two sets of receiving equipment demodulate the received signals at the same time. Then the baseband processing unit decodes the signals with diversity combining algorithm so as to provide certain diversity gain. Receiving diversity enhances the anti-attenuation capability of the BTS receiver, and ensures the receiving effect of the BTS under complicated radio environment.

4.7 Cell Breathing
Under the control of the BSC, the BTS3606 adjusts its transmit power to control the coverage area and thus balance the system load as required. The controllable range of the transmit power for cell breathing function is from 0 dB to 24 dB, with a control step of 0.5dB.

4-8

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 5 Product Reliability

Chapter 5 Product Reliability
This chapter introduces the system reliability, hardware reliability, and software reliability measures of the BTS3606.

5.1 System Reliability
This section introduces the measures employed by the BTS3606 to improve system reliability.

5.1.1 De-rating Design
De-rating design aims to lower the electrical stress and temperature stress on the high-power or heat-generating components to a value less than the rated one. It delays performance degradation and prolongs the service life of components.

5.1.2 Quality Control of Components
The category, specifications and manufacturers of the components are carefully selected based on the requirements for high reliability and maintainability. The replaceability is also considered in selecting components. All components feature high quality that is proved by burn-in test and strict inspection. Strict quality control is implemented during assembling process to ensure high reliability and stability in the long run.

5.1.3 Thermal Design
Thermal design focuses on the following aspects to minimize the impact of temperature changes on product performance: Component selection Circuit design Mechanical design Heat dissipation The thermal design of the BTS3606 ensures that it can operate reliably in a wide range of temperatures.

5-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 5 Product Reliability

5.1.4 EMC Design
The EMC design ensures that the electromagnetic interference (EMI) from other equipment does not cause an unacceptable impact to BTS3606 performance. It also ensures that the EMI generated by the BTS3606 does not cause an unacceptable impact to other equipment's performance.

5.1.5 Redundancy Design
For the purpose of reliability, the system is designed with several sets of units performing the same function. The system will not fail unless certain amounts of units become faulty at the same time.

5.1.6 Reliability Measures for Input Power
The BTS3606 provides the following measures to ensure the reliability of its input power: Protection against reverse connection of power supply Testing on the input voltage, and generating alarms when the voltage is too low or too high Protection against sharp voltage drop and lightning strikes Protection of program and data in case of power failure

5.1.7 Maintainability Design
Reasonable internal wiring of the BTS3606 enables easy board replacement. To replace a faulty board, you only need to remove the cables of this board. The board can be removed and inserted directly from the front of the cabinet. In addition, board indicators are provided to help identify board status.

5.1.8 Fault Monitoring and Handling
The BTS3606 system can detect and diagnose software and hardware faults. It can record, output and print fault information. In addition, it collects environment information and generates alarms if there is any exception. When faults occur to the hardware, the system first locates the fault, then isolates the faulty component and automatically activates the standby components to ensure normal operation. The system confirms a hardware fault through repeated detection, thus avoiding the reconfiguration of the system or the degradation of QoS due to contingent faults.

5-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 5 Product Reliability

For software faults, the system provides automatic error-correction and recovery functions, including restarting and reloading. The BTS3606 also records, outputs, and notifies the users of critical faults through the network management system, so that users can easily operate and maintain the system through a maintenance console.

5.2 Hardware Reliability
This section introduces the measures employed by the BTS3606 to improve hardware reliability.

5.2.1 Protection against Wrong Insertion of Boards
When a board is inserted into a wrong slot, the special guide pins will prevent the board from touching the backplane. This avoids possible damage to the backplane owing to wrong insertion.

5.2.2 BCKM Active-Standby Switchover
The active BCKM backs up the files to the standby BCKM periodically. Once a critical fault occurs to the active BCKM, the standby BCKM will become active to ensure the normal operation.

5.2.3 BCIM Backup Slots
The BTS3606 provides backup slots for the BCIM. Normally the BCIMs reside in the upper slots. When the upper slots are faulty, the lower slots can be used.

5.2.4 BCIM/BCKM Power Backup
The power modules of the BCIM and BCKM are mutually backed up. When the power module of one board fails, the power module of another board is used instead.

5.2.5 N+1 Redundancy for Baseband Fans
The baseband fans operation in the N+1 redundancy mode, with one standby fan equipped. When one fan fails, this standby fan starts working to ensure cooling effect.

5-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 5 Product Reliability

5.2.6 Abis Interface Link Backup
The BTS3606 supports Abis interface link backup function to improve the reliability of links. If the active link is faulty, the system automatically carries out active-standby link switchover.

5.2.7 CE Pool Design for CCPMs
The CCPMs operate in CE pool mode. They are connected into a daisy chain to maximize the utilization of channel resources and enable flexible channel capacity configuration for each sector carrier.

5.2.8 Status Monitoring and Alarm Report
The BCKM monitors the status of other boards or modules, and reports alarms when fault occurs.

5.2.9 Distributed Power Supply
The BTS3606 adopts a distributed power supply. The DC/DC power modules operate in N+1 redundancy mode. When an error occurs to a power module, an alarm is generated and sent to the BAM. You can replace the faulty module during the live operation of the system.

5.3 Software Reliability
This section introduces the measures employed by the BTS3606 to improve software reliability.

5.3.1 Periodic Check on Key Resources
The BTS3606 checks the software resources that are occupied for a long time. If it finds that certain resource becomes unavailable owing to software error, it will release the resource and outputs logs and alarms.

5.3.2 Process Monitoring
Process monitoring provides a channel for outputting various software and hardware faults while the software is running. This function monitors the running status of a specific task or system, and reports the information to associated devices.

5-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 5 Product Reliability

5.3.3 Data Check
Data check consists of the following contents: Checking the consistency of data on different processing boards, restoring the data, and outputting logs and alarms. Checking the consistency of the data entered by the user to ensure correct reference relation among data. Rollback function to restore the data to the initial state when the modification of some data fails.

5.3.4 Fault Isolation
In the BTS3606, if a fault occurs to a software module, other software modules will not be affected. The BTS3606 software also features powerful fault tolerance and correction capability. A minor operation exception will not cause system restart.

5.3.5 Reversible Upgrade
The BTS3606 allows program and data restoration. When an upgrade fails, you can restore the original program and data configuration.

5.3.6 Log Function
The O&M software can automatically record user's operations and save them into a log file. When an unknown error occurs to the system, you can refer to the log files to find out the normal status for the purpose of fault location or data restoration.

5-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 6 Operation and Maintenance

Chapter 6 Operation and Maintenance
The operation and maintenance (O&M) over the BTS3606 can be performed through the local O&M system and the Huawei iManager M2000 Mobile Integrated Network Management System (hereinafter referred to as M2000 system). This chapter introduces the structure and functions of the local O&M system and the M2000 system. Detailed information of the M2000 system is available in related M2000 manuals.

6.1 Structure of the O&M System
This section introduces the structure of the local O&M system and M2000 system.

6.1.1 Structure of Local O&M System
Figure 6-1 shows the structure of the local O&M system used for BSS/AN.

IPoE BTS IPoA IPoE

IPoA BSC IPoE BTS Router

Internet
Router

IPoE

IPoA : IP over ATM BTS: Base transceiver station

IPoE: IP over Ethernet BSC: Base station controller

Figure 6-1 BSS/AN's local O&M system

I. Far-End Maintenance
To realize the far-end maintenance on BTS, a local maintenance terminal (LMT) is connected to the BSC BAM. The local O&M system of the BSS is designed in client/server (C/S) structure, where LMT is a client and BAM a server.

6-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 6 Operation and Maintenance

The far-end maintenance process is as follows: 1) 2) 3) 4) The user enters commands through the LMT. The BAM processes commands from the LMT. The BAM sends these commands to the host (BSC or BTS) and waits for responses. The BAM records the operation results (such as success, failure, timeout, or abnormality) and sends the results to the LMT in a specified format. In this way, users can manage the BTSs under the control of the BSC and carry out network planning in a centralized way.

II. Near-End Maintenance
To realize the near-end maintenance, the LMT is directly connected to the BTS through a network cable. Users can log in to the BTS through Telnet client and execute MML commands to maintain the BTS. Users can also employ the reverse maintenance function to log in to the BSC BAM from the BTS to realize the maintenance over the whole BSS.

6.1.2 Structure of M2000 System
The M2000 system provides centralized maintenance functions. In this system, the M2000 server is the core. Various network elements (such as BSC, MSC, and HLR) connect to the M2000 system through local area networks (LANs) or wide area networks (WANs). The BSC connects to the M2000 system through the BAM. Figure 6-2 shows the typical networking of the M2000 system.

6-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 6 Operation and Maintenance

Dialup Server NE NE PSTN

WS M2000 Server Router

NE Router WS

E1,DDN,X.25,frame relay

Figure 6-2 Networking of M2000 system Through the M2000 system, users can complete the following functions: Configuration management: Collect, store, query, and modify the data of network elements (NEs) in the network. Performance management: Register the traffic measurement tasks of NEs on the client, and view the execution results of the tasks registered on the whole network. Fault management: Obtain required alarm data of the NEs from the alarm client by setting combined conditions, view query results, and perform associated management operations.

6.2 O&M Functions
The O&M system provides full range of functions for users to operate and maintain the equipment, such as security management, alarm management, and loading management.

6.2.1 Security Management
To prevent illegal operations, the O&M system provides strict security measures to manage and control users and operation terminals. A user has to pass the authentication before he can log in to the system and operate the BTS3606. The system provides a multi-level authority mechanism so that only authorized users can use specified command sets.

6-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 6 Operation and Maintenance

The timeout locking function is provided. When the user does not operate the system within a specific period, the system will automatically lock the screen. The user needs to enter the password again before he can continue with the operation. Before the execution of important commands, the system provides warnings and asks for confirmation.

6.2.2 Alarm Management
The O&M system performs centralized management over the alarms of the BSC and the BTS. The BSS maintenance console in the system provides real-time alarm management functions, including: Alarm collection Alarm clearing Alarm query Alarm processing Alarm storage Alarm interpretation Alerting Alarm shielding Alarm filtering Alarm acknowledgement Alarm analyzing In addition, the alarm management system provides rich online help and multi-level filtering for alarms to help uses locate and remove faults. While reporting alarms, the BTS3606 drives status indicators and alarm box to give out audible and visible alarms.

6.2.3 Loading Management
The loading management function allows the loading of the software and the configuration data. Software loading involves the downloading and activation of the central processing unit (CPU) software and the field programmable gate array (FPGA) logic. Configuration data loading involves the downloading and uploading of configuration data.

6-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 6 Operation and Maintenance

6.2.4 Configuration Management
Configuration management involves the configuration of the BTS3606 equipment and radio resources. This function also allows users to query configuration data and check data consistency. This function supports both online and offline data configuration, as well as batch processing of data.

6.2.5 Equipment Management
Equipment management allows users to monitor and query the status of boards and the system. It also provides user operation logs and system running logs to facilitate fault location and removal. The equipment management function includes: Version query Status query Electronic label query Log management Equipment reset Resource block/unblock Power supply management

6.2.6 Test Management
Test management functions help users locate faults and optimize system performance. Supported tests include: Board loopback test Self-detection test Abis link test

6.2.7 Tracing Management
Tracing management functions help users locate faults and analyze system performance. The objects can be traced include various interfaces and indices. The traced results of some indices (such as CPU load, board temperature, CTRM transmit power, and receive signal strength indicator) can be displayed in graphics on real-time basis.

6-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 7 Technical Specifications

Chapter 7 Technical Specifications
This chapter provides the technical specifications of the BTS3606, including engineering, capacity, transmitter/receiver performance, and ODU cascading specifications.

7.1 Engineering Specifications
Table 7-1 lists the engineering specifications of the BTS3606. Table 7-1 Engineering specifications of the BTS3606 Item Cabinet dimensions Cabinet weight Specifications 1,400 mm (55.12 in.) x 600 mm (23.62 in.) x 650 mm (25.59 in.) (height x width x depth) A fully equipped cabinet: < 250 kg (551.25 lb) An empty cabinet: <150 kg (330.75 lb) –48 V DC (ranging from –40 V DC to –60 V DC) +24 V DC (ranging from +21V DC to +29V DC) ≤ 3600 W –5 ÿC to +50 ÿC(23ÿF to 122ÿF) 5% to 95% ≤ 65 dBA (Varies with the ambient temperature) Availability ≥ 99.999% Reliability MTBF ≥ 100,000 hours MTTR ≤ 1 hour

Power supply Power consumption Ambient temperature Relative humidity Equipment room noise

7.2 Capacity Specifications
The maximum capacity of one BTS3606 cabinet is 6 sector carriers. Equipped with multi-channel modules, the BTS3606 can provide 18 sector carriers. The BTS3606 supports two types of channel processing boards: CCPM and CECM. The former supports CDMA2000 1X protocols, and the later supports CDMA2000 1xEV-DO protocols.

7-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 7 Technical Specifications

7.2.1 CDMA2000 1X Capacity
The BTS3606 capacity depends on the number of sector carriers configured. One sector carrier serves about 20 IS95 subscribers or 40 CDMA2000 1X subscribers. The maximum reverse channel capacity of one carrier (three sectors configuration) is 128 channels.

7.2.2 CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Capacity
The BTS capacity in 1xEV-DO network depends on the number of sector carriers configured. One sector carrier can serve up to 48 subscribers. The maximum reverse channel capacity of one carrier (three sectors configuration) is 96 channels.

7.3 Transmitter and Receiver Specifications
This section provides the specifications of the BTS3606 transmitters and receivers operating in different bands.

7.3.1 Transmitter and Receiver Specifications in 450 MHz Band
Table 7-2 and Table 7-3 lists the specifications of BTS3606 transmitters and receivers operating in 450 MHz band. Table 7-2 Specifications of BTS3606 transmitters operating in 450 MHz band Item Operating band Channel bandwidth Channel precision Frequency tolerance 460 MHz to 470 MHz 1.23 MHz 25 kHz, 20 kHz ≤ ! 0.05 ppm 25 W (the maximum value measured at the RF port of the cabinet when the BTS works in the single-channel mode) 50W (the maximum value measured at the RF port of the cabinet when the BTS works at the altitude less than 3500 m in the multi-channel mode) Specifications

Transmit power

Table 7-3 Specifications of BTS3606 receivers operating in 450 MHz band Item Operating band 450 MHz to 460 MHz Specifications

7-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 7 Technical Specifications

Item Channel bandwidth Channel precision Signal sensitivity receiver 1.23 MHz 25 kHz, 20 kHz

Specifications

Better than –127 dBm (RC3, main and diversity receiving)

7.3.2 Transmitter and Receiver Specifications in 800 MHz Band
Table 7-4 and Table 7-5 lists the specifications of BTS3606 transmitters and receivers operating in 800 MHz band. Table 7-4 Specifications of BTS3606 transmitters operating in 800 MHz band Item Operating band Channel bandwidth Channel precision Frequency tolerance 869 MHz to 894 MHz 1.23 MHz 30 kHz ≤ ! 0.05 ppm 25 W (the maximum value measured at the RF port of the cabinet when the BTS works in the single-channel mode) 50W (the maximum value measured at the RF port of the cabinet when the BTS works at the altitude less than 3500 m in the multi-channel mode) Specifications

Transmit power

Table 7-5 Specifications of BTS3606 receivers operating in 800 MHz band Item Operating band Channel bandwidth Channel precision Signal receiver sensitivity 824 MHz to 849 MHz 1.23 MHz 30 kHz Single-channel module: Better than –127 dBm (RC3, main and diversity receiving) Multi-channel module: Better than –126 dBm (RC3, main and diversity receiving) Specifications

7-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 7 Technical Specifications

7.3.3 Transmitter and Receiver Specifications in 1900 MHz Band
Table 7-6 and Table 7-7 lists the specifications of BTS3606 transmitters and receivers operating in 1900 MHz band. Table 7-6 Specifications of BTS3606 transmitters operating in 1900 MHz band Item Operating band Channel bandwidth Channel precision Frequency tolerance 1930 MHz to 1990 MHz 1.23 MHz 50 kHz ≤ ! 0.05 ppm 20 W (the maximum value measured at the RF port of the cabinet when the BTS works in the single-channel mode) 40 W (the maximum value measured at the RF port of the cabinet when the BTS works at the altitude less than 3500 m in the multi-channel mode) Specifications

Transmit power

Table 7-7 Specifications of BTS3606 receivers operating in 1900 MHz band Item Operating band Channel bandwidth Channel precision Signal receiver sensitivity 1850 MHz to 1910 MHz 1.23 MHz 50 kHz Single-channel module: Better than –127 dBm (RC3, main and diversity receiving) Multi-channel module: Better than –126 dBm (RC3, main and diversity receiving) Specifications

7.4 ODU3601C Cascading Specifications
Table 7-8 lists the specifications of the BTS3606 with respect to ODU3601Cs cascading in CDMA2000 1X and 1xEV-DO networks.

7-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Chapter 7 Technical Specifications

Table 7-8 Specifications of BTS3606 with respect to ODU3601Cs cascading Maximum distance of single cascading CDMA2000 1X Maximum number of cascading levels Maximum total distance after cascading Maximum distance of single cascading 1xEV-DO Maximum number of cascading levels Maximum total distance after cascading 10 km (32,808 ft), 70 km (229,656 ft) (respectively corresponding to the two types of CCPM) 3 90 km (295,272 ft) 10 km (32,808 ft) 3 10 km (32,808 ft)

7-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Appendix A Technical Standards

Appendix A Technical Standards
The BTS3606 complies with various international standards. This chapter lists the major technical, lightning protection, safety, EMC, and environment standards observed by the BTS3606.

A.1 General Technical Standards
The BTS3606 complies with the following general technical standards: TIA/EIA-97-D: Recommended Minimum Performance Standards for Base Stations Supporting Dual-mode Spread Spectrum Mobile Stations. Federal IMT-MC (CDMA 2000) Cellular Mobile System Operating in Band 450 MHZ. C.S0032-0V1.0 Recommended Minimum Performance Standards for CDMA2000 High Rate Packet Data Access Network C.S0039-0V1.0 Enhanced Subscriber Privacy for CDMA2000 High Rate Packet Data C.S0038-0V1.0 Signaling Conformance Specification for High Rate Packet Data Air Interface

A.2 Um Interface Standards
This section lists the Um interface standards that the BTS3606 complies on physical layer, MAC layer and service capability.

A.2.1 Physical Layer
TIA/EIA IS-2000-2-A: Physical Layer Standard for CDMA 1X Standards for Spread Spectrum Systems. C.S0024-0V4.0 CDMA2000 High Rate Packet Data Air Interface Specifications

A.2.2 MAC Layer
TIA/EIA IS-2000-3-A: Medium Access Control (MAC) Standard for CDMA 1X Standards for Spread Spectrum Systems.

A.2.3 Service Capability
TSB2000: Capabilities Requirements Mapping for CDMA 1X Standards.
A-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Appendix A Technical Standards

A.3 Abis Interface Standards
This section lists the Abis interface standards that the BTS3606 complies on physical layer, ATM layer, and so on.

A.3.1 Physical Layer
I. E1 Interface
E1 Physical Interface Specification, September 1996

II. SDH STM-1
ANSI T1.101: Synchronization Interface Standard. ITU-T G.707: (3/96) Network node interface for the synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH). ITU-T G.703: (10/98) Physical/electrical characteristics of hierarchical digital interfaces. ITU-T G.957: Optical interface for equipment and systems relating to the synchronous digital hierarchy. ITU-T G.958: Digital line systems based on the synchronous digital hierarchy for use on optical fiber cables.

III. ATM
AF-PHY-0086.001: Inverse Multiplexing for ATM (IMA) Specification Version 1.1. ATM Forum af-phy-0064.000. STR-PHY-FN64-01.00: ATM on Fractional E1/T1.

A.3.2 ATM Layer
ANSI T1.627-1993: Telecommunications broadband ISDN-ATM Layer Functionality and specification.

A.3.3 ATM Adaptation Layer
ITU-T recommendation I.366.2: B-ISDN ATM Adaptation Layer Type 2 Specification. ITU-T I.363.5: B-ISDN ATM Adaptation Layer 5 Specification: Type 5 AAL.

A-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Appendix A Technical Standards

A.3.4 TCP/IP
RFC791: Internet Protocol. RFC793: Transport Control Protocol.

A.3.5 Abis Interface High-Layer Protocol
3GPP2 A.R0003: Abis interface technical report for CDMA 1X Spread Spectrum System.

A.3.6 Self-Defined Standard
CDMA 1X Abis interface high-layer specification

A.4 Lightning Protection Standards
The BTS3606 complies with the following lightning protection standards: IEC 61312–1 (1995) Protection against Lightning Electromagnetic Impulse Part I: General Principles. IEC 61643–1 (1998) Surge Protective devices connected to low-voltage power distribution systems. ITU-T K.11 (1993) Principles of Protection against Overvoltage and Overcurrent. ITU-T K.27 (1996) Bonding Configurations and Earthing Inside a Telecommunication Building. ETS 300 253(1995) Equipment Engineering; Earthing and bonding of telecommunication equipment in telecommunication centers.

A.5 Safety Standards
The BTS3606 complies with the following safety standards: GB4943–2000: Safety of information technology equipment. IEC60950 Safety of information technology equipment including Electrical Business Equipment. IEC60215 Safety requirement for radio transmitting equipment. CAN/CSA–C22.2 No 1-M94 Audio, Video and Similar Electronic Equipment. CAN/CSA–C22.2 No 950-95 Safety of Information Technology Equipment Including Electrical Business Equipment. UL 1419 Standard for Professional Video and Audio Equipment 73/23/EEC Low Voltage Directive. UL 1950 Safety of information technology equipment Including Electrical Business Equipment.

A-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Appendix A Technical Standards

IEC60529 Classification of degrees of protection provided by enclosure (IP Code). GOST 30631–99. General Requirements to machines, instruments and other industrial articles on stability to external mechanical impacts while operating. GOST R 50829–95. Safety of radio stations, radio electronic equipment using transceivers and their components. The general requirements and test methods. GOST 12.2.007.0–75. Electrotechnical devices. The general safety requirements.

A.6 EMC Standards
The BTS3606 complies with the following EMC standards: TS 25.105; 3rd Generation Partnership Project; TSG RAN WG4; UTRA (BS) TDD: Radio transmission and reception89/336/EEC EMC directive Council directive of 3 May 1989 on approximation of laws of the Member States relating to electromagnetic compatibility. CISPR 22 (1997): Limits and methods of measurement of radio disturbance characteristics of information technology equipment. IEC 61000-6-1: 1997: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 6: Generic standards – Section 1: Immunity for residential, commercial and light-industrial environments. IEC 61000-6-3: 1996: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 6: Generic standards – Section 3: mission standard for residential, commercial and light industrial environments. IEC 61000–3–2 (1995): Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 3: Limits – Section 2: Limits for harmonic current emissions (equipment input current = 16 A). IEC 61000–3–3 (1995): Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 3: Limits – Section 3: Limitation of voltage fluctuations and flicker in low-voltage supply systems for equipment with rated current = 16 A. IEC 61000–4–2 (1995): Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques – Section 2: Electrostatic discharge immunity test. IEC 61000–4–3 (1995): Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques – Section 3: Radiated, radio-frequency electromagnetic field immunity test. IEC 61000–4–4 (1995): Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques – Section 4: Electrical fast transient/burst immunity test. IEC 61000-4-5 (1995): Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques – Section 5: Surge immunity test.

A-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Appendix A Technical Standards

IEC 61000–4–6 (1996): Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques – Section 6: Immunity to contacted disturbances, induced by radio frequency fields. IEC 61000–4–11 (1994): Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 4: Testing and measurement techniques – Section 11: Voltage dips, short interruptions and voltage variations. Immunity tests. ITU-T Recommendation K.20: Resistibility of Telecommunication Switching Equipment to Overvoltages and Overcurrents. CFR 47, FCC Part 15: Radio Frequency Device. TS 25.113v3.1.0: 3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Radio Access Networks; Base station EMC. ITU-R Rec. SM.329–7: Spurious emissions. GOST R 51318.22–99: Electromagnetic compatibility of technical equipment. Man-made noise from informational equipment. Limits and test methods. GOST 30429–96: Electromagnetic compatibility of technical equipment. Man-made noise from equipment and apparatus used together with service receiver systems of civil application. Limits and test methods.

A.7 Environment Standards
The BTS3606 complies with the following environment standards: GB4208 Degrees of protection provided by enclosure (IP code). GB4798 Environmental conditions for electrician and electronic products application. IEC 60529 Degrees of protection provided by enclosure (IP code). IEC 60721-3-1: Classification of environmental conditions – Part 3: Classification of groups of environmental parameters and their severities-Section 1: Storage. IEC 60721-3-2: Classification of environmental conditions – Part 3: Classification of groups of environmental parameters and their severities-Section 2: Transportation. IEC 60721–3–3 (1994): Classification of environmental conditions – Part 3: Classification of groups of environmental parameters and their severities Section 3: Stationary use at weather protected locations. IEC 60721–3–4 (1995): Classification of environmental conditions – Part 3: Classification of groups of environmental parameters and their severities Section 4: Stationary use at non-weather protected locations. ETS 300 019-2-1: Equipment Engineering (EE); Environmental conditions and environmental tests for telecommunications equipment; Part 2-1, Specification of environmental tests Storage.

A-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Description Appendix A Technical Standards

ETS 300 019-2-2: Equipment Engineering (EE); Environmental conditions and environmental tests for telecommunications equipment; Part 2-2, Specification of environmental tests Transportation. ETS 300 019-2-3: Equipment Engineering (EE); Environmental conditions and environmental tests for telecommunications equipment; Part 2-3, Specification of environmental tests Transportation Stationary use at weather-protected locations. ETS 300 019-2-3: Equipment Engineering (EE); Environmental conditions and environmental tests for telecommunications equipment; Part 2-3, Specification of environmental tests Transportation Stationary use at non-weather-protected locations. IEC 60068–2–1 (1990): Environmental testing – Part 2: Tests. Tests A: Cold. IEC 60068–2–2 (1974): Environmental testing – Part 2: Tests. Tests B: Dry heat. IEC 60068–2–6 (1995): Environmental testing – Part 2: Tests – Test Fc: Vibration (sinusoidal). GOST 15150–69: Machines, instruments and other industrial articles. Applications for different climatic regions. Categories, operating, storage and transportation conditions in compliance with the environmental factors. GOST 23088–80: Electronic equipment. Requirements to packing and transportation and test methods.

A-6

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Appendix B

System Description Abbreviations and Acronyms

Appendix B Abbreviations and Acronyms
# 1xEV-DO 1xEV-DV 3GPP2 A AAA AC ACK AN AT ATM B BAM BCIM BCKM BTS BSC BSS C CC CCH CCPM CDM CDMA CDDU CE CECM CFMM CHPA CIFM Control Channel Common Channel Compact-BTS Channel Process Module Code Division Multiplex Code Division Multiple Access Compact-BTS Dual Duplexer Unit Channel Element Compact-BTS EV-DO Channel Module Compact-BTS Fan Monitor Module Compact-BTS High power Amplifier Compact-BTS Intermediate Frequency Module Back Administration Module BTS Control Interface Module BTS Clock Module Base Transceiver Station Base Station Controller Base Station Subsystem Authorization, Authentication and Accounting Alternating Current Acknowledgement Access Network Access Terminal Asynchronous Transfer Mode Single 1.25MHz carrier Evolution – Data Optimized Single 1.25MHz carrier Evolution – Data and Voice 3rd Generation Partnership Project 2

B-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Appendix B

System Description Abbreviations and Acronyms

CMTR CMPA CN CPBM CPU CRCM CSLM CTBM CTRM D DC DRC E EIA EIB F F-CCCH F-DCCH FER F-FCH F-PCH FPGA F-PICH F-QPCH F-SCH F-SYNCH G GLONASS GMSC GPS GSM H HA HLR

Compact-BTS Multi-channel Transceiver module Compact-BTS Multi-channel Power Amplifier Core Network Compact-BTS Power Backplane Module Central Processing Unit Compact-BTS Radio Up-Down Convert Module Compact-BTS Serial port Lightning proof Module Compact-BTS Transceiver Backplane Module Compact-BTS Transceiver Module

Direct Current Data Rate Control

Electronics Industry Association Erasure Indicator Bit

Forward Common Control Channel Forward Dedicated Control Channel Frame Error Rate Forward Fundamental Channel Forward Paging Channel Field Programmable Gate Array Forward Pilot Channel Forward Quick Paging Channel Forward Supplemental Channel Forward Synchronization Channel

Global Navigation Satellite System Gateway Mobile Switching Center Global Positioning System Global System for Mobile Communications

Home Agent Home Location Register

B-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Appendix B

System Description Abbreviations and Acronyms

HPCM HPSK I IMA IPoA IS ISDN L LAN LMT LNA M MAC MIP MML MS MSC MTBF MTTR N NE O ODU OMC OML P PCF PDA PDSN PGND PLMN PMRM PMU PP2S

High Precision Clock Module Hybrid Phase Shift Keying

Inverse Multiplexing on ATM IP over ATM Interim Standard Integrated Services Digital Network

Local Area Network Local Maintenance Terminal Low Noise Amplifier

Media Access Control Mobile Internet Protocol Man-Machine Language Mobile Station Mobile Switching Center Mean Time Between Failures Mean Time To Repair

Network Element

OutDoor Unit Operation and Maintenance Center Operation and Maintenance Link

Packet Control Function Personal Digital Assistant Packet Data Service Node Protection Ground Public Land Mobile Network Power Measurement Report Message Power Management Unit Pulses Per 2 Seconds

B-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Appendix B

System Description Abbreviations and Acronyms

ppm PPP PSK PSTN PSU PTT Q QAM QoS QPSK R RA RAB R-ACH RC R-DCCH R-EACH RF R-FCH RLDU R-P RPC RRI R-SCH S SDH T TDM TIA U UNI W WAN

Parts Per Million Peer-Peer Protocol Phase Shift Keying Public Switched Telephone Network Power Supply Unit Push To Talk

Quadrature Amplitude Modulation Quality of Service Quadrature Phase Shift Keying

Reverse Activity Reverse Activity Bit Reverse Access Channel Radio Configuration Reverse Dedicated Control Channel Reverse Enhanced Access Channel Radio Frequency Reverse Fundamental Channel Receive LNA Distribution Unit Radio-Packet Reverse Power Control Reverse Rate Indicator Reverse Supplemental Channel

Synchronous Digital Hierarchy

Time Division Multiplex Telecommunications Industry Association

User Network Interface

Wide Area Network

B-4

HUAWEI

Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station Technical Manual

System Pinciple

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Table of Contents

Table of Contents
Chapter 1 Overall Structure.......................................................................................................... 1-1 1.1 Physical Structure .............................................................................................................. 1-1 1.2 Logical Structure ................................................................................................................ 1-3 Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem ................................................................................................. 2-1 2.1 Overview of Baseband Subsystem.................................................................................... 2-1 2.1.1 Functional Structure ................................................................................................ 2-1 2.1.2 Introduction to Baseband Boards............................................................................ 2-2 2.2 BCKM................................................................................................................................. 2-2 2.2.1 Structure and Principle............................................................................................ 2-3 2.2.2 External Interfaces .................................................................................................. 2-4 2.2.3 Technical Specifications.......................................................................................... 2-5 2.3 BCIM .................................................................................................................................. 2-5 2.3.1 Structure and Principle............................................................................................ 2-6 2.3.2 External Interfaces .................................................................................................. 2-7 2.3.3 Technical Specifications.......................................................................................... 2-7 2.4 CCPM ................................................................................................................................ 2-7 2.4.1 Structure and Principle............................................................................................ 2-8 2.4.2 External Interfaces ................................................................................................ 2-11 2.4.3 Technical Specifications........................................................................................ 2-11 2.5 CECM .............................................................................................................................. 2-11 2.5.1 Structure and Principle.......................................................................................... 2-12 2.5.2 External Interfaces ................................................................................................ 2-15 2.5.3 Technical Specifications........................................................................................ 2-15 2.6 HPCM .............................................................................................................................. 2-16 2.6.1 Structure and Principle.......................................................................................... 2-16 2.6.2 External Interfaces ................................................................................................ 2-17 2.6.3 Technical Specifications........................................................................................ 2-17 2.7 BBKM............................................................................................................................... 2-18 2.7.1 Structure and Principle.......................................................................................... 2-18 2.7.2 External Interfaces ................................................................................................ 2-19 2.7.3 Technical Specifications........................................................................................ 2-19 2.8 BESP ............................................................................................................................... 2-19 2.8.1 Structure and Principle.......................................................................................... 2-19 2.8.2 External Interfaces ................................................................................................ 2-21 2.8.3 Technical Specifications........................................................................................ 2-21 2.9 CSLM ............................................................................................................................... 2-21 2.9.1 Structure and Principle.......................................................................................... 2-22

i

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Table of Contents

2.9.2 External Interfaces ................................................................................................ 2-22 2.9.3 Technical Specifications........................................................................................ 2-23 2.10 CFAN ............................................................................................................................. 2-23 2.10.1 CFMM.................................................................................................................. 2-23 2.10.2 CFIB .................................................................................................................... 2-26 Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem ..................................................................................... 3-1 3.1 Overview of the RF Subsystem ......................................................................................... 3-1 3.1.1 Functional Structure of the Radio Frequency Subsystem ...................................... 3-1 3.1.2 Introduction to RF Modules ..................................................................................... 3-2 3.2 CTRM................................................................................................................................. 3-2 3.2.1 Structure and Principle............................................................................................ 3-3 3.2.2 External Interfaces .................................................................................................. 3-5 3.2.3 Specifications .......................................................................................................... 3-5 3.3 CHPA ................................................................................................................................. 3-6 3.3.1 Structure and Principle............................................................................................ 3-6 3.3.2 External Interfaces .................................................................................................. 3-7 3.3.3 Specifications .......................................................................................................... 3-7 3.4 CDDU................................................................................................................................. 3-7 3.4.1 Structure and Principle............................................................................................ 3-8 3.4.2 External Interfaces .................................................................................................. 3-8 3.4.3 Specifications .......................................................................................................... 3-9 3.5 CTBM................................................................................................................................. 3-9 3.5.1 Structure and Principle............................................................................................ 3-9 3.5.2 External Interfaces ................................................................................................ 3-10 3.5.3 Specifications ........................................................................................................ 3-10 3.6 CRFM............................................................................................................................... 3-11 3.6.1 CMCB.................................................................................................................... 3-11 3.6.2 BBFL ..................................................................................................................... 3-14 3.7 CPCM .............................................................................................................................. 3-15 3.7.1 Structure and Principle.......................................................................................... 3-15 3.7.2 External Interfaces ................................................................................................ 3-16 3.7.3 Specifications ........................................................................................................ 3-16 Chapter 4 Antenna Subsystem .................................................................................................... 4-1 4.1 RF Antenna........................................................................................................................ 4-1 4.1.1 Antenna ................................................................................................................... 4-1 4.1.2 Feeder and Jumper................................................................................................. 4-3 4.1.3 Lightning Arrester.................................................................................................... 4-3 4.1.4 Tower-Mounted Amplifier ........................................................................................ 4-4 4.2 Satellite Synchronization Antenna ..................................................................................... 4-4 4.2.1 Introduction to GPS and GLONASS ....................................................................... 4-5 4.2.2 Antenna ................................................................................................................... 4-6 4.2.3 Feeder and Jumper................................................................................................. 4-6
ii

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Table of Contents

4.2.4 Lightning Arrester of Antennas................................................................................ 4-7 4.2.5 Receiver .................................................................................................................. 4-7 Chapter 5 Power Supply Subsystem........................................................................................... 5-1 5.1 Overview of Power Supply Subsystem.............................................................................. 5-1 5.2 Power Distribution Plans.................................................................................................... 5-1 5.2.1 The +24 VDC Power Input Mode ............................................................................ 5-2 5.2.2 The –48 VDC Power Input Mode ............................................................................ 5-2 5.3 PSUDC/DC ............................................................................................................................ 5-3 5.3.1 Structure and Principle............................................................................................ 5-3 5.3.2 External Interfaces .................................................................................................. 5-4 5.3.3 Technical Specifications.......................................................................................... 5-4 Chapter 6 Environment Monitoring Subsystem......................................................................... 6-1 6.1 Overview of Environment Monitoring Subsystem.............................................................. 6-1 6.2 EAC.................................................................................................................................... 6-1 6.2.1 Structure.................................................................................................................. 6-1 6.2.2 Functions................................................................................................................. 6-2 6.2.3 External Interfaces .................................................................................................. 6-2 6.3 PIB ..................................................................................................................................... 6-3 6.3.1 Outlook .................................................................................................................... 6-3 6.3.2 Functions................................................................................................................. 6-4 6.3.3 External Interfaces .................................................................................................. 6-4 Chapter 7 Lightning Protection and Grounding......................................................................... 7-1 7.1 Overview of Lightning Protection and Grounding .............................................................. 7-1 7.1.1 Lightning Protection ................................................................................................ 7-1 7.1.2 Equipment Grounding ............................................................................................. 7-1 7.2 BTS Lightning Protection Principle .................................................................................... 7-1 7.2.1 Lightning Protection Principle.................................................................................. 7-1 7.2.2 Lightning Protection for Power supply .................................................................... 7-3 7.2.3 Lightning Protection for Trunk Cables..................................................................... 7-5 7.2.4 Lightning Protection for Antenna System................................................................ 7-7 7.2.5 Lighting Protection for Serial Port ........................................................................... 7-8 7.3 Grounding of BTS Equipment............................................................................................ 7-8 7.3.1 Internal Grounding of Cabinet ................................................................................. 7-8 7.3.2 External Grounding of Cabinet................................................................................ 7-8 7.3.3 Grounding of AC Lightning Arrester ........................................................................ 7-9 7.3.4 Grounding of Trunk Cables ..................................................................................... 7-9 Chapter 8 BTS Signal Flows......................................................................................................... 8-1 8.1 Overview of BTS Signal Flows .......................................................................................... 8-1 8.1.1 Abis Signal .............................................................................................................. 8-1 8.1.2 Clock Signal ............................................................................................................ 8-1 8.1.3 Local MMI Signal..................................................................................................... 8-2

iii

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Table of Contents

8.2 Abis Traffic Signal Flow ..................................................................................................... 8-4 8.2.1 Forward Traffic Signal Flow .................................................................................... 8-4 8.2.2 Reverse Traffic Signal Flow .................................................................................... 8-4 8.3 Abis Signaling Flow ........................................................................................................... 8-5 8.3.1 Forward Signaling Flow........................................................................................... 8-5 8.3.2 Reverse Signaling Flow .......................................................................................... 8-5 8.4 O&M Signal Flow ............................................................................................................... 8-5 8.5 Clock Signal Flow .............................................................................................................. 8-6 Chapter 9 BTS Configuration ....................................................................................................... 9-1 9.1 Configuration Principle....................................................................................................... 9-1 9.2 Cabinet Configuration ........................................................................................................ 9-1 9.2.1 Configuration of Baseband Boards ......................................................................... 9-1 9.2.2 Configuration of RF Modules .................................................................................. 9-4 9.2.3 Configuration of PSUs............................................................................................. 9-6 9.3 Configuration of Antennas ................................................................................................. 9-6 9.3.1 RF Antennas ........................................................................................................... 9-6 9.3.2 GPS/GLONASS Synchronization Antennas ........................................................... 9-7 9.4 Networking Configuration .................................................................................................. 9-7 9.4.1 Star Networking....................................................................................................... 9-7 9.4.2 Chain Networking .................................................................................................... 9-8 9.4.3 Tree Networking ...................................................................................................... 9-9 9.4.4 Fractional ATM Networking................................................................................... 9-10 9.4.5 Cascading with ODU3601Cs ................................................................................ 9-11 9.5 Configuration of Auxiliary Equipment............................................................................... 9-12 9.5.1 Environment Monitoring Instrument ...................................................................... 9-12 9.5.2 DDF ....................................................................................................................... 9-12 9.6 Typical Configuration ....................................................................................................... 9-12 9.6.1 O(1) Configuration................................................................................................. 9-13 9.6.2 S(2/2/2) Configuration ........................................................................................... 9-13 Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter.............................................................A-1 A.1 Introduction to Band Class ................................................................................................A-1 A.1.1 800 MHz Band ........................................................................................................A-1 A.1.2 1900 MHz Band ......................................................................................................A-3 A.1.3 450 MHz Band ........................................................................................................A-4 A.1.4 2 GHz Band ............................................................................................................A-6 A.2 Performance of Receiver...................................................................................................A-6 A.2.1 Frequency Coverage ..............................................................................................A-6 A.2.2 Access Probe Acquisition .......................................................................................A-7 A.2.3 R-TCH Demodulation Performance........................................................................A-7 A.2.4 Receiving Performance ........................................................................................A-16 A.2.5 Limitations on Emissions ......................................................................................A-18 A.2.6 Received Signal Quality Indicator (RSQI) ............................................................A-18
iv

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Table of Contents

A.3 Performance of Transmitter.............................................................................................A-19 A.3.1 Frequency Requirements .....................................................................................A-19 A.3.2 Modulation Requirements.....................................................................................A-19 A.3.3 RF Output Power ..................................................................................................A-20 A.3.4 Limitations on Emissions ......................................................................................A-20 Appendix B EMC Performance ....................................................................................................B-1 B.1 EMI Performance...............................................................................................................B-1 B.2 EMS Performance .............................................................................................................B-2 Appendix C Environment Requirements ....................................................................................C-1 C.1 Storage Environment ........................................................................................................C-1 C.2 Transportation Environment..............................................................................................C-3 C.3 Operation Environment .....................................................................................................C-5 Appendix D Abbreviations and Acronyms .................................................................................D-1 D.1 Component........................................................................................................................D-1 D.2 Terminology.......................................................................................................................D-2

v

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple List of Figures

List of Figures
Figure 1-1 BTS3606 cabinet in full configuration................................................................... 1-1 Figure 1-2 BTS3606 logical structure .................................................................................... 1-3 Figure 2-1 Functional structure of baseband subsystem....................................................... 2-1 Figure 2-2 Structure of the BCKM.......................................................................................... 2-3 Figure 2-3 Structure of BCIM ................................................................................................. 2-6 Figure 2-4 Structure of CCPM................................................................................................ 2-8 Figure 2-5 Structure of the CECM........................................................................................ 2-12 Figure 2-6 HPCM functional structure.................................................................................. 2-16 Figure 2-7 Slot distribution of BBKM.................................................................................... 2-18 Figure 2-8 Structure of BESP............................................................................................... 2-20 Figure 2-9 Principle of E1/T1 lightning protection................................................................ 2-21 Figure 2-10 CSLM functional structure ................................................................................ 2-22 Figure 2-11 CFMM functional structure................................................................................ 2-24 Figure 2-12 Structure of the CFIB ........................................................................................ 2-26 Figure 3-1 Structure of RF subsystem ................................................................................... 3-1 Figure 3-2 CTRM functional structure.................................................................................... 3-3 Figure 3-3 CHPA functional structure..................................................................................... 3-6 Figure 3-4 CDDU functional structure.................................................................................... 3-8 Figure 3-5 CTBM slot distribution ........................................................................................ 3-10 Figure 3-6 CMCB location in the CHPA ............................................................................... 3-12 Figure 3-7 CMCB functional structure.................................................................................. 3-12 Figure 3-8 BBFL functional structure ................................................................................... 3-14 Figure 3-9 CPCM location in the system ............................................................................. 3-16 Figure 4-1 Structure of RF antenna ....................................................................................... 4-1 Figure 4-2 Structure of satellite synchronization antenna...................................................... 4-5 Figure 5-1 BTS power supply subsystem .............................................................................. 5-1 Figure 5-2 Structure of power supply subsystem................................................................... 5-3 Figure 5-3 Structure of the PSUDC/DC ..................................................................................... 5-4 Figure 6-1 EAC ...................................................................................................................... 6-2 Figure 6-2 Power inspection module ..................................................................................... 6-3

vi

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple List of Figures

Figure 7-1 IEC 61312 division of lightning protection zone ................................................... 7-2 Figure 7-2 Illustration of lightning protection for BTS power supply ...................................... 7-3 Figure 7-3 Level-5 lightning protection for BTS power supply............................................... 7-3 Figure 7-4 Connection of trunk cables to BTS....................................................................... 7-5 Figure 7-5 Structure of the BESP........................................................................................... 7-6 Figure 7-6 E1/T1 lightning protection unit .............................................................................. 7-7 Figure 8-1 BTS signal flows ................................................................................................... 8-3 Figure 9-1 Fully-equipped baseband subrack ....................................................................... 9-2 Figure 9-2 Fully-equipped RF modules.................................................................................. 9-5 Figure 9-3 PSUDC/DC subrack in full configuration .............................................................. 9-6 Figure 9-4 BTS star networking ............................................................................................. 9-7 Figure 9-5 BTS chain networking........................................................................................... 9-8 Figure 9-6 BTS tree networking ........................................................................................... 9-10 Figure 9-7 O(1) RF module configuration ............................................................................ 9-13 Figure 9-8 S(2/2/2) RF module configuration ...................................................................... 9-14

vii

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple List of Tables

List of Tables
Table 2-1 Functions of BCKM ................................................................................................ 2-2 Table 2-2 BCKM external interfaces....................................................................................... 2-4 Table 2-3 BCIM external interfaces ........................................................................................ 2-7 Table 2-4 CCPM functions...................................................................................................... 2-8 Table 2-5 CCPM external interfaces .................................................................................... 2-11 Table 2-6 CECM external interfaces .................................................................................... 2-15 Table 2-7 HPCM external interfaces .................................................................................... 2-17 Table 2-8 BBKM external interface....................................................................................... 2-19 Table 2-9 BESP external interfaces ..................................................................................... 2-21 Table 2-10 CSLM external interfaces ................................................................................... 2-22 Table 2-11 CFMM external interfaces .................................................................................. 2-25 Table 2-12 CFIB external interfaces..................................................................................... 2-27 Table 3-1 CTRM external interfaces....................................................................................... 3-5 Table 3-2 CHPA external interfaces ....................................................................................... 3-7 Table 3-3 CDDU external interfaces....................................................................................... 3-9 Table 3-4 CTBM external interfaces..................................................................................... 3-10 Table 3-5 CMCB external interfaces .................................................................................... 3-13 Table 3-6 BBFL panel indicators .......................................................................................... 3-15 Table 3-7 CPCM external interfaces .................................................................................... 3-16 Table 4-1 Loss index (dB/100 m(328.08 ft)) of feeder (at normal temperature)..................... 4-3 Table 5-1 PSUDC/DC external interfaces .................................................................................. 5-4 Table 6-1 EAC external interfaces.......................................................................................... 6-2 Table 6-2 PIB external interfaces ........................................................................................... 6-4 Table 9-1 Typical configuration of CCPM ............................................................................... 9-3 Table 9-2 BTS3606 typical configurations............................................................................ 9-12 Table A-1 CDMA channel number to CDMA frequency assignment correspondence for band class 0 .............................................................................................................................A-1 Table A-2 CDMA channel numbers and corresponding frequencies for band class 0 and spreading rate 1 ..............................................................................................................A-2 Table A-3 CDMA preferred set of frequency assignments for band class 0 ..........................A-2

viii

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple List of Tables

Table A-4 CDMA channel number to CDMA frequency assignment correspondence for band class 1 .............................................................................................................................A-3 Table A-5 CDMA channel numbers and corresponding frequencies for band class 1 and spreading rate 1 ..............................................................................................................A-3 Table A-6 CDMA preferred set of frequency assignments for band class 1 ..........................A-4 Table A-7 CDMA channel number to CDMA frequency assignment correspondence for band class 5 .............................................................................................................................A-4 Table A-8 CDMA channel numbers and corresponding frequencies for band class 5 and spreading rate 1 ..............................................................................................................A-5 Table A-9 CDMA preferred set of frequency assignments for band class 5 ..........................A-5 Table A-10 CDMA channel number to CDMA frequency assignment correspondence for band class 6 .............................................................................................................................A-6 Table A-11 CDMA channel numbers and corresponding frequencies for band class 6 and spreading rate 1 ...............................................................................................................A-6 Table A-12 CDMA preferred set of frequency assignments for band class 6 ........................A-6 Table A-13 Access probe failure ratio.....................................................................................A-7 Table A-14 Maximum FER of F-FCH or R-DCCH receiver in demodulation performance test under RC1 .......................................................................................................................A-7 Table A-15 Maximum FER of F-FCH or R-DCCH receiver in demodulation performance test under RC2 .......................................................................................................................A-8 Table A-16 Maximum FER of F-FCH or R-DCCH receiver in demodulation performance test under RC3 .......................................................................................................................A-8 Table A-17 Maximum FER of R-SCH receiver in demodulation performance test under RC3 .........................................................................................................................................A-8 Table A-18 Maximum FER of R-SCH (Turbo Code) receiver in demodulation performance test under RC3 .......................................................................................................................A-8 Table A-19 Maximum FER of F-FCH or R-DCCH receiver in demodulation performance test under RC4 .......................................................................................................................A-9 Table A-20 Maximum FER of R-SCH receiver of demodulation performance test under RC4 .........................................................................................................................................A-9 Table A-21 Maximum FER of R-SCH (Turbo Code) receiver of demodulation performance test under RC4 ................................................................................................................A-9 Table A-22 Standard channel simulator configuration..........................................................A-10 Table A-23 Channel models for the R-TCH receiving performance test..............................A-10 Table A-24 Eb/N0 limits of R-TCH without closed-loop power control.................................A-11 Table A-25 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-FCH or R-DCCH receiver under RC1 .....................................................................................................................A-11

ix

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple List of Tables

Table A-26 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-FCH or R-DCCH receiver under RC2 .....................................................................................................................A-12 Table A-27 Channel models for the R-TCH receiving performance test..............................A-12 Table A-28 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-FCH receiver under RC1 .......................................................................................................................................A-13 Table A-29 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-FCH receiver under RC2 .......................................................................................................................................A-13 Table A-30 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-FCH or R-DCCH receiver under RC3 .....................................................................................................................A-13 Table A-31 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-SCH (turbo code) receiver under RC3 .....................................................................................................................A-14 Table A-32 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-SCH (turbo code) receiver under RC3 .....................................................................................................................A-14 Table A-33 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-FCH or R-DCCH receiver under RC4 .....................................................................................................................A-15 Table A-34 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-SCH(turbo code) receiver under RC4 .....................................................................................................................A-15 Table A-35 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-SCH (turbo code) receiver under RC4 .....................................................................................................................A-16 Table A-36 RSQI range ........................................................................................................A-18 Table A-37 Conducted Spurious Emissions Performance (450 MHz band and 800 MHz band) .......................................................................................................................................A-21 Table A-38 Conducted Spurious Emissions Performance (1900 MHz band) ......................A-21 Table B-1 CE indices at -48V port..........................................................................................B-1 Table B-2 RE indices..............................................................................................................B-1 Table B-3 RF EM field immunity indices ................................................................................B-2 Table B-4 Voltage dips and short interruptions indices ..........................................................B-2 Table B-5 ESD immunity indices............................................................................................B-3 Table B-6 Induced currents indices........................................................................................B-3 Table B-7 Surge immunity indices..........................................................................................B-4 Table B-8 Common-mode fast transient pulse immunity indices ...........................................B-4 Table C-1 Requirements for climate environment ................................................................. C-1 Table C-2 Requirements for the density of physically active substances ............................. C-2 Table C-3 Requirements for the density of chemically active substances ............................ C-2 Table C-4 Requirements for mechanical stress .................................................................... C-2 Table C-5 Requirements for climate environment ................................................................. C-3

x

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple List of Tables

Table C-6 Requirements for the density of physically active substances ............................. C-4 Table C-7 Requirements for the density of chemically active substances ............................ C-4 Table C-8 Requirements for mechanical stress .................................................................... C-4 Table C-9 Temperature and humidity requirements .............................................................. C-5 Table C-10 Other climate environment requirements............................................................ C-5 Table C-11 Requirements for the density of physically active substances............................ C-6 Table C-12 Requirements for the density of chemically active substances .......................... C-6 Table C-13 Requirements for mechanical stress .................................................................. C-7

xi

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 1 Overall Structure

Chapter 1 Overall Structure
This chapter provides a brief introduction to the physical and functional structures of the BTS3606.

1.1 Physical Structure
Figure 1-1 shows a fully-equipped BTS3606 cabinet.

(1) CDDU subrack (5) Cabling trough

(2) Switch box (6) Power supply subrack

(3) Fan (7) Toolbox

(4) Combined subrack

Figure 1-1 BTS3606 cabinet in full configuration A BTS3606 cabinet consists of compact-BTS dual duplexer unit (CDDU) subrack, combined subrack, power supply subrack, fan, switch box, tool box, and cable trough.

I. CDDU Subrack
The CDDU subrack is located at the upper part of the cabinet. It holds CDDUs and completes the following tasks:

1-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 1 Overall Structure

Provide separate transmission channels for two receiving and transmitting signals. Filter the signals. Perform duplex isolation of the signals. Divide one receiving signal into two.

II. Combined Subrack
The combined subrack consists of carrier subrack and the baseband subrack. Carrier subrack The carrier subrack is configured with various RF modules. Single-channel RF modules include: --Compact-BTS transceiver module (CTRM) --Compact-BTS high power amplifier (CHPA) Multi-channel RF modules include: --Compact-BTS multi-channel transceiver module (CMTR) --Compact-BTS multi-channel power amplifier (CMPA) Baseband subrack The baseband subrack holds various baseband processing boards, including: --BTS control interface module (BCIM) --BTS control & clock module (BCKM) --Compact-BTS channel process module (CCPM) --Compact-BTS EVDO channel module (CECM) --BTS high precision clock module (HPCM) (optional)

III. Power Supply Subrack
The power supply subrack is configured with PSUDC/DC modules. The PSUDC/DC converts the –48 V DC input into the +27 V DC for different parts in the BTS3606 cabinet.

IV. Others
Other devices in the cabinet include: Cable trough: Used to run RF cables. Switch box: Controls the power-up and power-down of a cabinet. Fans: Dissipate the heat generated by the baseband boards. Tool box: Stores some special tools and instruments necessary for equipment maintenance.

1-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 1 Overall Structure

1.2 Logical Structure
Figure 1-2 shows the logical structure of the BTS3606 system.

Um MS/AT RF subsystem, Baseband subsystem Abis BSC

Antenna and feeder subsystem

-48 V DC power input

Power supply subsystem BTS3606

Enviroment monitoring subsystem

Figure 1-2 BTS3606 logical structure The following chapters detail the working principle and structure of each subsystem.

1-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem
This chapter introduces the functional structure of the BTS3606 baseband subsystem and describes each baseband board in detail.

2.1 Overview of Baseband Subsystem
The baseband subsystem consists of: BTS control & clock module (BCKM) BTS control interface module (BCIM) Compact-BTS channel process module (CCPM) Compact-BTS EVDO channel module (CECM) BTS high precision clock module (HPCM) Baseband backplane module (BBKM))

2.1.1 Functional Structure
Figure 2-1 shows the functional structure of the baseband subsystem.

BSC

E1/T1

BCIM BCIM

Backplane bus

Clock bus

Test equipment

10MHz

HPCM (Optional)

CCPM / BCPM CECM

Optical inerface Electric interface

ODU3601C CTRM

Satellite signal receiving antenna Other funcitonal units of the system 10 MHz clock cable

1PPS BCK BCKM M

BCIM: BTS control interface module BCKM: BTS control & clock module HPCM: BTS high precision clock module BSC: Base station controller

Figure 2-1 Functional structure of baseband subsystem The baseband subsystem accesses the transmission system through the E1/T1 interface provided by the BCIM so as to connect to BSC equipment. It connects to CTRM through the electrical interface provided by the CCPM/CECM and to the micro-bts transceiver module (MTRM) of the ODU3601C through the optical interface provided by the CCPM/CECM.
2-1

... ...

CCPM: Compact-BTS channel process module CECM: Compact-BTS EVDO channel module CTRM: Compact-BTS transceiver module

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

2.1.2 Introduction to Baseband Boards
The baseband subrack supports the following boards: Board BCKM BCIM CCPM CECM HPCM Function Provides the BTS system clock and control the BTS system resource. Connects the BTS with the transmission system, which connects to the BSC. It supports E1/T1 transmission. Processes the data on the CDMA2000 1X forward and reverse channels. Processes the data on the CDMA2000 1xEV-DO forward and reverse channels. Provides stable clock signals to the BCKM and maintain the stability of the clock for 24 hours when the satellites cannot be traced.

In addition to the above boards, this chapter also introduces the backplane of the baseband subrack, compact-BTS serial port lightningproof module (CSLM), and fan module.

Note: The CCPM and CECM process different services. The CCPM processes CDMA2000 1X services, and the CECM processes EV-DO services. The CCPM and CECM can share the same slot In the BTS3606.

2.2 BCKM
The BCKM controls and manages the entire BTS system. Table 2-1 lists its major functions. Table 2-1 Functions of BCKM Function Includes: Call procedure control Main control functions Signaling processing Resource management Channel management Cell configuration Explanation

2-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

Function Includes: Software download Status management Data configuration O&M functions Test management Interface tracing Fault management Log management

Explanation

Maintenance console interface Active-standby BCKM switchover Clock function BCKM provides high-precision oscillation clock and realizes synchronization with an external clock such as GPS/GLONASS clock. It provides the entire BTS system with a reference clock signal.

2.2.1 Structure and Principle
Figure 2-2 shows the structure of the BCKM.
BCKM
External communication module Clock module CPU module Backplane bus module BBKM
. . .

Satellite signal receiver

Other functional module

BBKM

Figure 2-2 Structure of the BCKM The BCKM comprises the following parts:

I. Clock Module
The clock module is the clock source of BTS. It provides the working clock for various BTS boards. The clock module supports two work modes: External synchronization mode (locked mode) Free-run mode (holdover mode) In the external synchronization mode, the clock module receives GPS/GLONASS clock signals through its satellite signal receiver or obtains the clock reference information from other external synchronization devices.

...

Power supply module

10 MHz clock cable

2-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

In the free-run mode, the clock module provides the clock reference through the high precision oscillator (oven control & voltage control oscillator). For the introduction to the satellite signal receiver, see section 4.3.5, “Receiver”.

II. CPU Module
The CPU module controls logical circuits to initialize relevant components. It implements the management and control of the BTS system through its system software, including main control software and O&M software.

III. Backplane Bus Module
The fast communication port of the CPU module connects with other BTS boards through the backplane bus module. The backplane bus module processes or transmits O&M signaling from other BTS boards, such as CCPM and BCIM.

IV. External Communication Module
The external communication module uses the multiple communication control ports on the CPU to provide interfaces such as maintenance console interface, environment monitoring interface, test interface, and external synchronization interface.

V. Power Supply Module
The power supply module converts the +27 V input power into the +5 V, +3.3 V, and +2.5 V power for various modules of the BCKM.

2.2.2 External Interfaces
Table 2-2 lists the external interfaces of the BCKM. Table 2-2 BCKM external interfaces Interface Local maintenance console interface Environment alarm interface GPS/GLONASS antenna interface External synchronization interface Test interface Description A 10/100 MHz compatible Ethernet interface, used to connect with local maintenance console. An RS485 serial port, used to connect with an external monitoring device so that the BCKM can collect and process the equipment room environment information (such as fire, water, temperature, and humidity alarms). Receives satellite signals from the GPS/GLONASS and provide GPS/GLONASS antenna with +5 V feed. Synchronize the system clock with the external clock system when the GPS/GLONASS is not available Used for BTS test, providing 10 MHz and 2 s signals.

2-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

Interface Includes:

Description Backplane bus interface, through which the BCKM manages other boards.

Backplane interfaces

Clock bus interface, through which clock signals are provided to other boards. Emergency serial port, through which the communications with other board can go on when this board is faulty.

Fan module interface Power supply interface

An RS485 serial port, used to monitor the fan module and power supply module of baseband subrack. A power connector on the backplane, used to connect with +27 V power, +27 V GND, and PGND.

2.2.3 Technical Specifications
The following are technical specifications of the BCKM: Power voltage: +27 V Power consumption: <20 W Dimensions: 460 (18.11 in.) mm x 233.35 mm (9.19 in.) (Length x Width)

2.3 BCIM
The BCIM is a functional entity that connects the BTS with BSC. Its major functions are as follows: In uplink direction, backplane bus receives the O&M command from BCKM and traffic data from CCPM, and transmits asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) cells on the multiple E1 links to BSC with inverse multiplexing for ATM (IMA) technology in compliance with G.804 standard. In downlink direction, it receives ATM cells distributed on the multiple E1/T1 links from BSC, multiplexes them into a single ATM cell flow with IMA technology and finally sends them to corresponding processing boards through the backplane bus. Each BCIM provides eight E1/T1 links, which can support at the most seven IMA link sets, seven UNI links, seven IMAFRAC link set, or seven FRAC links. The BCIM communicates with BSC through IMA state machine program on the BCIM and monitors the working status of E1/T1 link to ensure the implementation of IMA protocol. The BCIM transmits the O&M command through backplane bus, reports the BCIM status information to BCKM, and provides interfaces for board maintenance and network management.

2-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

2.3.1 Structure and Principle
There are two types of BCIM: QC51BCIM: BCIM with E1 interface. QC52BCIM: BCIM with E1/T1 interface. This type of BCIM works either in E1 mode or T1 mode according to the setting of the DIP switches. Figure 2-3 illustrates the structure of the BCIM with E1/T1 interface.

Data bus RS232 BCKM

BBKM

Backplane bus module

CPU module

IMA module Control bus

E1/T1

BESP

...

Clock module

Power supply module

Figure 2-3 Structure of BCIM The BCIM comprises the following parts:

I. IMA Module
The IMA module inversely multiplexes an ATM cell flow based on cells into multiple physical links for transmission, and remotely multiplexes the cell flows transmitted on different physical connections into a single ATM cell flow. In uplink direction, IMA module receives AAL2 traffic cells from CCPM and AAL5 signaling cells from BCKM through the backplane bus. It splits the ATM cell flow into cells, transmits them on multiple E1/T1 link according to G.804 standard before sending them to BSC. In downlink direction, it receives ATM cells from BSC that are distributed on multiple E1/T1 trunk lines, inversely multiplexes them into a single ATM cell flow. Then it sends AAL2 traffic cells to CCPM and AAL5 signaling cells to BCKM through the backplane bus.

II. CPU Module
The CPU module implements such functions as IMA protocol processing, executing OAM function of IMA, as well as E1/T1 link management and communication with BCKM.

2-6

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

III. Backplane Bus Module
The BCIM communicates with other boards in the baseband part through the backplane bus module, including control information communication with BCKM and traffic data communication with CCPM.

IV. Clock Module
The clock module provides working clock for the BCIM.

V. Power Supply Module
The power supply module converts the +27 V input power into the +3.3 V power for various modules of BCIM.

2.3.2 External Interfaces
Table 2-3 lists the external interfaces of BCIM. Table 2-3 BCIM external interfaces Interface E1/T1 interface Backplane bus interface Power supply interface Description Connects the BCIM with the transmission system (or the built-in transmission equipment if any), through which the BTS can connect to the BSC. Connects with the other boards in the baseband part. A power connector on the backplane. Connects with +27 V power, +27 V GND, and PGND.

2.3.3 Technical Specifications
The following are technical specifications of the BCIM: Power voltage: +27 V Power consumption <15 W Dimensions: 460 mm (18.11 in.) x 233.35 mm (9.19 in.) (Length x Width)

2.4 CCPM
The CCPM processes baseband signals, and the forward and reverse traffic. Table 2-4 lists the functions of the CCPM.

2-7

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

Table 2-4 CCPM functions Direction Interleaving Forward Spreading Modulating Data multiplexing Decoding De-interleaving Reverse De-spreading Demodulating Data demultiplexing Functions Encoding (including convolutional code and turbo code)

The CCPM supports intra-board and inter-board daisy chains, forming a resource-processing pool. There are two types of CCPM. One has the two optical interfaces and the other does not have any optical interface. In the following description, the CCPM refers to the one with optical interfaces.

2.4.1 Structure and Principle
Figure 2-4 shows the structure of the CCPM.
CCPM
60X Baseband processing

Data processing IQ

Electrical interface

CPU
Local bus Multiplexing/ Demultiplexing Transeiver module

Optical module

Optical fiber

UTOPIA

Backplane bus interface DC/DC

Optical module

Optical fiber

Clock module

BBKM

+24 V DC

2s

16 FC

Figure 2-4 Structure of CCPM The CCPM comprises the following parts:

2-8

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

I. Baseband Processing Module
The baseband processing module is the core of the CCPM. It implements the following functions on the forward and reverse links: Encoding/decoding Modulating/demodulating Spreading/de-spreading Sector mapping This module connects to the CPU through the bus. The CCPMs are cascaded through the inter-board and intra-board data daisy chains. This significantly increases the number of channels processed. The CCPM supports the three-sector configuration. When two CCPMs are cascaded, they share the resources.

II. CPU
The CPU fulfils the following functions: Debugging the CCPM Resetting circuits Exchanging O&M information with the BCKM Exchanging O&M information with the CTRM or the ODU3601C

III. Data Processing Module
This module completes the following tasks: Allocate and select the data sent from the ODU3601C and the compact-BTS transceiver module (CTRM), and send the data processed to the baseband processing module. Allocate the data sent from the baseband processing module to the CTRM or the multiplexing/demultiplexing module. Process the O&M information of the CTRM, that is, send the O&M information from the CPU to the corresponding electrical interface or optical interface through the bus, and vice versa.

Note: The BCKM directly sends the O&M information processed by the CCPM data processing module to the CTRM.

IV. Multiplexing and Demultiplexing Module
This module processes the data sent from the optical interface, including

2-9

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

Selecting data links Multiplexing/demultiplexing data Checking clocks Processing the operation and maintenance information The following describes the procedures of multiplexing and demultiplexing. Multiplexing procedure a) The multiplexing/demultiplexing module multiplexes the 16 FC data sent from the data processing module into the 100 FC data. b) The CTRM converts it into 1.2288 GHz signals. Demultiplexing procedure a) The CTRM converts the 1.2288 GHz signals into 100 FC signals. b) The multiplexing/demultiplexing module multiplexes the 100 FC signals into 16 FC data signals and sends them to the data processing module. c) The data processing module processes them before sending them to the baseband processing module. In addition, the multiplexing/demultiplexing module performs such functions as phase-locked loop (PLL) configuration, link selection, and intra-software global reset.

V. Transeiver Module
The transceiver module converts 1.2288 GHz signals into 122.88 MHz parallel signals, including 8B/10B encoding/decoding and framing.

VI. Optical Module
This module converts 1.2288 GHz optical signals into 1.2288 GHz electrical signals. One CCPM provided two pairs of optical fibers.

VII. Clock Module
The clock module implements the following functions: Perform double-frequency phase-locking to the clock signals sent from the backplane Provide clock for boards Drive and co-phase the clock signals generated on the CCPM to obtain the satisfying clock signals.

VIII. Power Supply Module
The power supply module converts +27V input power into +3.3 V for various modules of the CCPM.

2-10

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

2.4.2 External Interfaces
Table 2-5 lists the external interfaces of the CCPM. Table 2-5 CCPM external interfaces Interface Optical interface Electrical interface Backplane bus interface Description Connects to the ODU3601C and transmits O&M information. Connects to the CTRM. Connects to other boards of baseband part and transmits the backplane bus signals and backplane clock signals to relay signals from the backplane to other modules of the CCPM. A power connector on the backplane, used to connect with +27 V power, +27 V GND, and PGND.

Power supply interface

2.4.3 Technical Specifications
The following are technical specifications of the CCPM: Power voltage: +27 V Power consumption <45 W Dimensions: 460 mm (18.11 in.) x 233.35 mm (9.19 in.) (Length x Width)

2.5 CECM
The CECM processes various types of service data on the forward and reverse channels. A BTS3606 can have six CECMs at most. The CECM implements the following functions: In the forward direction, the CECM receives the ATM cells that comes from the network side and is processed by the high-performance processor. Then the CECM performs coding (Turbo code), interleaving, spreading, modulation, and data multiplexing to the ATM cells and changes these ATM cells into high-speed signals. After processed by the dedicated processor, these high-speed signals are transmitted from the radio interface of the CECM. In the reverse direction, the CECM performs demultiplexing, demodulation, de-interleaving, and decoding (Turbo code) on the received data. Under the control of the high-performance processor, the data is changed into ATM cells, which are sent to the BSC through the BCIM. There are two types of CECM. One has the two optical interfaces and the other does not have any optical interface. In the following description, the CECM refers to the one with optical interfaces.

2-11

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

2.5.1 Structure and Principle
Figure 2-5 shows the structure of the CECM.
BBKM

Forward link

Backplane bus interface module

Reverse link UTOPIA bus

CPU module 1 EPLD

CPU module 2 IDMA channel

DPRAM

Reverse decoding module DDI bus PC/DRC bus Reverse demodulation module Reverse demodulation module Reverse demodulation module Reverse demodulation module

Forward modulation module

Forward link IQ data

Reverse link IQ data

Multiplexing/ demultiplexing module

Data processing module

Transceiver module Optical module Optical interface Optical module Optical interface Electrical interface

Clock module

Power supply module

16FC

2S

+24V

Figure 2-5 Structure of the CECM The following explains the data flow on the CECM. On the forward data link a) CPU module 1 of the CECM receives the forward service data from the backplane through the backplane bus interface module. b) CPU module 1 sends the data received to the forward modulation module for generating the IQ data. c) The multiplexing/demultiplexing module multiplexes the IQ data and sends the processed data to the CTRM. On the reverse data link
2-12

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

a) The multiplexing/demultiplexing module receives the IQ data through the BBKM and demultiplexes the IQ data. b) The multiplexing/demultiplexing module broadcasts the demultiplexed data to the four reverse demodulation modules. c) Reverse demodulation modules send the demodulated data to the decoding module through the DDI bus for decoding and de-interleaving. d) The decoding module sends the data to the CPU module 2 for processing through the IDMA channel. e) CPU module 2 sends the data to the backplane bus interface module through the UTOPIA bus. The CECM comprises the following modules:

I. Backplane Bus Interface Module
The CECM communicates with other boards in the BTS baseband part through the backplane bus interface module. The information exchanged includes the CECM-BCKM control information and the CECM-BCIM service data.

II. CPU Module 1 and CPU Module 2
The CPU module 1 and CPU module 2 completes the initialization of the system forward/reverse links, FPGA loading, DSP loading of the modulation/demodulation module, monitoring of operational status, and processing of service data and control data.

III. Forward Modulation Module
The forward modulation module consists of one CSM5500 chip working in the modulation mode. It supports 3 sectors and 64 forward channels. The total capacity is up to 64*3 forward channels. This module processes the baseband data on the CDMA2000 1xEV-DO physical layer and then sends the processing result (forward IQ data) to the multiplex/demultiplex module. This module can also obtain the power control and data rate control information from the reverse demodulation module through the PC/DRC bus.

IV. Reverse Decoding Module
The reverse decoding module primarily consists of a CSM5500 chip working in the decoding mode. It supports a maximum of four demodulation modules. This module completes the decoding and de-interleaving of the data decoded at 1/2 and 1/4 rate.

2-13

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

The reverse decoding module receives the demodulated data and performs Turbo decoding and de-interleaving. Then it sends the data to the CPU module 2 through the IDMA channel.

V. Reverse Demodulation Module
The reverse demodulation module primarily consists of a CSM5500 chip working in the demodulation mode. It supports a maximum of 24 channels on the reverse link. The CECM has four reverse demodulation module, supporting up to 24*4 channels on the reverse link. The reverse demodulation module supports reverse searching, service data demodulation, and DRC/RRI decoding. It receives the reverse IQ data that are sent by the CTRM and multiplexed by the multiplexing/demultiplexing module. Then it demodulates the IQ data and sends them to the reverse decoding module through the DDI bus. The PC/CDR bus is used to send the power control and data rate control information to the forward modulation module.

VI. Data Processing Module
The data processing module allocates and sorts out the data sent by the ODU3601C and the CTRM, and sends the processed data to the reverse demodulation module. Meanwhile, it allocates the data sent by the forward modulation module to the CTRM or the multiplexing/demultiplexing module. The data processing module also process the O&M information of the CTRM. That is, it sends the O&M information coming from the CPU to the corresponding electrical interface or optical interface and the data coming from the electrical interface or optical interface to the CPU through the bus.

VII. Multiplexing/Demultiplexing Module
The multiplexing/demultiplexing module performs the following processing to the data sent from the optical interface: selection of data link, multiplexing and demultiplexing, clock test, processing of the O&M information. In the forward link, the multiplexing/demultiplexing module multiplexes the 16FC IQ data sent by the forward modulation module into the 100FC data. Then it performs 8B/10B decoding and multiplexing to the data and sends the processed data to the transceiver module. The transceiver module converts the data into 1.2288 GHz signals. In the reverse link, the transceiver module converts the 1.2288 GHz signals into 100Fc signals. The multiplexing/demultiplexing module demultiplexes and 8B/10B decodes the 100Fc signals. The signals are demultiplexed again into the reverse 16Fc IQ data. The data processing module processes the IQ data and broadcasts the data to the four demodulation modules.

2-14

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

VIII. EPLD Module
The EPLD module takes care of the control logics required by the CECM, including the clock frequency division, watchdog timer, control logic of the forward/reverse module, drive switch of the forward/reverse CPU, and the read/write signal drive of the forward/reverse modules.

IX. Transceiver Module
The transceiver module converts the 1.2288 GHz signals into 122.88 MHz parallel signals. The conversion involves the 8B/10B coding/decoding and framing.

X. Optical Module
The optical module converts the 122.88 MHz parallel signals into 1.2288 GHz signals. Once CECM can provide two optical interfaces.

XI. Clock Module
The clock module performs double-frequency phase-locking to the clock signals from the backplane, provides clock for boards, and drives and co-phases the clock signals generated on the local board, to get satisfactory clock signals.

XII. Power Supply Module
The power module converts the +27 V DC input by BBKM into the +3.3 V DC, +2.5 V DC, or +1.8 V DC power supply for various modules of the CECM.

2.5.2 External Interfaces
Table 2-6 lists the external interfaces of the CECM. Table 2-6 CECM external interfaces Interface Optical interface Electrical interface Backplane bus interface Description Connects to the ODU3601C and transmits O&M information. Connects to the CTRM. Connects to other boards of baseband part and transmits the backplane bus signals and backplane clock signals to relay signals from the backplane to other modules of the CCPM. A power connector on the backplane. Connect with +27 V power, +27 V GND, and PGND. Leads in clock signals for the CECM from the clock bus on the backplane.

Power supply interface Clock interface

2.5.3 Technical Specifications
The following are technical specifications of the CECM:
2-15

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

Power voltage: +27 V Power consumption <30 W Dimensions: 460 mm (18.11 in.) x 233.35 mm (9.19 in.) (Length x Width)

2.6 HPCM
The HPCM features excellent capability of synchronization clock holdover. It enhances the clock synchronization performance of the BTS in areas where satellite signals are unsteady. When the GPS/GLONASS reference clock source is lost or the BTS fails to seize enough satellites, the HPCM can provide steady clock signals for the BCKM by right of the high stability and retentivity of its rubidium clock. The signals are synchronous with the GPS/GLONASS system clock and capable of keeping steady for up to 24 hours.

2.6.1 Structure and Principle
The HPCM comprises CPU, rubidium clock module, satellite signal receiver, and PSU. Figure 2-6 shows the functional structure of the HPCM.

RS232 Satellite signal receiver

CPU

RS232

BCKM

RS232 1 pps 1 pps Rubidium clock module PSU 10 MHz BCKM Test device

Figure 2-6 HPCM functional structure The following introduces each module of the HPCM in details.

I. Satellite Signal Receiver
The satellite signal receiver completes the following tasks: Receive satellite signals and provide the rubidium clock module with 1 PPS pulse signals as the clock reference source of the rubidium clock module. Output the received information to the BCKM such as satellite timing, locating and tracing information through the RS232 serial port.

2-16

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

II. Rubidium Clock Module
The rubidium clock module features high stability. It locks the 1 pps pulse signals received and outputs a precise and stable 1 PPS signal as the synchronization clock of the BCKM.

III. CPU
The CPU completes the following tasks: Receive the information reported by the satellite signal receiver, and set and monitor the receiver and the rubidium clock module. Transmit the information of the satellite signal receiver and the rubidium clock module to the BCKM. Receive the configuration and query information of the BCKM.

IV. PSU
The PSU converts the input +27 V DC into +3.3 V DC power for various module of the HPCM.

2.6.2 External Interfaces
Table 2-7 lists the external interfaces of the HPCM. Table 2-7 HPCM external interfaces Interface GPS/GLONASS antenna interface 1 pps signal output interface 10 MHz signal output interface Communication interface with the BCKM Power supply interface Description Receives satellite signals from the GPS/GLONASS and provides the GPS/GLONASS antenna with +5 V feed. Provides 1 PPS signals for the BCKM through the backplane. Outputs 10 MHz signals to the HPCM panel. It is reserved for test purpose. Communicates with the BCKM using an RS232 interface. Leads out of the power connector on the backplane, and connected with +27 V DC, +27 V DC power ground, and the PGND.

2.6.3 Technical Specifications
The following are technical specifications of the HPCM: Power supply: +27 V DC Power consumption: <20 W Dimensions: 460 mm (18.11 in.) x 233.35 mm (9.19 in.) (Length x Width)

2-17

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

2.7 BBKM
The BBKM transmits the signals between the baseband boards. Its functions include Realizing interconnection of various inter-board signals Supporting the online insertion and removal of all boards Supporting active/standby switchover of the BCKM Distributing power to the boards by leading in the system power supply Leading monitoring signal lines into the fan box and the power subrack Providing the protection against wrong insertion

2.7.1 Structure and Principle
The connector at the front of the BBKM connects to the baseband board. There are one backplane 27 V power/ground input connector and two DB37 D-connectors. The two D-connectors respectively connect to the alarm interface on the top of the cabinet and the input port of fan and power alarm signals. The signals between the baseband backplane and radio backplane are exchange through the C-connector and soft board. Figure 2-7 shows the slot distribution.

4 C E M

2 C E M

0 C E M

0 B C K M (1)

0 B C I M (2) (3)

C E M

C

C

E E M M

B C K M 1

5

3

1

(1) Connecting part between the upper and lower halves of the subrack (2) Baseband boards (3) Slot No.

Figure 2-7 Slot distribution of BBKM

Note: Channel processing boards in the above figure are marked “CEM”. The CCPM and CECM boards can be configured in the CEM slots.

2-18

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

2.7.2 External Interfaces
Table 2-8 lists the external interfaces of the BBKM. Table 2-8 BBKM external interface Interface System power interface Environment alarm interface External synchronization clock input interface Eight E1/T1 interfaces Clock signal output interface Description Receives the +27V DC from the power supply subrack. Connects with the environment monitoring instrument to receive/transmit environment alarm information. Receives such external clock sources as GPS clock source and GLONASS clock source. Receives/transmits E1/T1 signals from/to the BSC. Outputs the internal clock (that is, HPCM clock) to other subracks.

2.7.3 Technical Specifications
Dimensions: 595.2 mm (23.43 in.) x 136.66 mm (5.38 in.) (Length x Width)

2.8 BESP
The BTS E1 surge protector (BESP) is located on the top of the cabinet. It is a functional entity for the BTS to implement lightning protection with E1/T1 trunk line. The eight pairs of lightning protection units of the BESP are used to discharge transient high voltage on the sheath and core of E1/T1 trunk lines to the PGND.

2.8.1 Structure and Principle
This section introduces the structure and working principle of the BESP.

I. Structure
Figure 2-8 shows the structure of the BESP.

2-19

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station
BESP
Level-2 Level-1 protection protection

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

PGND

4 E1s/T1s
Level-2 Level-1 protection protection

Interface DB25

PGND

8 E1s/T1s

...

BCIM

Interface DB37

4 E1s/T1s
Interface DB25

...

...

BSC

BSC

Level-2 Level-1 protection protection

PGND

Figure 2-8 Structure of BESP The board consists of three parts: DB25 connector, lightning protection unit, and DB37 connector. Lightning protection unit E1/T1 lightning protection unit has two inbound lines connected with DB25, two outbound lines connected with DB37, and one PGND. Here PGNDs of all lightning protection units can be interconnected. DB37 connector The DB37 is a male connector, connected with eight E1/T1 cables. DB25 connector The DB25 is a female connector. There are two DB25 connectors, respectively connected with four E1/T1 cables.

II. Principle of Lightning Protection
Figure 2-9 illustrates the principle of lightning protection.

2-20

...

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station
Core

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

Lead in
DB25

Lead out
DB37

Sheath

PGND

Figure 2-9 Principle of E1/T1 lightning protection If a BTS E1 trunk line is struck by lightning, high voltage will arise first on the DB25 and then spread to the lightning protection units. The lightning protection units have two protection levels: air discharge tube and voltage limit mesh. The air discharge tube discharges the high voltage to the ground and lowers it to 600 V below. Then the voltage limit mesh further lowers the voltage to 30 V below.

2.8.2 External Interfaces
Table 2-9 lists the external interfaces of the BESP. Table 2-9 BESP external interfaces Interface Includes: E1/T1 interface DB25 connector, acting as an interface to the BSC DB37 connector, connecting with the BCIM Description

2.8.3 Technical Specifications
The following are technical specifications of the BESP: Bearable surge current: >10 kA (common mode), > 5 kA (differential mode) Output residual voltage: <30 V. Dimensions: 140 mm (5.51 in.) x 120 mm (4.72 in.) (Length x Width)

2.9 CSLM
The CSLM resides on the top of the cabinet. It provides surge protection for the environment alarm chest (EAC) and external clock interfaces.
2-21

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

2.9.1 Structure and Principle
The CSLM consists of two functional modules: EAC interface protection module The EAC interface protection module provides surge protection for the external alarm serial port. External clock interface protection module The external clock interface protection module provides surge protection for the external clock serial port. Figure 2-10 shows the functional structure of the CSLM.

Alarm serial port protection module B B K M CSLM Clock interface protection module

EAC

External clock

Figure 2-10 CSLM functional structure The following describes the functional modules of the CSLM.

I. Alarm Serial Port Protection Module
This module connects with the BBKM and EAC through two DB9 interfaces. It can discharge surge current on the alarm interface.

II. External Clock Interface Protection Module
This module connects with the BBKM and EAC through two DB9 interfaces. It can discharge surge current on the external clock interface.

2.9.2 External Interfaces
Table 2-10 lists the external interfaces of the CSLM. Table 2-10 CSLM external interfaces Interface Alarm serial port Clock serial port Description DB9 interface with the level of RS-485 DB9 with the level of RS-232

2-22

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

2.9.3 Technical Specifications
Dimensions: 96 mm (3.78 in.) x 68 mm (2.68 in.) (Length x Width)

2.10 CFAN
The compact-BTS fan module (CFAN) that resides under the switch box functions as a baseband downdraught cooling system. The CFAN consists of one fan box and one compact-BTS fan block interface board (CFIB). The fan box comprises the following parts: Three +27 V DC brushless fan units One fan indication board One compact-BTS fan monitor module (CFMM) This section describes the CFMM and CFIB in detail.

2.10.1 CFMM
The built-in compact-BTS fan monitor module (CFMM) resides in the fan box. The CFMM communicates with the BCKM and receives the commands from the BCKM to perform the pulse-width modulation (PWM) speed setting control on the fan units. Meanwhile, the CFMM reports its status to the BCKM when queried by the BCKM. The CFMM can guarantee a safe and proper cooling system and lower the system noise. The CFMM can: Provide an RS485 serial port, support BCKM issuing fan speed control commands, and report fan unit fault alarms and fan speed. Control the rotating speed of fans by collecting the temperature information outside the fan box and outputting PWM duty ratio signal. Support online insertion and removal. Check and report whether the fan units are in position. Drive fan status indicators.

I. Structure and Principle
The CFMM consists of the following two parts: Fan monitoring unit The fan monitoring unit includes fan status detection circuit and communication circuit. It adjusts fan speed and reports fault alarms. Fan driving unit The fan driving unit generates power voltage for fans. It is controlled by driving voltage control signal output from the fan monitoring unit.

2-23

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

Figure 2-11 shows the functional structure of the CFMM.

Status indication

Temperature detection
Board address and version configuration circuit

Lightning protection alarm RXDA1 TXDA1 CPU Commnucation interface circuit Fan speed signal

Fan speed detection circuit

PWM signal

+24V GND EMC circuit

+24V GND1

+24V Fan driving GND1

CFMM

PSUDC/DC

+5V GND

FAN

FAN

FAN

Figure 2-11 CFMM functional structure The CFMM consists of the following modules: PSU The PSU converts the input ++27 V DC into the voltage necessary for the modules of the CFMM. CPU The CPU controls the fans and communicates with the BCKM. The CPU can: --Generate fan control PWM signals according to the commands from the BCKM to control the speed of fans. --Detect fan alarm signals and in-board logic alarm signals, and report them to the BCKM. --Generate panel indicator signals. Fan fault detection circuit The fan fault detection circuit leads the fault alarm signals of fans to the CPU after optical coupling isolation. The CPU detects these signals using I/O interface. Communication interface module

2-24

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

This module converts transmit/receive signals at CPU serial port into RS485 signals and performs serial communication with the BCKM. EMC circuit The electro magnetic compatibility (EMC) circuit prevents the +27 V input harmonic voltage from flowing to board circuits. At the same time, it also prevents the harmonic voltage generated by boards from flowing to the +27 V power system and eliminates conduction interference on the +27 V power system. Fan driving module This module provides power voltage for fans and keep the voltage stable. Temperature detection module This module detects the ambient temperature of the CFMM through the external temperature sensor on the fan box panel. Then the temperature sensor converts the temperature into digital signals and transmits them to the CPU. Board IP address and version configuration circuit When the fan box needs to communicate with the BCKM, you must configure communication address of slave node and board version. Lightning protection alarm module This module extracts Boolean value alarm signals from power supply lightning arrester, sends them to the CPU, and reports alarm through RS485. Status indication module When a functional alarm (for example, communication interruption in the main control mode) occurs to the CFMM or a fan-blocked alarm occurs to the fan motor, this module provides a light emitting diode (LED) optical alarm interface in the fan box to drive the LED indicator on the front panel of the fan box. The red and green indicators are used, and the indication mode is controlled by the CPU.

II. External Interfaces
Table 2-11 lists the external interfaces of the CFMM. Table 2-11 CFMM external interfaces Interface Power supply interface Communication serial port Alarm interface of power lightning arrester Description Leads in working power for the CFMM. An RS485 serial port, used for the communication between the CFMM and the BCKM. Uses MOLEX connector to transmit Boolean value alarm signals of power lightning arrester.

2-25

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

Interface Interface to indicator sensor Fan unit driving interface

Description Provides a driving interface to drive the LED indicator on the front panel of the fan box and outputs digital signals of temperature and humidity sensor. A maximum of three such interfaces, also used for fan-in-position detection and fan-blocked detection.

III. Technical Specifications
The following are technical specifications of the CFMM: Power voltage: +27 V Output power: <24 W Dimensions: 100 mm (3.94 in.) x 95 mm (3.74 in.) (Length x Width)

2.10.2 CFIB
The CFIB resides behind the fan box in the cabinet. It connects the CFMM with the power supply system. It provides the blind mating interface for the fan box and the power supply interface and communication serial port for the system.

I. Structure and Principle
The CFIB is a transfer board with only one signal transfer unit. The CFIB consists of the following components: One MOLEX blind mating connector, used for the online insertion and removal connection with fan box components. One 3-pin socket, connecting with the system electricity. One DB-15 straight socket, connecting with system serial port. One 2-pin socket, connecting with lightning arrester alarm signals. Figure 2-12 shows the structure of the CFIB.

(1) 2-pin socket (3) 3-pin power socket

(2) MOLEX connector (4) DB-15 straight socket

Figure 2-12 Structure of the CFIB

II. External Interfaces
Table 2-12 lists the external interfaces of the CFIB.
2-26

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 2 Baseband Subsystem

Table 2-12 CFIB external interfaces Interface Fan box interface electricity Description Connects with fan box components in online insertion and removal mode through MOLEX connector. Leads in power through a 3-pin power socket. Provides external communication serial port through the DB-15 straight socket. Connects with lightning arrester alarm signals through the 2-pin socket.

System power interface Communication port serial

Lightning arrester alarm interface

III. Technical Specifications
Dimensions: 120 mm (4.72 in.) x 40 mm (1.57 in.) (Length x Width)

2-27

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem

Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem
This chapter introduces the functional structure of the BTS3606 radio frequency (RF) subsystem and describes the RF modules in detail.

3.1 Overview of the RF Subsystem
The RF subsystem consists of the following modules: Compact-BTS transceiver module (CTRM)/Compact-BTS multi-channel transceiver module (CMTR) Compact-BTS high power amplifier unit (CHPA)/Compact-BTS multi-channel power amplifier (CMPA) Compact-BTS dual duplexer unit (CDDU) Compact-BTS transceiver backplane module (CTBM) This chapter focuses on single-channel modules. For multi-channel modules, see the subsequent version.

3.1.1 Functional Structure of the Radio Frequency Subsystem
Figure 3-1 shows the structure of the RF subsystem.

CDDU TX1

CHPA
Electrical interface

CTRM RX1 CHPA TX2 RX2 CTRM

CCPM

Electrical interface

CCPM

CDDU: Compact-BTS duplexer unit

dual

CTRM: Compact-BTS transceiver module

CHPA: Compact-BTS high power amplifier unit

Figure 3-1 Structure of RF subsystem

3-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem

The RF subsystem connects with the baseband subsystem through the RF cables and flexible boards of the backplane, and connects with the antenna subsystem through the feeder interface of the CDDU. It performs the following functions. In the forward link, it performs power adjustable up-conversion and power amplification on the modulated transmission signals, filtering the transmission signals to meet the corresponding air interface criteria. In the reverse link, it filters the signals received by the BTS antenna to suppress out-band interference, and then performs low-noise amplification, division, noise factor adjustable frequency down-conversion, and channel selective filtering.

3.1.2 Introduction to RF Modules
The RF subsystem is composed of RF modules. The RF modules include: CTRM: Performs the modulation/demodulation and up/down-conversion of baseband signals. CHPA: Performs the high-power amplification of transmitting carrier signals. CDDU: Performs the filtering and duplex isolation of two receiving/transmitting signals. It is one of the RF front-end modules. In addition to the above modules, this chapter also introduces the compact-BTS RF fan module (CRFM), the backplanes of RF modules, and the compact-BTS power combiner module (CPCM).

3.2 CTRM
In the forward link, the CTRM does the following: 1) 2) 3) Receive baseband signals from the baseband subsystem. Change the baseband signals into RF signals by de-multiplexing, wave filtering, and up conversion. Send the RF signals to the RF subsystem through the CDDU. In the reverse link, the CTRM does the following: 1) 2) 3) Receive main and diversity RF signals from the antenna subsystem. Change the signals into baseband signals by down conversion, wave filtering and multiplexing. Send the baseband signals to the baseband subsystem. In addition, the CTRM receives the management and configuration information from the BCKM of the baseband subsystem, and reports the status and alarms of itself to the BCKM.

3-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem

3.2.1 Structure and Principle
The CTRM consists of compact-BTS radio up-down converter module (CRCM) and compact-BTS intermediate frequency module (CIFM). Figure 3-2 shows its functional structure.

CIFM
CHPA CPU

CRCM
Main receiver CDDU

Clock

Demultiplexer/multiplexer

FIR and DAGC

Down converter
Down converter

ADC ADC

Filter Filter

Diversity receiver

CDDU

Local oscillator
FIR
Up converter

DAC

Filter

PSU

+24 V DC

PSU

Transmitter

CHPA

Figure 3-2 CTRM functional structure

I. CIFM
The CIFM consists of up converter, down converter, demultiplexer/multiplexer, electrical interface unit, clock unit, central processing unit (CPU), and power supply unit (PSU). It processes the conversion between analog intermediate frequency (IF) signals and digital baseband signals and controls the CTRM. Its units have the following functions: Up converter The up converter performs wave filtering, digital up-conversion and digital-analog conversion of signals in transmitting channels. That is, it does the following: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) De-multiplex baseband signals. Filter the signals. Perform digital up-conversion to change the signals into digital IF signals. Perform digital-analog conversion and filtering to generate analog IF signals. Send the signals to the transmitter of the CRCM for RF up-conversion through the RF interface. Down converter

3-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem

The down converter performs analog-digital conversion, digital down-conversion and baseband filtering of signals in receiving channels. That is, it does the following: 1) 2) 3) Perform analog-digital conversion to convert the analog intermediate frequency signals from the RF interface into digital IF signals. Perform digital down conversion and baseband filtering to convert the signals into baseband I/Q signals. Transmit the I/Q signals to the demultiplexer/multiplexer. Demultiplexer/multiplexer Under the control of the CPU, the demultiplexer/multiplexer fulfils the following functions: − − − Demultiplex forward I/Q signals. Multiplex reverse I/Q signals. Multiplex/de-multiplex operation and maintenance (O&M) signals of the operation and maintenance link (OML). Clock unit This unit generates all clocks needed by the CIFM, including: − − − − Clocks for up/down conversion Clocks for analog digit converter (ADC) Clocks for digit analog converter (DAC) Other working clocks

Moreover, it provides the reference clock for the CRCM. CPU The CPU controls the CTRM, including: − − − PSU With the input voltage of +27 V DC, the PSU supplies power to the CIFM and CRCM. Initialing upon power-up. Collecting and reporting alarms. Processing O&M-related information.

II. CRCM
The CRCM consists of transmitter, main/diversity receiver, and local oscillator. To the IF signals output by the CIFM, it performs up conversion, amplification, and spuriously-suppressive wave filtering. To the BTS main/diversity receiving signals input by the CDDU, it performs analog down-conversion, amplification, and channel-selective wave filtering. The following details the functions of the CRCM units:
3-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem

Transmitter The transmitter performs up conversion twice to convert the modulated analog IF signals output by the CIFM into the specified RF band. Before and after the up conversion, it performs wave filtering, signal amplification, and power control. In this way, it ensures that output RF signals meet the protocol requirements on power level, adjacent channel power radio (ACPR), and spurious emission. Main/diversity receiver The receiver converts RF signals output by the CDDU into specified IF signals through down conversion. It performs wave filtering, signal amplification, and power control before and after the down conversion so as to ensure that the CIFM receives required output IF signals. Local oscillator The local oscillator consists of three parts: − − − Intermediate frequency source: Generates local oscillator signals for IF up-conversion in transmitting channels. Transmit RF synthesizer: Generates local oscillator signals for RF up-conversion in transmitting channels. Receive RF synthesizer: Generates RF local oscillator signals for down conversion in main/diversity receiving channels.

3.2.2 External Interfaces
Table 3-1 lists interfaces between the CTRM and the CHPA/CDDU/PSU. Table 3-1 CTRM external interfaces Interface RF interface with the CHPA RS485 interface with the CHPA RF interface with the CDDU Power supply interface Description Outputs RF transmitting signals to the CHPA, which then amplifies and outputs the signals. Transmits alarm and control signals and power detection signals. Receives main/diversity RF receiving signals. Supplies +27 V DC to the CTRM.

3.2.3 Specifications
The CTRM specifications are as follows: Supported bands: 450 MHz, 800 MHz, and 1900 MHz Power voltage: +27 V DC

3-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem

Power consumption: 51 W Dimensions: 460 mm (18.11 in.) x 233.5 mm (9.19 in.) x 64 mm (2.52 in.) (Length x Width x Depth)

Note: Different models of CTRMs are used to respectively support the different bands 450 MHz, 800 MHz, and 1900 MHz. Models of other RF modules also vary with the bands supported.

3.3 CHPA
Located to the left side of the CTRM, the CHPA amplifies RF modulation signals output by the CTRM. Its functions include: RF power amplification: The CHPA performs power amplification for RF modulation signals from the CTRM. Over-temperature alarm: When the CHPA temperature exceeds a specified threshold, the compact-BTS monitor control board (CMCB) processes the over-temperature alarm signals generated by the CHPA and reports to the CTRM. Over-excited alarm: When the power level of CHPA input RF signal exceeds a specified threshold, the CMCB processes the over-excited alarm signals generated by the CHPA and reports to the CTRM. Gain decrease alarm: When the CHPA gain drops over 6 dB, the CMCB processes the gain decrease alarm signals generated by the CHPA and reports to the CTRM. Fan monitoring: Installed in the CHPA, the CMCB processes and reports fan alarm and CHPA alarm signals, and adjusts fan speed.

3.3.1 Structure and Principle
Figure 3-3 shows the structure of the CHPA.
RF input Power amplifier Coupler Circulator RF output Sampling port +24 V DC
Alarm signal

CTRM

CDDU

BDCS
CTBM

HPAU CHPA

Alarm circuit

CTRM

Figure 3-3 CHPA functional structure

3-6

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem

The high power amplifier unit (HPAU) consists of power amplifier and alarm circuit. The power amplifier amplifies RF signals from the CTRM. The amplified RF output signals are then sent to the CDDU through the CTBM. The alarm circuit monitors the power amplifier and generates over-temperature alarms, over-excited alarms, or gain decrease alarm signals when necessary. The CTBM reports alarm signals. The coupler is used to couple RF output signals to the sampling port for tests. The output power of HPAU can be adjusted by controlling RF output signals from the CTRM.

3.3.2 External Interfaces
Table 3-2 lists the external interfaces of the CHPA. Table 3-2 CHPA external interfaces Interface RF interface Power supply interface Alarm interface Description An interface having one input port and one output port. The input port connects with the RF output port of CHPA through the CTBM, whereas the output port connects with the RF input port of CDDU through coaxial cables. An interface with the CTBM, supplying +27 V DC to the CHPA. An interface with the CTRM. Fan alarm signals and CHPA alarm signals are sent through the CTBM to the CTRM, which reports the alarms.

3.3.3 Specifications
The CHPA specifications are as follows: Supported bands: 450 MHz, 800 MHz, and 1900 MHz Power voltage: +27 V DC Power consumption: <380 W Dimensions: 460 mm (18.11 in.) x 233.5 mm (9.19 in.) x 64 mm (2.52 in.) (Length x Width x Depth)

3.4 CDDU
The key components in the CDDU include low-pass filter and duplexer. The CDDU provides the following functions: Duplex isolator and low-pass s filter for two receiving and transmitting signals Coupling tests for transmitting and receiving signals

3-7

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem

3.4.1 Structure and Principle
The CDDU consists of two duplex filters with a common test interface for two receiving and transmitting signals. Figure 3-4 shows the CDDU functional structure.

LPF TX1 RXM-OUT D LPF D

Duplexer S N S

TX1-TEST TX/RXM-ANT RXM-TEST

LPF TX2 RXD-OUT D LPF D

Duplexer

S N S

TX2-TEST TX/RXD-ANT RXD-TEST

D

D-SUB

N

N-Type

S

SMA-Type

LPF: Low-pass filter

Figure 3-4 CDDU functional structure

I. Low-pass Filter
The filter suppresses higher harmonic waves. The one on the receiving channel can also suppress interference from the transmitting channel.

II. Duplexer
The duplexer isolates transmitting and receiving signals and suppresses spurious emission. In this way, it helps save antennas.

III. TMA DC Power Supply Unit
When the BTS3606 works at 1900 MHz band, a tower-mounted amplifier (TMA) may be used. The TMA DC power supply unit of the CDDU implements the combination and division of RF signals and DC feeding to provide DC power for the TMA.

3.4.2 External Interfaces
Table 3-3 lists the external interfaces of the CDDU.

3-8

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem

Table 3-3 CDDU external interfaces Interface Transmitting input interface Transmitting output interface Receiving input interface Test interface Description Sends signals between the transmitting input end and the CHPA interface. Sends transmitting output signals to the feeder at the top of the cabinet. Receives signals from the feeder at the top of the cabinet. The signals then are filtered in the CDDU. Transmits signals for coupling tests of transmitting and receiving signals.

3.4.3 Specifications
The CHPA specifications are as follows: Supported bands: 450 MHz, 800 MHz, and 1900 MHz Dimensions: 260 mm (10.24 in.) x 80 mm (3.15 in.) x 366 mm (14.41 in.) (Length x Width x Depth) Maximum output power: 100 W

3.5 CTBM
The CTBM is the backplane of the BTS3606 carrier units. It provides channels for the following signals: Monitoring signals between the CTRM and the CHPA Traffic and O&M signals between the CTRM and the baseband boards Monitoring signals between two carrier units

3.5.1 Structure and Principle
A fully-equipped BTS3606 has two carrier units with six carriers. That is, each unit has three carriers. Each carrier unit is equipped with three CHPA slots and three CTRM slots. One CHPA is paired with a CTRM to form a CRFM, that is, one carrier. The CTBM consists of six CRFMs. Figure 3-5 shows the slot distribution of the CTBM.

3-9

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem

1

3

5

CRFM CRFM CRFM

0

2

4

CRFM CRFM CRFM

Figure 3-5 CTBM slot distribution The CTBM slots are numbered 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 from bottom to top and from left to right.

3.5.2 External Interfaces
Table 3-4 lists the external interfaces of the CTBM. Table 3-4 CTBM external interfaces Interface Includes: One 2 mm HM A-connector used as digital signal connector CTRM slot interface One SMB connector One 2 mm HM N-connector used as a power connector This interface connects with the CTRM. 24W7 connector, in which the low frequency pinout is used for the signal transfer between the CHPA and the CTRM, and the blind jack as the power pinout. This interface connects with the CHPA. Interworking interface of the CTBM and the BBKM Interworking interface between CTBMs 2 mm HM A-connector High-density DB connector, supporting power mutual aid. Description

CHPA slot interface

3.5.3 Specifications
Dimensions: 340 mm (13.39 in.) x 262.05 mm (10.32 in.) (Length x Width)

3-10

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem

3.6 CRFM
The CRFM consists of CMCB, BTS BTRM fan lamp module (BBFL), and fans. The following introduces the CMCB and BBFL.

3.6.1 CMCB
Ensuring that the system works in a safe thermal status, the CMCB collects and analyzes the temperature information of CHPA to adjust the fan speed in real time. In this way, it can lower the wind noise in the system, prolong the service life of fans and improve the external indices of the overall system. The MCU of the CMCB can generate pulse-width modulation (PWM) signals to control the fan speed. The CMCB can also receive fan speed control information from the BCKM through the CIFM. In addition, the CMCB reports the following CHPA-specific alarms to the BCKM to ensure the reliability of the CHPA: Gain decrease alarms Over-temperature alarms Over-excited alarms Fan failure alarms The CMCB provides the following functions: Controlling the fan speed, and monitoring and reporting fan alarms Monitoring and reporting CHPA alarms Detecting the voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR) of CDDU transmit power, which is used for CDDU transmit load impedance matching alarm Driving the BBFL Collecting temperature information of the CHPA Communicating with the CIFM

I. Structure and Principle
Figure 3-6 shows the location of the CMCB in the CHPA.

3-11

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem

CMCB

Fan

HPAU

CHPA

Figure 3-6 CMCB location in the CHPA Figure 3-7 shows the CMCB functional structure.

HPAU interface circuit External temperature collection

Panel indicator driving and alarm signal isolation circuit PWM modulation circuit MCU Fan speed detection

Fan box interface

Fan box interface

Temperature collection

Fan box interface Power serial port

Selector

RF power coupling input

Power and standing wave detection

RS485 serial port 1

RS485 serial port 2 Power serial port CTRM online signal

Figure 3-7 CMCB functional structure The following details the CMCB sub-units: MCU The MCU has the following functions: − − − − − Detecting the HPAU and fan speed and reporting fan alarms Generating PWM signals Collecting and reporting temperature information Activating and reading power detection ADC Communicating with the CTRM

HPAU interface module This module isolates and drives the interface with the HPAU. Temperature collection module

3-12

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem

This module collects the temperature information of CHPA in real time. It controls power amplification according to the temperature change. --It protects the power amplification when the temperature is too high. --It stops the power amplification when the temperature is too low. In addition, this module communicates with the MCU through bus and connects with an E2PROM for the compatibility with different power amplifiers. Power and standing wave detection module This module detects whether the load impedance of RF transmitter is matching. Voltage signal is sent out after power detection on transmitted wave and reflected wave. The voltage signal then is sampled. The CPU computes the sampled signal to obtain the voltage standing wave ratio (VSWR) and reports it to the CIFM through RS485 serial port. Panel indicator driving and alarm signal isolation module This module drives the panel indicators and isolates fan alarm signals. PWM modulation circuit Fan motor control driving circuit is controlled by pulse signals generated from the MCU. These signals are converted into PWM signals through monostable circuit to control the fan motor. Serial port communication module This module uses two sets of RS485 serial port communication circuits. It performs serial communication with the CTRM. PSU The input power of the BBFM is +27 V DC, which is rectified into +5 V power for boards.

II. External Interfaces
Table 3-5 lists the external interfaces of the CMCB. Table 3-5 CMCB external interfaces Interface CHPA interface Serial communication interface BBFL interface Description A forward transmit interface with the CHPA, used to monitor the CHPA alarms. Reports the fan alarms and CHPA alarms. Transmits signals between the CMCB and the BBFL.

3-13

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem

Interface CRFM backplane interface

Description There are two connectors on the CMCB. One connects with the power supply, and the other with CRFM backplane signals and CHPA alarm signals and control signals. Transmits CMCB status signals, fan status signals, and HPAU status signals.

Fan cover interface

III. Specifications
Dimensions: 200 mm (7.87 in.) x 55 mm (2.17 in.) (Length x Width)

3.6.2 BBFL
The BBFL has three status indicators to indicate the status of the CTRM, fans and the CHPA. It is an auxiliary board, connecting with the CMCB through the fan cover interface.

I. Structure and Principle
Figure 3-8 shows the BBFL functional structure.

CTRM indicator FAN indicator CHPA indicator

LED1

LED2

LED3

Fan 1 interface

Fan cover interface (connect to CMCB)

Figure 3-8 BBFL functional structure The BBFL consists of the following parts: Fan 1 interface module

3-14

Fan 2 interface

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem

It is a 4-pin ordinary socket connected with fan 1, including the power supply input port and fan alarm output port of fan 1. Fan 2 interface module It is a 4-pin ordinary socket connected with fan 2, including the power supply input port and fan alarm output port of fan 2. Fan cover port module It connects with the fan cover of the BBFM.

II. Panel Indicators
Table 3-6 lists the indicators on the front panel of the BBFL. Table 3-6 BBFL panel indicators Indicator LED1 LED2 LED3 CTRM operating signal Fan operating signal CHPA operating signal Description

III. Specifications
Dimensions: 55 mm (2.17 in.) x 25 mm (0.98 in.) (Length x Width)

3.7 CPCM
The CPCM is configured only when power synthesis is needed. It combines two high-power RF signals from the two CHPAs into output higher power. Meanwhile, it performs backplane transfer of CHPA-in-position information and communication signals.

3.7.1 Structure and Principle
The CPCM comprises the following parts: Combiner unit: Combines two high-power RF signals. Transfer unit: Performs backplane transfer of the CHPA alarm signals. Figure 3-9 shows the location of the CPCM in the system.

3-15

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 3 Radio Frequency Subsystem

CHPA Electrical interface CCPM

CDDU

CPCM

CTRM CHPA

Figure 3-9 CPCM location in the system The two CTRM output ports connect to the two CHPAs residing in the same row. The two CHPA output ports connect to the two input ports of the CPCM. The input power of the two CHPAs are synthesized and output to the CDDU as high power.

3.7.2 External Interfaces
Table 3-7 lists the external interfaces of the CPCM. Table 3-7 CPCM external interfaces Interface External signal interface CDDU interface Description Connects to the CHPA and serves as a test interface. Connects to CDDU RF input port to output combined power.

3.7.3 Specifications
The CPCM specifications are as follows: Maximum output power: 100 W Dimensions: 473.5 mm (18.64 in.) x 261 mm (10.28 in.) x 35 mm (1.38 in.) (Length x Width x Depth)

3-16

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 4 Antenna Subsystem

Chapter 4 Antenna Subsystem
The BTS antenna subsystem consists of two parts: Radio frequency (RF) antenna: Transmit the modulated RF signals and receive mobile station (MS) signals. Dual-satellite synchronization antenna: Provide precise synchronization signals for the CDMA system.

4.1 RF Antenna
The RF antenna of the BTS comprises antennas, the jumpers from antenna to feeder, feeders, and the jumpers from feeder to the cabinet bottom, as shown in Figure 4-1.

Antenna
Sector α

Jumper
Sector β Sector γ

Feeder

Jumper

BTS cabinet
Figure 4-1 Structure of RF antenna

4.1.1 Antenna
An antenna is the end point of transmitting and the start point of receiving. The type, gain, coverage pattern, and front-to-rear ratio of antenna may affect the system performance. The network designer must choose antennas properly based on the number of subscribers and system coverage.

I. Antenna Gain
The antenna gain denotes the capability of an antenna to radiate the input power in specific directions.

4-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 4 Antenna Subsystem

In the direction where the radiation intensity of the antenna is the strongest, the higher the gain is, the stronger the field intensity will be in a distant place and the larger area the antenna will cover. However, there may be blind areas in the vicinity.

II. Antenna Pattern
An antenna pattern describes the radiation intensity of the antenna in all directions. We often use the horizontal antenna pattern, and take it as a standard to classify antennas. The BTS antenna is categorized into omni antenna and directional antenna. The latter covers such types as 120ÿ, 90ÿ, 65ÿ, and 33ÿ.

III. Polarization
Polarization describes the path of direction change of electrical field. The mobile communication system often uses uni-polarization antennas. Recently the bi-polarization antenna becomes popular. This is an antenna with two cross-over antenna polarization directions. The isolation is over 30 dB for both the +45ÿ and -45ÿ polarization directions. Using bi-polarization antennas can save antennas, since one bi-polarization antenna can replace two independent uni-polarization antennas. In directional cells, bi-polarization directional antennas are used. Compared with uni-polarization directional antennas, they are cost-effective, space saving, and easy to install. However, only uni-polarization omni antennas are adopted in omni cells.

IV. Diversity Technology
Radio wave propagation in an urban area has the following features: The medium value of field intensity varies slowly with places and time in the rule of logarithmic normal distribution, which is called slow fading. The transient value of field intensity fades selectively along multiple transmission paths in the rule of the Rayleigh distribution, which is called fast fading. The fast fading, slow fading, multipath effect, and shadow effect may affect the quality of communication or even interrupt the communication. Diversity technology is one of the most effective technologies to resolve the problem. Appropriate diversity receiving and combining technology can minimize the fading effects on signal transmission when there is little correlation between two fading signals. The diversity technology includes polarization diversity and space diversity. The present mobile communication system can adopt either the horizontal space diversity or the polarization diversity. Space diversity can be effective when the distance between two antennas is over 10 wavelengths. And polarization diversity will become more and more popular since it can facilitate antenna installation and save space.

4-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 4 Antenna Subsystem

V. Antenna Isolation
The receiving/transmitting antenna must be installed with sufficient isolation to minimize the effect on the receiver. The isolation is subject to the spurious emission of the transmitter and the characteristics of the receiver.

4.1.2 Feeder and Jumper
Normally, standard 7/8 inch or 5/4 inch feeders are used to connect outdoor antennas and indoor cabinets. In the site installation, you must make 7/16 DIN connectors based on the actual length of the laid feeders. Before leading feeders in the equipment room, you must install cable clips for lightning protection at the tower top (or building roof), middle sections of feeders, and the wall hole through which feeders are led indoor. For long feeders, you must add grounding cable clips evenly in the middle. Because neither 7/8 inch nor 5/4 inch feeders must be bent, you must connect tower top (or building roof) antennas with feeders and indoor cabinets with feeders through jumpers. The jumper provided by Huawei is the 1/2 inch one. It is 3.5 m (11.48 ft) long and has 7/16DIN connectors. Table 4-1 shows the loss indices of the feeders often used in the project. Table 4-1 Loss index (dB/100 m(328.08 ft)) of feeder (at normal temperature) Band 450 MHz 800 MHz 1900 MHz 7/8 inch feeder 2.65 dB 3.9 dB 5.9dB 5/4 inch feeder 1.87 dB 2.8 dB 4.51dB

4.1.3 Lightning Arrester
The lightning arrester is optional. It is required only when the BTS3606 works at the 1900 MHz band. The lightning arrester is used to prevent damage of lightning current to the antenna system. Usually, there are two types of lightning arresters. The first type conducts the low frequency lightning current to the ground so as to sink the current according to the microwave principle. The second one is a discharging tube. When the voltages at both ends of the discharging tube reach a certain value, the tube conducts to sink the large current. The discharging tube is used in the BTS3606. Lightning arrester is usually installed close to the BTS cabinet.
4-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 4 Antenna Subsystem

4.1.4 Tower-Mounted Amplifier
The tower-mounted amplifier (TMA) is optional. It is required only when the BTS3606 works at 1900 MHz band. The TMA is a low-noise amplification module installed on the tower. It amplifies the reverse signals from MS before the transmission loss occurs when signals pass the feeder. This helps improve the receiving sensibility of the BTS system and the reverse coverage of the system while lowering the transmit power of the MS and improving the conversation quality. Usually the triplex TMA is configured. It is installed close to the antenna. This type of TMA consists of triplex filter, low-noise amplifier, and feeder. The triplex filter filters the signals received from the antenna to remove the external interference. Then the low-noise amplifier amplifies the weak signals received and sends them through the low-loss cable to the indoor equipment. Features of the TMA include: The noise factor of TMA is very low. The TMA has a wide dynamic range, which is fully adaptable to the signal strength change caused by different distances between the MS and the BTS. The TMA has the alarm bypass function. The TMA is fed through the feeder, so it is equipped with the feeding detection device. Water-proof sealing measure is taken for the TMA, which allows the TMA to work under the temperature ranging from –40°C to +70°C. The TMA can sustain strong lightning strikes.

4.2 Satellite Synchronization Antenna
To improve the system security and reliability, the BTS receives the signals of GPS or GLONASS system through a satellite synchronization antenna to implement wireless synchronization. A satellite synchronization antenna system consists of: An antenna An jumper from the antenna to the feeder Feeders An jumper from the feeder to the cabinet bottom (feeders and jumpers can be configured as needed) A lightning arrester Figure 4-2 shows the structure of the satellite synchronization antenna system.

4-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station
Antenna Jumper

System Pinciple Chapter 4 Antenna Subsystem

Feeder

Antenna and feeder interface

Jumper Lightning arrester

BTS cabinet
Figure 4-2 Structure of satellite synchronization antenna

Note: When the length of feeder is within 100 m (328.08 ft), you can choose the 1/2 inch feeders. The feeder can directly connect to an antenna or a lightning arrester without using any jumper. When the length of feeder exceeds 100 m (328.08 ft), you must choose the 7/8 inch feeder. In this case, it is necessary to use jumpers to connect the feeder to the antenna and the lightning arrester.

4.2.1 Introduction to GPS and GLONASS
Generally, one BTS is configured with one set of satellite synchronization antenna. However, if two BCKMs are configured to further enhance the reliability of the system, each of the two BCKMs must be configured with one set of independent satellite synchronization antenna. Figure 4-2 illustrates two satellite synchronization antenna interfaces. The following describes the application of GPS and GLONASS in the CDMA BTS.

I. GPS
The GPS is an all-weather satellite navigation system based on radio

communications. It can provide global high-precision information about 3D-position, speed and time. The accuracy of the 3D-position information can reach 10 yard (approximately 9.1 m) (29.86 ft) and that of the time signal can reach 100 ns or better. The GPS signals can be received and used as a reference frequency after processing. The GPS system consists of three parts.

4-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 4 Antenna Subsystem

Space part: A satellite constellation (comprising 24 satellites) of 20,183 kilometers (66,216,386.4 ft) high and with an orbital period of 12 hours. Land control part: Cover a main control center and some widely distributed stations. User part: Include GPS receivers and their supporting devices.

II. GLONASS
The GLONASS is a global satellite navigation system developed by the former Soviet Union and taken over by Russia. It has a similar structure to the GPS but a smaller coverage.

III. Application of GPS and GLONASS in CDMA BTS
The BTS supports GPS/GLONASS synchronization mode. Two synchronization solutions (GPS or GPS/GLONASS) can be provided as required by the user. In the CDMA 1X system, the BTS uses the timing function of the GPS or GLONASS system. The BTS adopts the intelligent software phase-locking and holdover technologies to minimize the interference such as signal drift and jitter caused by ionosphere error and troposphere error of GPS or GLONASS satellite. Timing signals of the GPS or GLONASS are provided with high reliability and long-term frequency stability. The BTS is equipped with a crystal clock of high stability. The short-term stability of this crystal clock and the long-term stability of the GPS or GLONASS combine to ensure the reliability and stability of the CDMA 1X system clock.

4.2.2 Antenna
The GPS antenna and the GPS/GLONASS satellite receiving antenna are usually used.

I. GPS Antenna
The GPS antenna is an active antenna, which can receive L1 band (1565 MHz to 1585 MHz) GPS signals. The signals are sent to a GPS receiver integrated in the BCKM after the processing in a narrow-band filter and a preamplifier.

II. GPS/GLONASS Satellite Receiving Antenna
The GPS/GLONASS satellite antenna is also an active antenna. It can receive the L1 band signals from the GPS and the GLONASS signals (1602 MHz to 1611 MHz).

4.2.3 Feeder and Jumper
Generally, you can use standard 1/2 inch or 7/8 inch feeders to connect outdoor antennas and indoor cabinets. In the site installation, you must make 7/16 DIN connectors based on the actual length of the laid feeders.
4-6

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 4 Antenna Subsystem

Before connecting feeders to the cabinet-top, you must install lightning protection grounding clips at the tower top (or building roof), middle sections of feeders, and the spot close to the cabinet bottom. For long feeders, you must add lightning protection grounding clip evenly in the middle. Since 7/8 inch feeder must not be bent, you must connect the tower top (or building roof) antenna and the feeder, indoor cabinet and the feeder through jumpers. The jumper provided by Huawei is the 1/2 inch one. It is 3.5 m (11.48 ft) long and has 7/16 DIN connectors. The feeder transmits GPS/GLONASS signals received by the GPS/GLONASS antenna to the GPS/GLONASS receiver on the BCKM. It also supplies power for the antenna to pre-amplify the signals received.

4.2.4 Lightning Arrester of Antennas
Like the lightning arrester of RF antenna, the satellite uses the lightning arrester of antenna to protect the equipment against inductive lightning current within the feeder. One feeder is configured with one lightning arrester, and the lightning arrester is installed at equipment side.

4.2.5 Receiver
The receiver is categorized into GPS receiver and GPS/GLONASS receiver.

I. GPS Receiver
There are many types of GPS receivers. The following introduces the one with eight parallel channels. The GPS receiver with eight parallel channels can track eight satellites simultaneously and track the C/A code by receiving L1 band GPS signals. Inside the receiver, the RF signal processor down-converts GPS signals received by the antenna to get intermediate frequency (IF) signals. The processor then converts the IF signals into digital signals and sends them to eight-channel code and carrier correlator, where signal detection, code correlation, carrier tracking and filtering are performed. The processed signals are synchronized and sent to the micro processing unit (MPU). The MPU controls the operational mode of GPS receiver and decoding, processes satellite data, measures pseudo-distance and pseudo-distance increment so as to figure out the position, speed and time. This receiver uses regulated 5 V DC. Its receiving sensitivity is –137 dBm.

4-7

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 4 Antenna Subsystem

II. GPS/GLONASS Receiver
The GPS/GLONASS receiver has 20 receiving channels. It operates in the identical principle with the GPS receiver. By using the cipher code, it can be upgraded from GPS L1 to GPS/GLONASS L1+L2 or other solutions.

4-8

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 5 Power Supply Subsystem

Chapter 5 Power Supply Subsystem
This chapter introduces the structure, power distribution plans, and power supply unit (PSU) of the power supply subsystem.

5.1 Overview of Power Supply Subsystem
The BTS built-in PSU provides +27 VDC power for the BTS, forming the power supply subsystem together with the power distribution, lightning protection, and power monitoring devices. To address different requirements of power supply, –48 VDC and +24 VDC power inputs are supported. The power supply subsystem uses a reliable and flexible power supply solution. For example, the BTS adopts centralized lightning protection and distributed DC power supply solution. The power supply subsystem of each cabinet is an independent system and each PSU has its own built-in monitoring unit. These units are connected on the backplane. They report information to CTRM through the universal monitoring bus and then to the BCKM to implement power management and monitoring. Figure 5-1 shows the structure of the whole power supply subsystem.

-48V Lightning protection power distribution

EMI filter

Load

Monitoring serial port

DC/DC module

DC/DC module

.....

DC/DC module

+27VDC OUT

Figure 5-1 BTS power supply subsystem

5.2 Power Distribution Plans
The BTS power supply subsystem supports the –48 VDC and +24 VDC power input modes.

5-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 5 Power Supply Subsystem

5.2.1 The +24 VDC Power Input Mode
In the +24 VDC power input mode, the EMI filter filters the +24 VDC input power and then sends it to the wiring terminal on the top of the cabinet.

5.2.2 The –48 VDC Power Input Mode
Compared with the +24 VDC input mode, DC/DC power supply units (PSUDC/DCs) are required to convert the –48 VDC power to the +27 VDC power in the –48 VDC power input mode. When –48 VDC power input is adopted, the –48 VDC input power is processed as follows: 1) EMI filter filters the –48 VDC input power and sends it to the wiring terminal on the top of the cabinet top, and then to the power backplane input busbar in the secondary power subrack. 2) PSU converts the –48 VDC input power to the +27 VDC power and outputs it to the output busbar on the backplane of the power subrack and then led to the BTS direct current switch box (BDCS) on the top of the cabinet top through the power cables in the wiring cabling trough. 3) The distribution copper bar in the BDCS distributes +27 VDC power to the various power consumption units that connect to the output terminals of the terminal block. To ensure the normal power supply to of other units of PSUDC/DCs when one PSUDC/DC fails due to over-current, over-current protection device is equipped in the BDCS for each power consumption unit. There are also lightning protection alarm indicator and the –48 VDC power status indicator on the BDCS. When fully configured, the power supply subsystem has three PSUDC/DCs. The output power of these three PSUDC/DCs is the same. They support online insertion and removal. Figure 5-2 shows the overall structure of the power supply subsystem when the –48 VDC power input is used.

5-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station
Switch box

System Pinciple Chapter 5 Power Supply Subsystem

-48VIN
DC/DC

Indicator PCB

GND
DC/DC

...
DC/DC Connection terminal
-48V DC indicator
Lightning protection on the cabinet top

...
PSUDC/DC subrack

PGND
DU Service element
CTRM0 CTRM1 CTRM2 CTRM3 CTRM5

Figure 5-2 Structure of power supply subsystem

5.3 PSUDC/DC
The PSUDC/DC is equipped with mature circuit and excellent protection functions. Its safety specifications are compliant with UL, TUV and CCEE standards. Its electro magnetic compatibility (EMC) performance is compliant with EN55022 and IEC61000-4 standards.

5.3.1 Structure and Principle
PSUDC/DC in the power supply subrack transfers power and signals through the compact-BSC power backplane module (CPBM) at the back of the power supply subrack. PSUDC/DC consists of the DC/DC power conversion part and power monitoring part. The former converts the –48 VDC power to +27 VDC power, and the latter monitors the PSU status and reports alarms. Figure 5-3 shows the structure of the PSUDC/DC.

5-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 5 Power Supply Subsystem

Figure 5-3 Structure of the PSUDC/DC

5.3.2 External Interfaces
Table 5-1 lists the external interfaces of the PSUDC/DC. Table 5-1 PSUDC/DC external interfaces Interface RS485 serial port DB9 interface Description Implements communication with the baseband subsystem. The baud rate is 9600 bps. Connects the upper level equipment and lower level equipment on the bus or serves as a test interface.

5.3.3 Technical Specifications
The following are technical specifications of the PSUDC/DC: Input voltage: –40 VDC to –60 VDC Input under-voltage current-limiting protection point: –36!1 VDC Input under-voltage recovery point: –38!1 VDC Output voltage: +27!0.5 VDC Output voltage range: +25 VDC to +29 VDC Output over-voltage protection point: +30.5!0.5 VDC DC output rated current: 65 A Output current-limiting point: 68.5 A to 71.5 A Rated power: 1800 W Power efficiency: ú85% (in full load)

5-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 5 Power Supply Subsystem

Dimensions: 400 mm (15.75 in.) x 121.9 mm (4.8 in.) x 177.8 mm (7 in.) (Length x Width x Depth)

5-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 6 Environment Monitoring Subsystem

Chapter 6 Environment Monitoring Subsystem
This chapter introduces the environment monitoring subsystem of the BTS3606 and describes the environment alarm chest (EAC) and power inspecting board (PIB) in detail.

6.1 Overview of Environment Monitoring Subsystem
BTS equipment rooms are usually widely distributed and unattended by maintenance engineers. In comparison with switch equipment rooms, BTS equipment rooms have fewer and simpler facilities, and the system operates in poor environment. To ensure the normal operation of BTS, environment monitoring system is required to handle accidents. The environment monitoring subsystem of the BTS consists of EAC, BTS alarm interface, and PIB. The environment monitoring interface of BTS3606 is the EAC interface located at the top of the cabinet. The following sections introduce alarm function of the EAC and the PIB.

6.2 EAC
The EAC collects external environment information. If alarm condition is met, an alarm will be generated and sent to BSC. This section shows the structure of the EAC and introduces its functions.

6.2.1 Structure
Figure 6-1 shows the outlook of the EAC.

6-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 6 Environment Monitoring Subsystem

Figure 6-1 EAC The EAC consists of the host, temperature and humidity sensor, smoke sensor, infrared tube, door status switch, and other sensors. Each sensor connects to the host through cables.

6.2.2 Functions
The EAC provides the following functions: Use the external sensors to monitor in real time the environment parameters such as the temperature, humidity, smoke and illegal access in the equipment room. Provide fire, smoke, temperature, humidity, water immersion alarms and other three types of anti-burglar alarms. When the alarm condition is met, the EAC sends alarm signals to the BTS through the alarm signal cable and drives related protection apparatus such as fire extinguisher, humidifier, dehumidifier or burglar proof device. Allow users to issue commands to the EAC from the control center to modify parameters or to drive protection apparatus.

6.2.3 External Interfaces
Table 6-1 lists the external interfaces of the EAC. Table 6-1 EAC external interfaces Interface 10-channel extended switching value input 6-channel relay 2-channel PWM output Independent 7-channel collector OC gate Description Used for optical and electrical isolation Maximum: 5 A/220 V. Used to drive external actuators 8-bit resolution, with basic clock no greater than 500 kHz Absorption current: 300 mA.

6-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 6 Environment Monitoring Subsystem

Interface RS485 interface

Description Used for the communication with the BCKM of the BTS.

6.3 PIB
As a supplement to the EAC, the PIB monitors the power supply to the BTS. If it cannot detect any mains power input, it will send alarms to the BSC through the BTS. This board can connect to BTS directly or report alarms to the BTS through the EAC.

6.3.1 Outlook
The PIB is installed in a white metal box. Together they form an entity called power inspection module. The dimensions of the box are 224 mm (8.82 in.) x 140 mm (5.51 in.) x 54 mm (2.13 in.) (Length x Width x Depth), and the total weight of the box (including the PIB) is around 2 kg (4.41 lb). Figure 6-2 shows the outlook of the power inspection module.

Figure 6-2 Power inspection module There are three indicators (A, B and C) on the power inspection module. These indicators respectively indicate whether the supply of A-phase, B-phase, and C-phase is normal or not. If the green indicator is on, the power supply is normal. If the green indicator is off, the power supply is faulty.

6-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 6 Environment Monitoring Subsystem

6.3.2 Functions
The PIB provides the following functions: Monitor the mains supply to the BTS. It can detect supply interruption and phase insufficiency of the three-phase power and form a two-channel switching value. If the BTS is powered by the single-phase power, the PIB can detect the status of the single phase (any one of the three phases).

6.3.3 External Interfaces
Table 6-2 lists the external interfaces of the PIB. Table 6-2 PIB external interfaces Interface PIB-BTS interface PIB-EAC interface Description Connects to the extended alarm input on the top of the BTS cabinet through a DB9-DB37 signal cable to provide the alarm function. Connects to the extended alarm input top of the EAC through the signal cable to report the PIB alarm signals as the EAC extended alarm signals.

6-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 7 Lightning Protection and Grounding

Chapter 7 Lightning Protection and Grounding
This chapter introduces the principle and methods of lightning protection and grounding.

7.1 Overview of Lightning Protection and Grounding
Lightning protection and grounding are two importance measures to ensure the personnel safety and the equipment safety.

7.1.1 Lightning Protection
Lightning protection system for communication equipment includes the external lightning protection system and the internal lightning protection system. The external lightning protection system protects the equipment against direct lightning strike, including lightning receivers, lightning down-leading cables and grounding devices. The internal lightning protection system protects the equipment against indirect strike, such as thunder bolt induction, reverse lightning strike, lightning wave intrusion and other lightning strokes that might endanger human beings and the equipment.

7.1.2 Equipment Grounding
The purpose of equipment grounding is to provide the equipment with the capability of protecting against external electromagnetism interference and to ensure the safety of human beings and the equipment. The key of lightning protection is grounding, because a fine grounding system can provide the equipment with a low-impedance lightning electricity discharging channel.

7.2 BTS Lightning Protection Principle
Effective lighting protection measures are taken for each part of the BTS3606 system.

7.2.1 Lightning Protection Principle
The lightning protection measures for telecommunication equipment should observe the following principles:

7-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 7 Lightning Protection and Grounding

Systematic protection: Since communication devices are extensively connected and lightning surge is everywhere, protection only on equipment level or on board level is not enough. The system environment of the sites must be studied seriously to take systematic protection measures. Probability protection: Lightning occurs randomly and lightning protection devices cannot prevent the generation of lightning stokes or suppress all over-voltage and over-current. Although there is small probability of destructive lightning, the cost of protection is considerable. Multi-level protection: It means to protect different electromagnetic environments by level. IEC 61312 divides the equipment premises area into several lightning protection zones: LPZ0A, LPZ0B, LPZ1, and LPZ2, as shown in Figure 7-1.
Antenna
Hole (such as window)
LPZ0A is likely to be attacked by direct lightning, with no attenuation in the electromagnetic field

Power cable

LPZ0B is not likely to be attacked by direct lightning,with no attenuation in the electromagnetic field

Pole or fence

LPZ2 EM field further attenuation
LPZ1 is not likely to be attacked by direct lightning, with no attenuation in the electromagnetic field.

Equipment

Metal (pipe)
Figure 7-1 IEC 61312 division of lightning protection zone

Communication cable

The BTS equipment is usually in LPZ1, and communication cables, power cables and antennae are usually in LPZ0A. Different protection measures are taken in different zones. The multi-level protection requires equipotential connection (equipotential connection means the connection of lightning apparatus, metal devices, foreign conductor, electrical appliances and telecommunication equipment located in the area with conductors or surge protectors) to minimize potential difference between metal parts and the systems. To lower the probability of lightning attack to the BTS, the following three aspects must be considered: Protection system of the room (site) where BTS is located BTS internal lightning protection system

7-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 7 Lightning Protection and Grounding

Cooperation between the above two systems

7.2.2 Lightning Protection for Power supply
The lightning protection of the BTS3606 power supply is implemented through the lightning arrester installed on the top of the cabinet. The BTS power supply subsystem is protected by five levels of measures, as shown in Figure 7-2.
6 kV
Level-1 protection

4 kV
Level-2 protection

2.5 kV
Level-3 protection

1.5 kV
Level-4 protection

3-phase AC . . AC/DC .

Great power-absorbing Considerable Normal power-absorbing capability, slow power-absorbing capability, quick response, at cable inlet capability, normal response, in front of of the room, optional response, at the AC rectifier module distribution point

Low power-absorbing capability, very quick response, in rectifier module

Figure 7-2 Illustration of lightning protection for BTS power supply Level-5 protection device is a built-in integrated lightning arrester on the top of the cabinet. Figure 7-3 is a diagram of the level-5 protection device.

Figure 7-3 Level-5 lightning protection for BTS power supply The following is a detailed introduction to the DC lightning arrester.

7-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 7 Lightning Protection and Grounding

I. Features
The DC lightning arrester offers the following features: Temperature-controlled fusing technology and built-in over-current protection circuit to prevent fire Multiple autonomous current equalization technology used to withstand successive lightning attack Common mode and differential mode protection, and low residual voltage Dual-color working status indication, with remote alarm node Small size and easy installation

II. Input Specifications
The input specifications of the DC lightning arrester are as follows: Input mode: –48 VDC Operating voltage range: –40 VDC to –60 VDC Maximum input current: 30 kA

III. Wiring Scheme
The positive and negative poles of the power cord are connected with the V+ and Vterminals of the lightning arrester. The PE end is connected to the grounding copper bar for lightning protection.

IV. Lightning Protection Specifications
The lightning protection specifications are as follows: Maximum through-flow: 30 kA, once, 8/20 3s surge current wave. Rated through-flow: 5 kA, 5 times for positive and negative each, 8/203s surge current wave. Residual voltage: 250 V

V. Indicator and Alarm Node Indices
When the green indicator is on and the red is off, it means the power input is normal, and the lightning arrester is working normally. If the green indicator is off and the red indicator is on, it means the power input is abnormal, components in the lightning arrester are damaged, protection effect is deteriorated and the device must be replaced immediately. The alarm dry contact is a constantly-closed contact. It is closed when the lightning arrester is normal and it is open when arrester fails. Its regulated current is equal to or less than 1 A.

7-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 7 Lightning Protection and Grounding

VI. Dimensions of the Lightning Arrester
41 mm (1.61 in.) x 95 mm (3.74 in.) x 59 mm (2.32 in.) (Length x Width x Height)

7.2.3 Lightning Protection for Trunk Cables
Three kinds of trunk cables are supported in BTS: 75 Ω coaxial cable (E1) 120 Ω twisted pair (E1) 100 Ω twisted pair (T1) The BESP on top of the cabinet provides lightning protection for these trunk cables.

I. Connection of Trunk Cables to BTS
Figure 7-4 shows how to connect the trunk cables with the BTS.
75/120/100Ω BTS

75/120/100Ω

BESP Transmission equipment BCIM

Grounding bar of the room

Figure 7-4 Connection of trunk cables to BTS

II. Introduction to BESP
The E1/T1 interfaces of BTS are protected by a BESP on the top of the cabinet. In consideration of the limited space and for the convenience of installation, two identical BESPs are used. Each has eight pairs (16 PCS) of E1/T1 lightning protection units, 1 DB37 connector and 2 DB25 connectors, as shown in Figure 7-5.

7-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 7 Lightning Protection and Grounding
6mm

Into the cabinet (8 pairs of E1/T1)

DB25

5mm

Out from the cabinet (4 pairs of E1/T1)

128mm

DB37

16 E1/T1 lightning protection units

10mm

DB25

Fixing holeФ 3.5

Out from the cabinet (4 pairs of E1/T1)

PGNDФ 10

6mm

128mm

Figure 7-5 Structure of the BESP The E1/T1 lightning protection unit has two lead-in lines connected with DB25, two lead-out lines connected with DB37, and one PGND. The PGNDs of all lightning protection units can be interconnected. DB37 are male connectors and DB25 are female connectors, connecting eight pairs of shielded E1/T1 cables. 75Ω, 100Ω and 120Ω impedance match is provided by the cables. Figure 7-6 is the line diagram of the E1/T1 lightning protection unit.

7-6

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station
Core

System Pinciple Chapter 7 Lightning Protection and Grounding

Lead in
DB25

Lead out
DB37

Sheath

PGND

Figure 7-6 E1/T1 lightning protection unit

7.2.4 Lightning Protection for Antenna System
The RF equipment of the BTS must be placed within the protection range of the lightning rod. It is the precondition of the lightning protection design.

I. Lightning Protection for RF Antenna System
The lightning protection for the RF antenna port is to protect against secondary lightning attack (the inductive lightning). Inductive lightning means that the feeder receives inductive current at the moment of lightning attack, which may cause damage to the equipment. Inductive lightning can be prevented in three ways: The feeder is grounded at least at three points. In practice, the number of grounding points depends on the length of the feeder. For BTS working at 450 MHz band or 800 MHz band, the RF antenna and feeder part and CDDU are grounded through an internal path. The lightning current induced by the antenna and feeder can be directly discharged to the ground through the grounding point. Besides, the CDDU itself features strong protection capability against lightning current, and can meet the normal protection requirements without adding lightning protector. For BTS working at 1900 MHz band, tower mounted amplifier (TMA) may be needed. In this case, the BTS needs to supply power to the TMA through the DDU, so lightning arresters are needed at BTS side.

II. Lighting Protection for GPS/GLONASS Synchronization Antenna
GPS/GLONASS synchronization antenna is protected against the lightning strike in the following ways:

7-7

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 7 Lightning Protection and Grounding

Grounding of feeder at three points: In practice, the number of grounding points depends on the length of the feeder. External lightning protector: In normal condition, a lightning arrester is connected at BTS side so as to avoid the possible damage to the BTS equipment caused by the lightning current induced by feeder.

7.2.5 Lighting Protection for Serial Port
The lighting protection for serial port is implemented through the CSLM on the top of the cabinet. When a surge occurs to the alarm box and the external clock interface, signals are sent to the CSLM through serial port cable for processing. Thus the surge current is discharged.

7.3 Grounding of BTS Equipment
Effective grounding measures are taken for each part of the BTS3606 system.

7.3.1 Internal Grounding of Cabinet
The following lists measures for internal grounding of cabinet. Install grounding terminals at the cable outlet port, the bottom and the door of the cabinet. Install busbars in the main cabinet, with common grounding cables. All equipment connects to the grounding system of the cabinet using the grounding cables. Ensure that various metal components of the BTS3606 are of high electric conductivity and no insulation paint is applied to the connection points of metal components. Connect metal shells of the subracks, power distribution unit, and PSU to the metal mechanical parts in the cabinet.

7.3.2 External Grounding of Cabinet
The following lists measures for external grounding of the cabinet. Connect the protection grounding (PGND) cable from the PGND of BTS3606 to the nearest grounding copper bar of the equipment room. If the cabling rack is used for installation, connect both ends of the cabling rack to the ground with separate grounding cables to discharge surplus electric charge caused by lightning strike or electric power induction.

7-8

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 7 Lightning Protection and Grounding

7.3.3 Grounding of AC Lightning Arrester
The AC lightning arrester is grounded by connecting its PE end to the grounding protection copper bar.

7.3.4 Grounding of Trunk Cables
The trunk cables are grounded through BESP. The coaxial cables are grounded, while the twisted pairs are not.

7-9

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 8 BTS Signal Flows

Chapter 8 BTS Signal Flows
This chapter introduces the composition of the BTS signal flows and describes each signal flow in detail when the BTS3606 operates in single-channel mode in a CDMA2000 1X network.

8.1 Overview of BTS Signal Flows
BTS signals include: Abis traffic signal Abis signaling Operation&maintenance (O&M) signal Clock signal Local man-machine interface (MMI) signal These signals form various flows in the transmission from the Abis interface to the Um interface, as shown in Figure 8-1. The flows are identified by different colors.

Note: The radio frequency (RF) signal flow varies with the BTS configurations. Figure 8-1 shows the signal flow in the configuration of S (2/2/2).

8.1.1 Abis Signal
The Abis traffic signals, Abis signaling, and O&M signals are adapted and carried through asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) protocols. At different interfaces, the physical links used as ATM links are different. At the Abis interface, the physical link is E1/T1 link. Between the baseband processing boards, the physical links are cell buses. The baseband signals (including the Abis traffic signals, Abis signaling, and O&M signals) are processed by the CTRM and converted into RF signals before the transmission. In the reverse direction, the CTRM receives RF signals and converts them into baseband signals.

8.1.2 Clock Signal
As a synchronization system, the CDMA2000 1X needs a precise clock reference for synchronization.
8-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 8 BTS Signal Flows

Figure 8-1 shows that satellite synchronization signals serve as the clock reference.

8.1.3 Local MMI Signal
The BTS provides an interface for local maintenance, through which you can operate and maintain the BTS by using MMI commands. The local MMI signal is a kind of O&M signal from the local maintenance terminal (compared with the signal coming from a remote terminal through the BSC). Hence, it is not introduced separately.

8-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 8 BTS Signal Flows

CellBus

CCPM C T R M CHPA
MR1 DR1 MR0 DR1 MR0 MR1

CDDU

Antenna & Feeder

E1/T1 CellBus Abis traffic BSC BAM Abis signaling OAM 25MHz OMU MMI CLK 1PPS, UTC CCPM 2S, 25MHz 16×1.228MHz 2S 10MHz CCPM BCKM CCPM Circuit Interface

...

BCIM

MC

C T R M

CHPA

...

...

...
CDDU

C T R M C T R M

CHPA
MR1 DR1 MR0 DR1 MR0 MR1

Antenna & Feeder

CHPA

Satellite Receiver Antenna & Feeder

Clock Signal RF singal Abis traffic signal Abis signaling signal OAM Signal

Figure 8-1 BTS signal flows

8-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 8 BTS Signal Flows

8.2 Abis Traffic Signal Flow
The Abis traffic signal is carried by Fundamental channel (FCH) Supplemental channel (SCH) Dedicated control channel (DCCH). The FCH/DCCH carries voice traffic and in-band signaling, while the SCH carries data traffic. The following introduces the signal flow in the forward and reverse directions respectively.

8.2.1 Forward Traffic Signal Flow
In the forward direction, the traffic signals are processed as follows: 1) 2) 3) The ATM cells from the BSC are carried by the E1/T1 links and sent to the BCIM. The BCIM processes the ATM cells through the IMA, and then under the control of the BCKM sends the signal to the CCPM through the cell bus. The CCPM processes channels, covering coding, interleaving, spreading, modulating, and multiplexing. After the processing, the baseband signals carrying the Abis traffic (received over the FCH, SCH, and DCCH) from the BCIM are sent to the related CTRM. 4) 5) The CTRM performs demultiplexing, up-conversion and filtering on the received baseband signals, and sends them to the CHPA. The CHPA amplifies the signals and forwards them to the CDDU, which transmits the signals through the antenna and feeder system.

8.2.2 Reverse Traffic Signal Flow
In the reverse direction, the signals are processed as follows: 1) 2) 3) Through the main and diversity antennas, the CDDU receives two CDMA signals transmitted from the MS. Then it sends the signals to the CTRM. The CTRM performs filtering, down-conversion and multiplexing on the main and diversity signals, and sends them to the CCPM. The CCPM processes channels, covering demultiplexing, demodulating, de-interleaving, and decoding. Then, under the control of the BCKM, the baseband signals carrying the Abis traffic (received over the FCH, SCH and DCCH), are sent to the BCIM through the cell bus in the form of ATM cells. 4) The BCIM processes the ATM cells through the IMA, and then sends them to the BSC over the E1/T1 link.

8-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 8 BTS Signal Flows

8.3 Abis Signaling Flow
The Abis signaling is carried by the access channel (ACH) and the paging channel (PCH). These messages are called out-of-band signaling (relative to the in-band signaling in the Abis traffic). The following introduces the flow in the forward and the reverse directions respectively.

8.3.1 Forward Signaling Flow
In the forward direction, the signaling is processed as follows: 1) The ATM cells from the BSC are carried by the E1/T1 links to the BCIM. The BCIM processes the ATM cells through the IMA, and then the main control unit (MCU) of the BCKM processes and sends them to the CCPM through the cell bus. 2) The CCPM processes channels, covering coding, interleaving, spreading, modulating and multiplexing. After the processing, the baseband signals carrying the Abis traffic (received over the PCH) from the BCIM are sent to the related CTRM. 3) 4) The CTRM performs demultiplexing, up-conversion and filtering on the received baseband signals, and sends them to the CHPA. The CHPA amplifies the signals and forwards them to the CDDU, which transmits the signals through the antenna and feeder system.

8.3.2 Reverse Signaling Flow
In the reverse direction, the signaling is processed as follows: 1) 2) 3) Through the main and diversity antennas, the CDDU receives two CDMA signals transmitted from the MS. Then it sends the signals to the CTRM. The CTRM performs filtering, down-conversion and multiplexing on the main and diversity signals, and sends them to the CCPM. The CCPM processes channels, covering demultiplexing, demodulating, de-interleaving, and decoding. Then under the control of the BCKM, the baseband signals carrying the Abis traffic (received over the ACH) are sent to the BCIM through the cell bus in the form of ATM cells. 4) The BCIM processes the ATM cells through the IMA, and then sends them to the BSC over the E1/T1 link.

8.4 O&M Signal Flow
The operations and maintenance over the BTS, originated either from the remote BAM or from the local maintenance terminal, are implemented by the operation & maintenance unit (OMU) on the BCKM. For the direction of the signal flow, see Figure 8-1.

8-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 8 BTS Signal Flows

8.5 Clock Signal Flow
The BCKM receives satellite signals and 1PPS signals through the GPS/GLONASS synchronization antenna. The BCKM uses the 1PPS signals as its reference source. The CLK unit processes these signals to generate the 10 MHz clock, the 2S, and the 16Fc clock (19.6608 MHz) required by the CCPM. The BCKM also synthesizes the 2S and the 10 MHz signals required by the test devices. The following provides the detailed description of clock signal flows: The BCIM obtains the 25 MHz clock signals from the clock bus. Although the BCKM provides the BCIM with the 2S and 16 Fc clock signals, the BCIM does not use them. Instead, the BCIM uses the clock signals generated by the internal oscillator and in turn provides these clock signals to major chips. The CCPM obtains the 2S signals, 25 MHz signals, and 16Fc signals from the clock bus. The BCPM processes the 16Fc signals to generate the 32Fc and 50Fc signals. The 32Fc signals are further processed to generate the 16Fc signals, and the 2S signals are processed to generate the 2S signals required by CSM5000. The CTRM obtains the 10 MHz clock signals from the BCKM through clock cables. These signals are processed by clock units of the CTRM to generate other clock signals that the CTRM needs. The soft site obtains the 1Fc signals from optical fibers connected with the CCPM while the ODU3601C soft site is cascaded, and then converts them to 100Fc signals for the ODU3601C.

8-6

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 9 BTS Configuration

Chapter 9 BTS Configuration
This chapter details the configuration of each part of the BTS3606 based on the introduction to physical structure of the BTS3606 in Chapter 1, “Overall Structure”.

9.1 Configuration Principle
To configure the BTS3606, you need to observe the following rules listed in the order of precedence. 1) 2) 3) Use minimum trunk cables. Use minimum antennas. Use minimum CDDUs.

9.2 Cabinet Configuration
The BTS3606 cabinet configuration covers: Configuration of baseband boards Configuration RF modules Configuration of power modules

9.2.1 Configuration of Baseband Boards
The baseband boards include BCIM, CCPM/CECM, BCKM, and HPCM (optional). They are inserted into the upper and lower parts of the baseband subrack, performing the functions of interface, control, clock and baseband processing. Figure 9-1 shows the fully-equipped baseband subrack without HPCM.

9-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 9 BTS Configuration

4 C E M

2 C E M

0 C E M

0 B C K M (1)

0 B C I M (2) (3)

C E M

C

C

E E M M

B C K M 1

5

3

1

(1) Connection part between the upper and the lower subracks (2) Baseband boards (3) Slot numbers

Figure 9-1 Fully-equipped baseband subrack

I. BCIM
The BCIM provides the interface between the BTS and the BSC. Each BCIM supports eight E1/T1 interfaces at most. When the BTS3606 is configured with one BCIM (fully configured), the BCIM provides the physical interface to the BSC in the form of load sharing. The maximum of eight E1/T1 links are provided. In practice, you can configure the BCIM according to the capacity requirements and service types. For the configuration of BCIM links, refer to the following typical data: For S(1/1/1) BTS, configure one E1/T1. For S(2/2/2) BTS, configure two E1/T1s. The above data is given for the CDMA 1X system. For the IS95 system, the above quantity can be reduced by half. When the transmission resource is limited, you can deploy the fractional ATM networking function of the BCIM to configure specific timeslot in a specific E1/T1 system to the BTS.

II. CCPM
The compact-BTS channel process module (CCPM) in the BTS3606 system processes channels to the reverse traffic and the forward traffic. Its functions include multiplexing and de-multiplexing, modulating and demodulating, coding and decoding,

9-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 9 BTS Configuration

and interleaving and de-interleaving. There are three slots for the CCPM in the upper subrack and the lower subrack respectively. The CCPM includes two types. One has two optical interfaces, while the other has no optical interface. If the BTS3606 shall be cascaded with ODU3601C, you should use the CCPM with optical interfaces and single-mode optical fibers. The CCPM covers type-A CCPM and type-B CCPM in view of the processing capability. The type-A CCPM can process 64 (two chips) reverse channels and 128 forward channels. The type-B CCPM can process 128 (four chips) reverse channels and 256 forward channels. You should configure the CCPMs according to the channel processing capability required by the system. Table 9-1 lists the typical configuration of CCPM. Table 9-1 Typical configuration of CCPM BTS configuration O(1) O(2) S(1/1) S(1/1/1) S(2/2/2) Number of type-A CCPM 1 2 1 2 4 Number of type-B CCPM (recommended for three-sector configurations) Not recommended Not recommended Not recommended 1 2

Caution: The above configurations are given for the CDMA 1X system. For the IS95 configuration, the quantity should be reduced by half. For three-sector configurations such as S(1/1/1) and S(2/2/2), type-B CCPMs are recommended.

In general, redundancy is unnecessary. If a CCPM fails, the system automatically shields it. In this case, the system capacity decreases, but the operation goes on without any interruption. Whether the redundancy configuration is necessary depends on users’ requirements.

III. CECM
You must configure the CECM when the BTS support CDMA2000 1xEV-DO. The CECM resides in the slot of the CCPM. Configure the CECM according to the channel
9-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 9 BTS Configuration

processing capability and the quantity of the CTRMs. You can configure a maximum of six CECMs. Similar to the CCPM, The CECM can be divided into two types. One is with two optical interfaces, and the other is without optical interfaces. If you want to cascade the BTS3606A with the ODU3601C, you must use the CECM with optical interfaces, and the optical fibers deployed must be single-mode ones. The CECM can process 24 to 96 reverse channels and 192 forward channels.

IV. BCKM
One BTS can be configured with at most two BCKMs which operate in the active-standby mode. When the active BCKM goes faulty, the standby BCKM becomes the active status automatically.

Caution: There are two types of BCKMs: GPS BCKM and GPS/GLONASS BCKM. The latter is more expensive. The selection of the BCKM varies with the actual requirements. But it should be consistent with the satellite antenna and feeder system. Each BCKM supports one set of independent satellite antenna and feeder system. Hence, during the backup of the BCKM, you should backup the relevant antenna and feeder information simultaneously.

V. HPCM
The HPCM is optional. If the BTS is required to maintain the clock signal as long as 24 hours when the BTS cannot lock the satellite synchronization clock signal, you need to configure the HPCM. In this case, you need to configure only one BCKM at the upper part of the BCKM slot and the HPCM at the lower part.

9.2.2 Configuration of RF Modules
You can configure the RF modules in the single-channel or multi-channel mode: Single-channel mode: RF modules include CTRM, CHPA, and CDDU. Multi-channel mode: RF modules include CMTR, CMPA, and CDDU. Figure 9-2 shows the full-configured single-channel RF modules.

9-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 9 BTS Configuration

C D D U

C D D U Cable trough

C D D U

C H P A

C T R M

C H P A

C T R M

C H P A

C T R M

Cable trough C H P A C T R M C H P A C T R M C H P A C T R M

Figure 9-2 Fully-equipped RF modules

I. CTRM/CHPA
One CTRM and one CHPA forms one carrier unit. A single cabinet can be configured with at most six carrier units, three for the upper RF module and three for the lower one.

II. CDDU
Each CDDU supports two sector carriers. That is, it supports the O(2) or S(2/2/2) configuration without requirements on the carrier spacing. A single cabinet can be configured with at most three CDDUs. You should configure the CTRMs and CHPAs corresponding with the CDDU from bottom to up and from left to right, as shown in Figure 9-2.

Note: The BTS3606 supports O(1), O(2), S(1/1), S(1/1/1) and S(2/2/2) configurations. For the configuration methods of the CTRM/CHPA and the CDDU, see section 4.2.3, "Installing RF Cables Connected to the Front of CDDU" in the "Cabinet Equipment Installation" module of Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station Installation Manual.

9-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 9 BTS Configuration

9.2.3 Configuration of PSUs
The PSUDC/DC subrack can be fully configured with three power modules, as shown in Figure 9-3.

PSU

PSU

PSU

Figure 9-3 PSUDC/DC subrack in full configuration The PSUDC/DC subrack implements DC/DC conversion from –48 V DC to +27 V DC. The Power Supply Units (PSUs) are configured in the N+1 backup mode. The number of the PSUs varies with the number of sector carriers. If the number of sector carriers is equal to or less than three, you should configure two (1+1) PSUs. If the number of sector carriers is three to six, three PSUs shall be configured.

9.3 Configuration of Antennas
The configuration of antennas involves the configuration of: RF antennas Satellite synchronization antennas

9.3.1 RF Antennas
This section only gives the general guide to the antenna configuration. In practice, you shall select the antenna according to the actual network planning scheme of the office. The general guide is as follows: For the omni cell, select omni antennas. For the directional cell, select directional bi-polarization or uni-polarization antenna. For large coverage area, select the antenna with greater gain (for omni cell or directional cell). As for the directional cell, try to select the bi-polarization antenna to facilitate the construction. During the antenna configuration, use the directional antenna or the omni antenna as per the section design in the network planning. As for the omni cell, use two omni uni-polarization antennas which operate in transceiving duplexing mode.

9-6

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 9 BTS Configuration

9.3.2 GPS/GLONASS Synchronization Antennas
Normally, one BTS3606 is configured with one set of GPS/GLONASS synchronization antenna. If it is necessary to improve system reliability, you can configure two BCKMs for the BTS3606. In this case, you must configure one set of satellite synchronization antenna for each BCKM. If one of the two satellite synchronization antennas fails, switchover happens and the standby BCKM serves as the active one. Then, the other set of antenna is responsible for receiving the synchronization signals

9.4 Networking Configuration
The BTS3606 supports star networking, chain networking and tree networking. In addition, it also supports fractional ATM networking and cascading with ODC3601Cs. These networking modes are usually used together in practice. The proper utilization of different networking modes can ensure the Quality of Service (QoS) and save the investment on the transmission equipment.

9.4.1 Star Networking
The following details star networking.

I. Application Scope
Star networking is widely used, especially in the densely populated urban area. Figure 9-4 shows a star networking diagram.
BTS

BTS E1/T1 BSC E1/T1 BTS

E1/T1

Figure 9-4 BTS star networking

9-7

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 9 BTS Configuration

II. Advantage
In the star networking mode, each BTS is directly connected with the BSC through E1/T1 trunk cables. The simple networking facilitates the maintenance and construction. Because the signals go through a few sections of links, the line is more reliable and future expansion is easier.

III. Disadvantage
Compared with other networking modes, star networking requires the largest number of transmission lines.

IV. Implementation
The internal network of Huawei CDMA BSS is built on the fractional ATM platform. The logic links of Abis interface, such as traffic link and signaling link, are carried by ATM links, which are carried by E1/T1 links in IMA mode or UNI mode. Star networking means that the BTS is connected with the BSC through independent E1/T1 links.

9.4.2 Chain Networking
The following details chain networking.

I. Application Scope
Figure 9-5 shows a chain networking diagram. Chain networking is applicable to sparsely populated stripe areas, for example, along the highways and railways.
BTS BSC E1/T1 E1/T1 E1/T1 BTS BTS

Figure 9-5 BTS chain networking

II. Advantage
The adoption of the chain networking mode can reduce the cost on transmission equipment, engineering construction, and the lease of transmission links.

III. Disadvantage
As the signals go through more nodes in the chain networking mode, the line reliability is poor. The failure of the upper-level BTS may affect the normal operation of the lower-level BTS.
9-8

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 9 BTS Configuration

A maximum of three-level cascading is allowable. That is, the nodes cascaded should not exceed 3.

IV. Implementation
Chain networking is realized through the transmission trunk function of the BTS. The transmission trunk is essentially virtual path (VP) switching. One BTS can be configured with at most ten E1/T1 trunk links.

Note: ATM switching covers two types: VP switching and virtual channel (VC) switching. In the VP switching process, only the value of VPI is changed, while the value of VCI is transmitted transparently. In the VC switching process, values of both VPI and VCI are changed. The VP is equivalent to a large channel, while the VC a small one.

During the configuration of a BTS trunk link, it is necessary to properly configure the forward/reverse BCIM No., the forward/reverse link set No., and the forward/reverse VP No.

9.4.3 Tree Networking
The following details tree networking.

I. Application Scope
Tree networking mode is applicable to the area where network structure, site and subscriber distribution are complicated, such as the area where different types of subscribers are unevenly distributed. Figure 9-6 shows a tree networking diagram.

9-9

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station
BTS BTS

System Pinciple Chapter 9 BTS Configuration

E1/T1 BSC E1/T1

BTS E1/T1 E1/T1 BTS E1/T1

BTS

Figure 9-6 BTS tree networking

II. Advantage
Compared with the star networking mode, tree networking needs less transmission lines.

III. Disadvantage
In this mode, because signals go through too many nodes, the line reliability is low, and construction and maintenance are difficult. The failure of the upper-level BTS may affect the normal operation of the lower-level BTS. Inconvenient expansion may cause substantial network reconstruction. The cascaded BTSs should not exceed three levels, that is, the tree should not exceed three layers.

IV. Implementation
The tree networking is in fact one application of the chain networking. For example, the first-level BTS can be configured with multiple trunk links. These trunk links can be allocated to each of the lower-level BTSs (note that these BTSs do not share the same trunk lines). The lower-level BTS can in turn allocate the trunk links to its own lower-level BTSs. In this way, a tree network comes into being.

9.4.4 Fractional ATM Networking
The following details fractional ATM networking.

I. Application Scope
When the transmission resource is rather limited and the BTS capacity is not large, the BTS3606 supports the fractional ATM networking. That is, the BTS only uses specific timeslots in one or more E1/T1 links.
9-10

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 9 BTS Configuration

Fractional ATM networking is similar to the tree networking. It adopts only part of the timeslots of E1/T1 links.

II. Advantage
The use of this mode can fully and flexibly utilize the transmission resource and thus reduce the related cost.

III. Disadvantage
As the transmission resource is limited, the capacity of the BTS cannot be too large. If the actual BTS capacity is more than what the transmission resource can support, the call completion rate will be affected. The failure of the upper-level BTS may affect the normal operation of the lower-level BTS. Inconvenient expansion may cause substantial network reconstruction.

IV. Implementation
The BTS3606 can use the timeslot cross-connection function of the BCIM to implement the fractional ATM networking without the support of external equipment. In practice, the timeslot cross-connection should be added to the upper-level BTS, while the E1/T1 timeslots should be specified for the lower-level BTS by adding the E1/T1 fractional ATM transmission link to this BTS.

9.4.5 Cascading with ODU3601Cs
The following details the connection between the BTS3606 and ODU3601C.

I. Application Scope
The ODU3601C is an outdoor SoftSite. By connecting ODU3601C, the BTS3606 can cover different places including the indoors, underground, highways, and railways.

II. Advantage
The satellite synchronization antenna and feeder is spared, which saves the investment. This networking mode is applicable in the areas like the metro where it is not easy to install the satellite synchronization antenna and feeder. Compared with the repeater, the ODU3601C supports the centralized management of the upper-level BTS. This facilitates the network planning.

III. Disadvantage
The failure of the upper-level BTS may affect the normal operation of the lower-level BTS.

9-11

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 9 BTS Configuration

IV. Implementation
The CCPM can connect to the ODU3601C using single-mode optical fiber. ODU3601C can be configured either into a certain sector of the master BTS, or as an independent cell.

9.5 Configuration of Auxiliary Equipment
The BTS3606 is an indoor BTS. It requires the support of the environment monitoring instrument and digital distribution frame (DDF).

9.5.1 Environment Monitoring Instrument
The environment monitoring instrument monitors the humidity, the temperature, and the smoke in the equipment room, collects related parameters and generates relevant alarms.

9.5.2 DDF
The DDF serves as distribution connection equipment between digital multiplexing equipment, and between SPC exchange or non-voice traffic equipment and the digital multiplexing equipment. At present, there are two types of DDFs: 75 connect to 75 75 120 and 120 DDF and 120 DDF. They respectively trunk cables. They support the following transmission rate:

DDF: 2 Mbit/s, 8 Mbit/s, 34 Mbit/s, 45 Mbit/s, 140 Mbit/s, and 155 Mbit/s DDF: 2 Mbit/s

9.6 Typical Configuration
Table 9-2 lists typical configurations of the BTS3606. Table 9-2 BTS3606 typical configurations Mode Single-channel Multi-channel Working bands 450MHz, 800MHz, and 1900MHz 800MHz and 1900MHz Typical configuration O(1), O(2), S(1/1/1), and S(2/2/2) O(1), O(2), O(3), O(4), O(5), O(6), S(1/1/1), S(2/2/2), S(3/3/3), S(4/4/4), S(5/5/5), and S(6/6/6)

The typical configurations in the multi-channel mode are introduced in the later versions. This section introduces two common typical configurations in the single-channel mode.

9-12

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 9 BTS Configuration

9.6.1 O(1) Configuration
In the O(1) configuration, the BTS3606 is equipped with the following parts: Baseband boards: One BCKM, one BCIM, and CCPM (configured according to the actual requirement) PSUs: Two to three PSUs RF antennas: One uni-polarization directional antenna for each sector RF modules: One CTRM, one CHPA, and one CDDU Figure 9-7 shows the configuration of the RF module.

Sector A
CDDU TX1 TX2 RX1 RX2

Sector B

Sector C

CHPA PAout

CTRM DRI MRI MRO

PAin

TX2 TX1

Figure 9-7 O(1) RF module configuration

9.6.2 S(2/2/2) Configuration
In the S(2/2/2) configuration, the BTS3606 is equipped with the following parts: Baseband boards: One BCIM, one BCKM, and CCPM (configured according to the actual requirement) PSUs: Three PSUs RF antennas: Two uni-polarization directional antennas or one bi-polarization directional antenna for each sector RF modules: Six CTRMs, six CHPAs, and three CDDUs Figure 9-8 shows the configuration of the RF module.

9-13

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Chapter 9 BTS Configuration

Sector A
CDDU TX1 RX1 RX2

Sector B
CDDU TX1 TX2 RX1 RX2

Sector C
CDDU TX1 RX1 RX2

TX2

TX2

CHPA PAout

CTRM DRI MRI MRO

CHPA PAout

CTRM DRI MRI MRO

CHPA PAout

CTRM DRI MRI MRO

PAin

TX2 TX1 CTRM DRI MRI MRO PAin

TX2 TX1 CTRM DRI MRI MRO

PAin

TX2 TX1 CTRM DRI MRI MRO

CHPA PAout

CHPA PAout

CHPA PAout

PAin

TX2 TX1 PAin

TX2 TX1

PAin

TX2 TX1

Figure 9-8 S(2/2/2) RF module configuration

Caution: When the BTS3606 adopts S(2/2/2) configuration and cascades with ODU3601Cs, the additional CCPM with optical interface should be configured.

9-14

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter
The technical specifications of BTS receivers and transmitters comply with or surpass all the performance requirements defined in the IS-97-D Recommended Minimum Performance Standards for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Base Stations.

A.1 Introduction to Band Class
The base station receive CDMA frequency assignments are associated on a one-to-one basis with transmit CDMA frequency assignments. Each CDMA frequency assignment must be conducted within the specified band class. The base station shall support at least one of the preferred CDMA channels for each band class supported. Band classes defined in IS-97-D protocol include: Band class 0 (800 MHz band) Band class 1 (1900 MHz band) Band class 2 (TACS band) Band class 3 (JTACS band) Band class 3 (Korean PCS band) Band class 5 (450 MHz band) Band class 6 (2 GHz band) Band class 7 (700 MHz band) Band class 8 (1800 MHz band) Band class 9 (900 MHz band) This chapter focuses on the 800 MHz band, 1900 MHz band, 450 MHz, and 2 GHz band.

A.1.1 800 MHz Band
Table A-1 CDMA channel number to CDMA frequency assignment correspondence for band class 0 Transmitter Mobile Station CDMA channel number 1 ≤ N ≤ 799 991 ≤ N ≤ 1023 1 ≤ N ≤ 799 991 ≤ N ≤ 1023 CDMA frequency assignment (MHz) 0.030 N + 825.000 0.030 (N-1023) + 825.000 0.030 N + 870.000 0.030 (N-1023) + 870.000

Base Station

A-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

Table A-2 CDMA channel numbers and corresponding frequencies for band class 0 and spreading rate 1 Band subclass System designator A" (1 MHz) A (10 MHz) B (10 MHz) A' (1.5 MHz) B' (2.5 MHz) A" (1 MHz) A (10 MHz) 1 B (10 MHz) A' (1.5 MHz) A''' (2.5 MHz) CDMA channel validity Not valid Valid Valid Not valid Not valid Valid Not valid Not valid Valid Not valid Not valid Valid Not valid Not valid Valid Valid Not valid Not valid Valid Not valid Not valid Valid Valid Not valid CDMA channel number 991−1012 1013−1023 1−311 312−333 334−355 356−644 645−666 667−688 689−694 695−716 717−738 739−777 778−799 991−1012 1013−1023 1−311 312−333 334−355 356−644 645−666 667−688 689−716 717−779 780−799 Transmit frequency band (MHz) Mobile station 824.040−824.670 824.700−825.000 825.030−834.330 834.360−834.990 835.020−835.650 835.680−844.320 844.350−844.980 845.010−845.640 845.670−845.820 845.850−846.480 846.510−847.140 847.170−848.310 848.340−848.970 824.040−824.670 824.700−825.000 825.030−834.330 834.360−834.990 835.020−835.650 835.680−844.320 844.350−844.980 845.010−845.640 845.670−846.480 846.510−848.370 848.400−848.970 Base station 869.040−869.670 869.700−870.000 870.030−879.330 879.360−879.990 880.020−880.650 880.680−889.320 889.350−889.980 890.010−890.640 890.670−890.820 890.850−891.480 891.510−892.140 892.170−893.310 893.340−893.970 869.040−869.670 869.700−870.000 870.030−879.330 879.360−879.990 880.020−880.650 880.680−889.320 889.350−889.980 890.010−890.640 890.670−891.480 891.510−893.370 893.400−893.970

0

Table A-3 CDMA preferred set of frequency assignments for band class 0 Band subclass System designator A 0 Spreading rate 1 3 B 1 3 Preferred set channel numbers 283 (Primary) and 691 (Secondary) 37, 78, 119, 160, 201, 242 384 (Primary) and 777 (Secondary) 425, 466, 507, 548, 589

A-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

Band subclass

System designator A

Spreading rate 1 3

Preferred set channel numbers 779 (Primary) and 738 (Secondary) 37, 78, 119, 160, 201, 242, 738 486 (Primary) and 568 (Secondary) 404, 445, 486, 527, 568

1

B

1 3

A.1.2 1900 MHz Band
Table A-4 CDMA channel number to CDMA frequency assignment correspondence for band class 1 Transmitter Mobile station Base station CDMA channel number 0 ≤ N ≤ 1199 0 ≤ N ≤ 1199 Center frequency for CDMA channel (MHz) 1850.000 + 0.050 N 1930.000 + 0.050 N

Table A-5 CDMA channel numbers and corresponding frequencies for band class 1 and spreading rate 1 System designat or A (15 MHz) D (5 MHz) B (15 MHz) E (5 MHz) F (5 MHz) C (15 MHz) CDMA channel validity Not valid Valid Conditionally valid Conditionally valid Valid Conditionally valid Conditionally valid Valid Conditionally valid Conditionally valid Valid Conditionally valid Conditionally valid Valid Conditionally valid Conditionally valid Valid Not valid CDMA channel number 0–24 25–275 276–299 300–324 325–375 376–399 400–424 425–675 676–699 700–724 725–775 776–799 800–824 825–875 876–899 900–924 925–1175 1176–1199 Transmit frequency band (MHz) Mobile Station 1850.000–1851.200 1851.250–1863.750 1863.800–1864.950 1865.000–1866.200 1866.250–1868.750 1868.800–1869.950 1870.000–1871.200 1871.250–1883.750 1883.800–1884.950 1885.000–1886.200 1886.250–1888.750 1888.800–1889.950 1890.000–1891.200 1891.250–1893.750 1893.800–1894.950 1895.000–1896.200 1896.250–1908.750 1908.800–1909.950 Base Station 1930.000–1931.200 1931.250–1943.750 1943.800–1944.950 1945.000–1946.200 1946.250–1948.750 1948.800–1949.950 1950.000–1951.200 1951.250–1963.750 1963.800–1964.950 1965.000–1966.200 1966.250–1968.750 1968.800–1969.950 1970.000–1971.200 1971.250–1973.750 1973.800–1974.950 1975.000–1976.200 1976.250–1988.750 1988.800–1989.950

A-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

Table A-6 CDMA preferred set of frequency assignments for band class 1 Block designator A Spreading rate 1 3 D 1 3 B 1 3 E 1 3 F 1 3 C 1 3 Preferred set channel numbers 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 275 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250 325, 350, 375 350 425, 450, 475, 500, 525, 550, 575, 600, 625, 650, 675 450, 475, 500, 525, 550, 575, 600, 625, 650 725, 750, 775 750 825, 850, 875 850 925, 950, 975, 1000, 1025, 1050, 1075, 1100, 1125, 1150, 1175 950, 975, 1000, 1025, 1050, 1075, 1100, 1125, 1150

A.1.3 450 MHz Band
Table A-7 CDMA channel number to CDMA frequency assignment correspondence for band class 5 Transmitter CDMA channel number 1 ≤ N ≤ 300 Mobile station 539 ≤ N ≤ 871 1039 ≤ N ≤ 1473 1792 ≤ N ≤ 2016 1 ≤ N ≤ 300 Base Station 539 ≤ N ≤ 871 1039 ≤ N ≤ 1473 1792 ≤ N ≤ 2016 CDMA frequency assignment (MHz) 0.025 (N-1) + 450.000 0.025 (N-512) + 411.000 0.020 (N-1024) + 451.010 0.020 (N-1792) + 479.000 0.025 (N-1) + 460.000 0.025 (N-512) + 421.000 0.020 (N-1024) + 461.010 0.020 (N-1792) + 489.000

A-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

Table A-8 CDMA channel numbers and corresponding frequencies for band class 5 and spreading rate 1 System designator A (4.5 MHz) A’ (0.5 MHz) B (4.5 MHz) C (4.8 MHz) D (4.2 MHz) E (4.5 MHz) F (4.5 MHz) G (4.76 MHz) H (4.42 MHz) CDMA channel validity Not valid Conditionally valid Valid Not valid Not valid Not Valid Not valid Not Valid Not valid Not Valid Not valid Not Valid Not valid Not Valid Not valid Not Valid Not valid Not Valid Not valid valid CDMA channel number 121-125 126-145 146-275 276-300 101-120 81-105 106-235 236-260 1-25 26-168 169-193 539-563 564-681 682-706 692-716 717-846 847-871 1792-1822 1823-1985 1986-2016 1235-1265 1266-1442 1443-1473 1039-1069 1070-1229 1230-1260 Transmit frequency band (MHz) Mobile station 453.000-453.100 453.125-453.600 453.625-456.850 456.875–457.475 452.500-452.975 452.000-452.600 452.625-455.850 455.875–456.475 450.000-450.600 450.625-454.175 454.200–454.800 411.675-412.275 412.300-415.225 415.250-415.850 415.500-416.100 416.125-419.350 419.375-419.975 479.000-479.600 479.620-482.860 482.880-483.480 455.230-455.830 455.850-459.370 459.390-459.990 451.310-451.910 451.930-455.110 455.130-455.730 Base station 463.000-463.100 463.125-463.600 463.625-466.850 466.875-467.475 462.500-462.975 462.000-462.600 462.625-465.850 465.875-466.475 460.000-460.600 460.625-464.175 464.200-464.800 421.675-422.275 422.300-425.225 425.250-425.850 425.500-426.100 426.125-429.350 429.375-429.975 489.000-489.600 489.620-492.860 492.880-493.480 465.230-465.830 465.850-469.370 469.390-469.990 461.310-461.910 461.930-465.110 465.130-465.730

valid

valid

valid

valid

valid

valid

Table A-9 CDMA preferred set of frequency assignments for band class 5 System designator A B C D E F G Preferred set channel numbers 160, 210, 260 120, 170, 220 47, 97, 147 573, 623, 673 731, 781, 831 1841, 1904, 1967 1291, 1354, 1417

A-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

System designator H

Preferred set channel numbers 1087, 1150, 1213

A.1.4 2 GHz Band
Table A-10 CDMA channel number to CDMA frequency assignment correspondence for band class 6 Transmitter Mobile Station Base Station CDMA channel number 0 ≤ N ≤ 1199 0 ≤ N ≤ 1199 CDMA frequency assignment (MHz) 1920.000 + 0.050 N 2110.000 + 0.050 N

Table A-11 CDMA channel numbers and corresponding frequencies for band class 6 and spreading rate 1 CDMA channel validity Not valid Valid Not valid CDMA channel number 0−24 25−1175 1176−1199 Transmit frequency band (MHz) Mobile station 1920.000−1921.200 1921.250-1978.750 1978.800-1979.950 Base station 2110.000-2111.200 2111.250-2168.750 2168.800-2169.950

Table A-12 CDMA preferred set of frequency assignments for band class 6 Spreading rate 1 3 25, 50, …, 1150, 1175 50, 75, …, 1125, 1150 Preferred set channel numbers

A.2 Performance of Receiver
A.2.1 Frequency Coverage
450 MHz band: 450 MHz – 460 MHz 800 MHz band: 824 MHz – 849 MHz 1900 MHz band: 1850 MHz – 1910 MHz

A-6

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

A.2.2 Access Probe Acquisition
The access probe failure ratio under the reliability of 90% is below the maximum values listed in Table A-13: Table A-13 Access probe failure ratio Eb/N0 Per RF input point (dB) 5.5 6.5 Maximum failure rate 50% 10%

A.2.3 R-TCH Demodulation Performance
I. Performance of R-TCH in Additive White Gaussian Noise (AWGN)
The demodulation performance of the Reverse Traffic Channel in AWGN (no fading or multipath) environment is determined by the frame error rate (FER) at specified Eb/N0 value. FER of 4 possible data rates should be calculated respectively. With 95% confidence, the FER for each data rate does not exceed the two given FERs in Table A-14 to Table A-21, which adopt the linear interpolation in the form of Log10(FER). The Eb/NO measurement value uses the bigger Eb/NO value measured on the two RF input ports. Table A-14 Maximum FER of F-FCH or R-DCCH receiver in demodulation performance test under RC1 Data rate (bit/s) 9600 4800 2400 1200 FER limits (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 3.0 @ 4.1dB 8.0 @ 4.1dB 23.0 @ 4.1dB 22.0 @ 4.1dB Upper limit Eb/N0 0.2 @ 4.7dB 1.0 @ 4.7dB 5.0 @ 4.7dB 6.0 @ 4.7dB

A-7

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

Table A-15 Maximum FER of F-FCH or R-DCCH receiver in demodulation performance test under RC2 Data rate (bit/s) 14400 7200 3600 1800 FER limits (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 5.0 @ 3.2dB 6.3 @ 3.2dB 5.8 @ 3.2dB 3.5 @ 3.2dB Upper limit Eb/N0 0.2 @ 3.8dB 0.7 @ 3.2dB 1.0 @ 3.2dB 1.0 @ 3.2dB

Table A-16 Maximum FER of F-FCH or R-DCCH receiver in demodulation performance test under RC3 Data rate (bit/s) 9600 4800 2700 1500 FER limit (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 2.3% @ 2.4 dB 2.3% @ 3.8 dB 2.5% @ 5.0 dB 1.7% @ 7.0 dB Upper limit Eb/N0 0.3% @ 3.0 dB 0.4% @ 4.4 dB 0.5% @ 5.6 dB 0.4% @ 7.6 dB

Table A-17 Maximum FER of R-SCH receiver in demodulation performance test under RC3 Data rate (bit/s) 19200 38400 76800 153600 307200 FER limit (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 9% @ 1.7 dB 13% @ 1.4 dB 14% @ 1.3 dB 14% @ 1.3 dB 14% @ 1.8 dB Upper limit Eb/N0 1.7% @ 2.3 dB 2.1% @ 2.0 dB 2.4% @ 1.9 dB 2.4% @ 1.9 dB 2.0% @ 2.4 dB

Table A-18 Maximum FER of R-SCH (Turbo Code) receiver in demodulation performance test under RC3 Data rate (bit/s) 19200 38400 76800 FER limit (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 20% @ 0.6 dB 24% @ -0.1 dB 30% @ -0.5 dB Upper limit Eb/N0 0.9% @ 1.2 dB 0.3% @ 0.5 dB 0.2% @ 0.1 dB

A-8

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

Data rate (bit/s) 153600 307200

FER limit (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 60% @ -0.9 dB 90% @ -0.3 dB Upper limit Eb/N0 0.1% @ -0.3 dB 0.1% @ 0.3 dB

Table A-19 Maximum FER of F-FCH or R-DCCH receiver in demodulation performance test under RC4 Data rate (bit/s) 14400 7200 3600 1800 FER limit (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 2.4% @ 0.8 dB 2.4% @ 3.1 dB 1.7% @ 4.6 dB 1.6% @ 6.6 dB Upper limit Eb/N0 0.3% @ 1.4 dB 0.4% @ 3.7 dB 0.3% @ 5.2 dB 0.5% @ 7.2 dB

Table A-20 Maximum FER of R-SCH receiver of demodulation performance test under RC4 Data rate (bit/s) 28800 57600 115200 230400 FER limit (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 10% @ 1.7 dB 12% @ 1.6 dB 14% @ 1.6 dB 12% @ 1.7 dB Upper limit Eb/N0 1.9% @ 2.3 dB 1.7% @ 2.2 dB 2.0% @ 2.2 dB 1.7% @ 2.3 dB

Table A-21 Maximum FER of R-SCH (Turbo Code) receiver of demodulation performance test under RC4 Data rate (bit/s) 28800 57600 115200 230400 FER limit (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 27% @ 0.7 dB 28% @ 0.2 dB 60% @ -0.2 dB 33% @ -0.5 dB Upper limit Eb/N0 0.5% @ 1.3 dB 0.2% @ 0.8 dB 0.1% @ 0.4 dB 0.1% @ 0.1 dB

A-9

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

II. R-TCH Performance in Multipath Fading without Closed-Loop Power Control
The performance of the demodulation of the Reverse Traffic Channel in a multipath fading environment is determined by the frame error rate (FER) at specified Eb/N0 value. FER for four possible data rates should be calculated respectively. With 95% confidence, the FER for each data rate shall not exceed that given by linear interpolation on a Log10(FER) scale between the two values given in Table A-25 and Table A-26. The test value of Eb/N0 assumes the average value of Eb/N0 in two RF input ports. During the test, the reverse service channel Eb/N0 of each RF input port adopted is within the limits specified in Table A-24. Table A-22 lists configurations of standard channel simulator. Table A-23 lists the channel models of the R-TCH receiving performance test in multipath environment. Table A-22 Standard channel simulator configuration Standard channel Simulator configuration B C D Path 2 power Path 3 power Number (corresponds (corresponds of Paths to path 1) to path 1) 2 1 3 0dB N/A 0dB N/A N/A -3dB Deferring path 1 input 0µs 0µs 0µs Deferring path 2 input 2.0 µs N/A 2.0 µs Deferring path 3 input N/A N/A 14.5 µs

Speed

8 km/h 25 km/h 100 km/h

Table A-23 Channel models for the R-TCH receiving performance test Case B C D D2 Channel Simulator configurations 2 (8 km/h, 2 paths) 3 (30 km/h, 1 path) 4 (100 km/h, 3 paths) 4 (100 km/h, 3 paths)

A-10

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

Table A-24 Eb/N0 limits of R-TCH without closed-loop power control Rate aggregation Condition B RC1 C D D2 B RC2 D D2 Eb/N0 Limits (dB) Lower limit 11.1 11.2 8.8 9.2 10.7 8.5 8.9 Upper limit 11.7 11.8 9.4 9.8 11.3 9.1 9.5

Table A-25 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-FCH or R-DCCH receiver under RC1 Case Data rate (bit/s) 9600 B 4800 2400 1200 9600 C 4800 2400 1200 9600 D 4800 2400 1200 9600 D2 4800 2400 1200 FER limits (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 1.3 1.4 1.6 1.3 1.2 1.4 2.5 2.0 1.6 2.6 6.4 5.6 0.9 1.6 4.2 4.1 Upper limit Eb/N0 0.8 0.9 1.2 0.9 0.7 0.9 1.7 1.4 0.6 1.2 3.4 3.5 0.3 0.7 2.3 2.6

A-11

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

Table A-26 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-FCH or R-DCCH receiver under RC2 Case Data rate (bit/s) 14400 B 7200 3600 1800 14400 D 7200 3600 1800 14400 D2 7200 3600 1800 FER limits (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 1.3 1.0 0.7 0.6 1.7 1.6 1.5 2.2 0.9 0.9 1.1 1.5 Upper limit Eb/N0 0.8 0.5 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.9 1.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.9

III. Performance in Multipath Fading with Closed-Loop Power Control
The performance of the demodulation of the reverse traffic channel in a multipath fading environment is determined by the frame error rate (FER) at specified Eb/N0 value. FER for four possible data rates needs to be calculated respectively. With 95% confidence, the FER for each data rate shall not exceed that given by linear interpolation on a log10 scale between the two values given in Table A-28 and Table A-35. The test value of Eb/N0 assumes the average value of Eb/N0 tested on the two RF input ports. Table A-27 Channel models for the R-TCH receiving performance test Condition A B C D Number of Channel Simulator configurations 1 (3 km/h, 1 path) 2 (8 km/h, 2 paths) 3 (30 km/h, 1 path) 4 (100 km/h, 3 paths)

A-12

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

Table A-28 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-FCH receiver under RC1 Condition Data rate (bit/s) 9600 B 4800 2400 1200 9600 C 4800 2400 1200 FER limits (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 2.8% @ 5.9 dB 7.6 @ 5.9 dB 23.0 @ 5.9 dB 22.0 @ 5.9 dB 1.5 @ 7.1 dB 8.0 @ 7.1 dB 18.0 @ 7.1 dB 16.0 @ 7.1 dB Upper limit Eb/N0 0.3 @ 6.5 dB 2.2 @ 6.5 dB 12.0 @ 6.5 dB 14.0 @ 6.5 dB 0.7 @ 7.7 dB 4.8 @ 7.7 dB 13.0 @ 7.7 dB 12.0 @ 7.7 dB

Table A-29 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-FCH receiver under RC2 Case Data rate (bit/s) 14400 B 7200 3600 1800 14400 C 7200 3600 1800 FER limits (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 2.8 @ 5.2 dB 4.7 @ 5.2 dB 8.7 @ 5.2 dB 15.0 @ 5.2 dB 1.3 @ 7.7 dB 3.2 @ 7.7 dB 4.7 @ 7.7 dB 5.2 @ 7.7 dB Upper limit Eb/N0 0.4 @ 5.8 dB 1.3 @ 5.8 dB 4.6 @ 5.8 dB 9.8 @ 5.8 dB 0.7 @ 8.3 dB 1.8 @ 8.3 dB 3.5 @ 8.3 dB 3.9 @ 8.3 dB

Table A-30 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-FCH or R-DCCH receiver under RC3 Case Data rate (bit/s) 9600 (20 ms) A 4800 2700 1500 FER limits (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 2.4% @ 3.4 dB 2.0% @ 4.4 dB 1.8% @ 5.6 dB 1.8% @ 7.2 dB Upper limit Eb/N0 0.5% @ 4.0 dB 0.5% @ 5.0 dB 0.5% @ 6.2 dB 0.6% @ 7.8 dB

A-13

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

Case

Data rate (bit/s) 9600 (20 ms)

FER limits (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 2.0% @ 3.9 dB 2.0% @ 4.9 dB 1.8% @ 6.1 dB 1.7% @ 7.8 dB 1.5% @ 5.2 dB 1.5% @ 6.1 dB 1.4% @ 7.2 dB 1.4% @ 8.8 dB 2.0% @ 4.7 dB 2.0% @ 5.7 dB 1.8% @ 6.9 dB 1.7% @ 8.5 dB Upper limit Eb/N0 0.5% @ 4.5 dB 0.5% @ 5.5 dB 0.5% @ 6.7 dB 0.5% @ 8.4 dB 0.6% @ 5.8 dB 0.6% @ 6.7 dB 0.6% @ 7.8 dB 0.6% @ 9.4 dB 0.5% @ 5.3 dB 0.5% @ 6.3 dB 0.5% @ 7.5 dB 0.5% @ 9.1 dB

B

4800 2700 1500 9600 (20 ms)

C

4800 2700 1500 9600 (20 ms)

D

4800 2700 1500

Table A-31 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-SCH (turbo code) receiver under RC3 Case Data rate (bit/s) 307200 153600 B 76800 38400 19200 FER limits (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 10% @ 2.6 dB 10% @ 2.6 dB 10% @ 2.1 dB 9.0% @ 2.4 dB 9.0% @ 2.8 dB Upper limit Eb/N0 2.0% @ 3.2 dB 2.0% @ 3.2 dB 2.4% @ 2.7 dB 2.4% @ 3.0 dB 2.5% @ 3.4 dB

Table A-32 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-SCH (turbo code) receiver under RC3 Case Data rate (bit/s) 307200 153600 B 76800 38400 19200 FER limits (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 15% @ 0.8 dB 12% @ 0.2 dB 10% @ 0.7 dB 10% @ 1.3 dB 10% @ 2.1 dB Upper limit Eb/N0 1.8% @ 1.4 dB 2.0% @ 0.8 dB 2.0% @ 1.3 dB 2.0% @ 1.9 dB 2.5% @ 2.7 dB

A-14

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

Table A-33 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-FCH or R-DCCH receiver under RC4 Case Data rate (bit/s) 14400 A 7200 3600 1800 14400 B 7200 3600 1800 14400 C 7200 3600 1800 14400 D 7200 3600 1800 FER limits (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 2.2% @ 3.2 dB 1.9% @ 3.9 dB 1.9% @ 5.1 dB 1.8% @ 7.0 dB 2.0% @ 3.8 dB 2.0% @ 4.3 dB 1.8% @ 5.6 dB 1.8% @ 7.5 dB 1.6% @ 5.1 dB 1.7% @ 5.6 dB 1.5% @ 6.7 dB 1.6% @ 8.4 dB 2.0% @ 4.6 dB 2.0% @ 5.1 dB 1.9% @ 6.3 dB 1.8% @ 8.1 dB Upper limit Eb/N0 0.4% @ 3.8 dB 0.4% @ 4.5 dB 0.5% @ 5.7 dB 0.5% @ 7.6 dB 0.4% @ 4.4 dB 0.5% @ 4.9 dB 0.5% @ 6.2 dB 0.5% @ 8.1 dB 0.6% @ 5.7 dB 0.7% @ 6.2 dB 0.6% @ 7.3 dB 0.7% @ 9 dB 0.5% @ 5.2 dB 0.5% @ 5.7 dB 0.5% @ 6.9 dB 0.6% @ 8.7 dB

Table A-34 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-SCH(turbo code) receiver under RC4 Case Data rate (bit/s) 230400 B 115200 57600 28800 FER limits (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 10% @ 2.4 dB 9.0% @ 2.5 dB 9.0% @ 2.6 dB 7.5% @ 2.8 dB Upper limit Eb/N0 1.4% @ 3.0 dB 2.3% @ 3.1 dB 2.2% @ 3.2 dB 2.5% @ 3.4 dB

A-15

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

Table A-35 Maximum FER of demodulation performance test of R-SCH (turbo code) receiver under RC4 Case Data rate (bit/s) 230400 B 115200 57600 28800 FER limits (%) Lower limit Eb/N0 10% @ 1.1 dB 10% @ 1.0 dB 11% @ 1.5 dB 10% @ 2.1 dB Upper limit Eb/N0 2.0% @ 1.7 dB 1.5% @ 1.7 dB 1.8% @ 2.1 dB 2.0% @ 2.7 dB

A.2.4 Receiving Performance
I. Sensitivity
450 MHz band and 1900 MHz band The R-TCH FER shall be less then 1.0% with 95% confidence when –126 dBm/1.23 MHz CDMA RC3 signal level is inputted at BTS RF main and diversity input ports. 800 MHz band The R-TCH FER shall be less then 1.0% with 95% confidence when –127 dBm/1.23 MHz CDMA RC3 signal level is inputted at BTS RF main and diversity input ports.

II. Receiver Dynamic Range
450 MHz band and 1900 MHz band The R-TCH FER shall be 1.0% or less with 95% confidence when –126 dBm/1.23 MHz to –65 dBm/1.23 MHz CDMA signal level is inputted at BTS RF main and diversity input ports. 800 MHz band The R-TCH FER shall be 1.0% or less with 95% confidence when –127 dBm/1.23 MHz to –65 dBm/1.23 MHz CDMA signal level is inputted at BTS RF main and diversity input ports.

III. Single-Tone Desensitization
450 MHz band Input the single-tone interference signal deviated from the center frequency at the BTS RF input port: when the single-tone interference signal deviates from the center frequency +900 kHz and -900 kHz, the input single-tone interference power is 87 dB higher than the output power of the mobile station simulator.
A-16

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

When R-TCH FER maintains less than 1.5%, the output power of mobile station simulator changes less than 3dB no matter whether there is single-tone interference signal or not. 800 MHz band Input the single-tone interference deviated from the center frequency at the BTS RF input port: When the single-tone interference deviates from the center frequency about +750 kHz and –750 kHz, the input single-tone interference power is 50 dB higher than the output power of the mobile station simulator. When the single-tone interference deviates from the center frequency +900 kHz and –900 kHz, the input single-tone interference power is 87dB higher than the output power of the mobile station simulator. When R-TCH FER maintains less than 1.5%, the output power of mobile station simulator changes less than 3 dB no matter whether there is single-tone interference signal or not. 1900 MHz band Input the single-tone interference deviated from the center frequency at the BTS RF input port. When the single-tone interference deviates from the center frequency +1.25 MHz and –1.25 MHz, the input single-tone interference power is 80dB higher than the output power of the mobile station simulator. When R-TCH FER maintains less than 1.5%, the output power of mobile station simulator changes less than 3 dB no matter whether there is single-tone interference signal or not.

IV. Intermodulation Spurious Response Attenuation
450 MHz band and 800 MHz band Input two single-tone interference signals of center frequency at the BTS RF input port: both deviate from the center frequency +900 kHz and +1700 kHz respectively, and –900kHz and –1700 kHz respectively, the input single-tone interference power is 72dB higher than the output power of the mobile station simulator. When R-TCH FER keeps less than 1.5%, the output power of the mobile station simulator changes less than 3 dB whether there are two single-tone interference signals or no interference signal. 1900 MHz band

A-17

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

Input two single-tone interference signals of center frequency at the BTS RF input port: both deviate from the center frequency +1.25 MHz and +2.05 MHz respectively, and –1.25 MHz and –2.05 MHz respectively. When R-TCH FER keeps less than 1.5%, the output power of the mobile station simulator changes less than 3 dB whether there are two single-tone interference signals or no interference signal.

V. Adjacent Channel Selectivity
The output power of the mobile station simulator shall increase by no more than 3 dB and the FER shall be less than 1.5% with 95% confidence.

A.2.5 Limitations on Emissions
I. Conducted Spurious Emissions
At BTS RF input port, the conducted spurious emissions within the BTS receiving frequency range is less than –80dBm/30kHz. At BTS RF input port, the conducted spurious emissions within the transmitting frequency range is less than –60dBm/30kHz. At BTS RF input port, the conducted spurious emissions within other frequency range of 0 to 6 GHz is less than –47dBm/30kHz.

II. Radiated Spurious Emissions
The performance is in compliant with local radio specifications.

A.2.6 Received Signal Quality Indicator (RSQI)
The RSQI is defined as the signal-to-noise ratio Eb/N0, where Eb is the energy per bit including the pilot and power control overhead and N0 is the total received noise-pulse-interference power in the CDMA bandwidth including the interference from other subscribers. Table A-36 lists the RSQI report values of the BTS. Table A-36 RSQI range Eb/N0 (dB) per input port 4 5 Minimum acceptable report value 10 12 Maximum acceptable report value 18 20

A-18

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

Eb/N0 (dB) per input port 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

Minimum acceptable report value 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30

Maximum acceptable report value 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38

A.3 Performance of Transmitter
A.3.1 Frequency Requirements
I. Frequency Coverage
450 MHz band: 460 MHz – 470 MHz 800 MHz band: 869 MHz – 894 MHz 1900 MHz band: 1930 MHz – 1990 MHz

II. Frequency Tolerance
Within the working temperature range, the average difference between the actual carrier frequency of CDMA transmit sector and the carrier frequency of the dedicated transmit sector is less than !5%10-8(!0.05ppm) of the designated frequency.

A.3.2 Modulation Requirements
I. Synchronization and Timing
Time tolerance for pilot frequency: The pilot time alignment error should be less than 3 µs and shall be less than 10 µs. For BTSs supporting multiple simultaneous CDMA Channels, the pilot time tolerance of all CDMA Channels radiated by a BTS shall be within ±1 µs of each other.

A-19

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

Time tolerance of pilot channel and other code-division channels: in the same CDMA channel, time error between the pilot channel and other forwarding code-division channels is less than !50ns. The phase differences between the Pilot Channel and all other code channels sharing the same Forward CDMA Channel should not exceed 0.05 radians and shall not exceed 0.15 radians.

II. Waveform Quality
The normalized cross correlation coefficient, ρ, shall be greater than 0.912 (excess power < 0.4 dB).

A.3.3 RF Output Power
I. Total Power
Total power is the mean power delivered to a load with resistance equal to the nominal load impedance of the transmitter. The total power of this system is +43dBm (20W), the deviation in all kinds of environmental conditions must range between +2dB and –4dB.

II. Pilot Power
The Pilot Channel power to total power ratio shall be within ±0.5 dB of the configured value.

III. Code Domain Power
For RC1and RC2, the code domain power in each inactive Wn64 channel shall be 27 dB or more below the total output power. For RC3 and RC4, the code domain power in each inactive Wn128 channel shall be 30 dB or more below the total output power. For RC1 and RC2, the code domain power in each inactive Wn256 channel shall be 33 dB or more below the total output power of each carrier.

A.3.4 Limitations on Emissions
I. Conducted Spurious Emissions
The requirements on Conducted Spurious Emissions vary with frequency bands, as shown in Table A-37 and Table A-38. Local radio requirements should also be observed.

A-20

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix A Performance of Receiver and Transmitter

Table A-37 Conducted Spurious Emissions Performance (450 MHz band and 800 MHz band) Offset from carrier central frequency 750 kHz – 1.98 MHz –45 dBc/30 kHz –60 dBc/30 kHz; Pout ≥ 33 dBm 1.98 MHz – 4.00 MHz –27 dBm/30 kHz; 28 dBm ≤ Pout < 33 dBm –55 dBc/30 kHz; Pout < 28 dBm > 4.00 MHz (ITU Class A Requirement) –13 dBm/1 kHz; –13 dBm/10 kHz; –13 dBm/100 kHz; –13 dBm/1 MHz; –36 dBm/1 kHz; –36 dBm/10 kHz; –36 dBm/100 kHz; –30 dBm/1 MHz; 9 kHz < f < 150 kHz 150 kHz < f < 30 MHz 30 MHz < f < 1 GHz 1 GHz < f < 5 GHz 9 kHz < f < 150 kHz 150 kHz < f < 30 MHz 30 MHz < f < 1 GHz 1 GHz < f < 12.5 GHz Spurious requirement

> 4.00 MHz (ITU Class B Requirement)

Table A-38 Conducted Spurious Emissions Performance (1900 MHz band) Offset from carrier central frequency 885 kHz – 1.25 MHz –45 dBc/30 kHz –60 dBc/30 kHz; Pout ≥ 33 dBm 1.25 MHz – 1.98 MHz –27 dBm/30 kHz; 28 dBm ≤ Pout < 33 dBm –55 dBc/30 kHz; Pout < 28 dBm –55 dBc/30 kHz, Pout ú 33 dBm 1.98 MHz – 2.25 MHz –22 dBm/30 kHz, 28 dBm ≤ Pout < 33 dBm –50 dBc/30 kHz, Pout < 28 dBm 2.25 MHz – 4.00 MHz > 4.00 MHz (ITU Class A Requirement) –13 dBm/1 MHz –13 dBm/1 kHz; –13 dBm/10 kHz; –13 dBm/100 kHz; –13 dBm/1 MHz; 9 kHz < f < 150 kHz 150 kHz < f < 30 MHz 30 MHz < f < 1 GHz 1 GHz < f < 5 GHz Spurious requirement

II. Radiated Spurious Emissions
The performance complies with local radio specifications.

A-21

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix B EMC Performance

Appendix B EMC Performance
ETSI EN 300 386 Electromagnetic Compatibility and Radio Spectrum Matters (ERM); Telecommunication network Equipment; ElectroMagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Requirements are the international EMC standards. The EMC performance of BTS complies with ETSI EN 300 386 V1.2.1 (2000-03). They are described in two aspects: ElectroMagnetic Interference (EMI) and ElectroMagnetic Sensitivity (EMS).

B.1 EMI Performance
I. Conductive Emission (CE) at DC Input/Output Port
CE indices are listed in Table B-1. Table B-1 CE indices at -48V port Frequency range (MHz) 0.15 – 0.5 0.5 – 5 5 – 30 56 – 46 46 50 Threshold (dB µV) Average 66 – 56 56 60 Quasi-peak

II. Radiated Emission (RE)
RE indices are listed in Table B-2. Table B-2 RE indices Band (MHz) 30 – 1000 1000 – 12700 Threshold of quasi-peak (dB µV/m) 61.5 67.5

Note: Test field is arranged according to ITU-R 329-7 [1].

B-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix B EMC Performance

B.2 EMS Performance
I. RF EM Field Immunity (80 MHz – 1000MHz)
RF EM field immunity indices are listed in Table B-3. Table B-3 RF EM field immunity indices Port Whole cabinet 3V/m Level A Performance class

Note: Test method complies with IEC1000-4-3 [9].

II. Voltage Dips and Short Interruptions Immunity
Among all test items of EMS, the requirement for continuous interference immunity is class A and the requirement for transient interference immunity is class B. Requirements for voltage dips and short interruptions is shown in Table B-4. Table B-4 Voltage dips and short interruptions indices Port Test level Dip 30% Duration: 10ms Dip: 60% Duration: 100ms A With backup power: A With no backup power: The communication link need not be maintained. It can be re-created and the subscriber data can be lost. With backup power: A With no backup power: The communication link need not be maintained. It can be re-created and the subscriber data can be lost. Performance class

AC port

Dip: over95% Duration: 5000ms

Note: Test method complies with IEC61000-4-11 [13].

B-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix B EMC Performance

III. Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Immunity
ESD immunity indices are shown in Table B-5. Table B-5 ESD immunity indices Discharge mode Contact Air 2kV, 4kV 2kV, 4kV, 8kV Level B B Performance class

Note: Test method complies with IEC 61000-4-2 [5]. In addition to the protection measures specified in the user's documents, ESD measures should be taken to all exposed surface of equipment to be tested.

IV. RF Induced Currents
In CDMA equipment, the port where a cable of more than 1 meter may be connected to, including control port, DC input/output port and the input/output port of the connection line when cabinets are combined, should satisfy the requirements for RF induced currents. The indices are shown in Table B-6. Table B-6 Induced currents indices Port DC line port AC line port Signal line port and control line port 3V A Voltage level Performance class

Note: Test method complies with IEC61000-4-6 [9].

V. Surge Immunity
For CDMA equipment, the DC power input port, indoor signal line of more than 3 m, control line (such as E1 trunk line, serial port line) and the cable that may be led out to

B-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix B EMC Performance

the outdoor should all satisfy the requirements for surge immunity. The indices are shown in Table B-7. Table B-7 Surge immunity indices Port AC port Line – line, 2kV Line – ground, 4kV Line – line, 0.5kV Line – ground, 1kV Line – line, 1kV Line – ground, 2kV Level Performance class B

Control line, signal line

B

Control line, signal line (outdoors)

B

Note: The test method complies with IEC61000-4-5 [11].

VI. Common-Mode Fast Transient Pulse Immunity
The signal & data line between CDMA cabinets and that connected with other systems (such as E1 trunk line), control line and cable connected to DC input/output port, should satisfy the requirements for fast transient pulse immunity. The indices are shown in Table B-8. Table B-8 Common-mode fast transient pulse immunity indices Port Signal control line port DC line input/output port AC line input port 0.5kV 1kV 2kV Level B B B Performance class

B-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix B EMC Performance

Note: Performance class A: BTS can withstand the test without any damage and it can run normally in the specified range. There is not any change in the software or data (all data in the storage or the data being processed) related to the tested switching equipment. Equipment performance is not lowered. Performance class B: BTS can withstand the test without any damage. There is no change in the software or the data in storage. Communication performance is lowered a little, but in the tolerance (as defined for different products). The existing communication link is not interrupted. After the test, the equipment can recover to the normal status before the test automatically without any interference of the operator. Performance class C: Some functions of BTS are lost temporarily during the test, but they will recover to normal performance in a specific period after the test (normally the shortest time needed for system reboot). There is no physical damage or system software deterioration. Performance class R: After the test, there is no physical damage or fault (including software corruption) with BTS. Protection equipment damage caused by external interference signal is acceptable. When the protection equipment is replaced and the running parameters are re-configured, the equipment can operate normally.

B-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix C Environment Requirements

Appendix C Environment Requirements
The environment requirements of BTS involve storage, transportation, and operation environments. These requirements are specified based on the following standards: ETS 300019 Equipment Engineering (EE); Environmental conditions and environmental tests for telecommunications equipment IEC 60721 Classification of environmental conditions

C.1 Storage Environment
I. Climate Environment
Table C-1 lists the requirements for climate environment. Table C-1 Requirements for climate environment Item Altitude Air pressure Temperature Temperature change rate Relative humidity Solar radiation Thermal radiation Wind speed Rain ñ5000 m 70 kPa to 106 kPa –40°C to +70°C ñ1°C/min 10% to 100% ñ1120 W/s² ñ600 W/s² ñ30 m/s Drippings Range

II. Biotic Environment
No microorganism like fungal or mould multiplied around or inside. Free from the attack of rodential animals (such as rats).

III. Air Cleanness
No explosive, electrically/magnetically conductive, or corrosive particles around. The density of physically active substances shall meet the requirements listed in Table C-2.

C-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix C Environment Requirements

Table C-2 Requirements for the density of physically active substances Substance Suspending dust Falling dust Sands Note: Suspending dust: diameter ñ75 3m Falling dust: 75 3mñdiameterñ150 3m Sands: 150 3mñdiameterñ1,000 3m mg/m³ mg/m²·h mg/m³ Unit ñ5.00 ñ20.0 ñ300 Density

The density of chemically active substances must meet the requirements listed in Table C-3. Table C-3 Requirements for the density of chemically active substances Substance SO2 H2S NO2 NH3 Cl2 HCl HF O3 mg/m³ mg/m³ mg/m³ mg/m³ mg/m³ mg/m³ mg/m³ mg/m³ Unit ñ0.30 ñ0.10 ñ0.50 ñ1.00 ñ0.10 ñ0.10 ñ0.01 ñ0.05 Density

IV. Mechanical Stress
Table C-4 lists the requirements for mechanical stress. Table C-4 Requirements for mechanical stress Item Sub-item Displacement Sinusoidal vibration Acceleration Frequency range ñ7.0 mm – 2 Hz – 9 Hz Range – ñ20.0 m/s² 9 Hz – 200 Hz

C-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix C Environment Requirements

Item Unsteady impact Note:

Sub-item Impact response spectrum II Static load capability ñ250 m/s² ñ5 kPa

Range

Impact response spectrum: The max. acceleration response curve generated by the equipment under the specified impact excitation. Impact response spectrum II refers to the semi sinusoidal impact response spectrum whose duration is 6ms. Static load capability: The capability of the equipment in package to bear the pressure from the top in normal pile-up method.

C.2 Transportation Environment
I. Climate Environment
Table C-5 lists the requirements for climate environment. Table C-5 Requirements for climate environment Item Altitude Air pressure Temperature Temperature change rate Relative humidity Solar radiation Thermal radiation Wind speed ñ5,000 m 70 kPa to 106 kPa –40°C to +70°C ñ3°C/min 5% to 100% ñ1,120 W/s² ñ600 W/s² ñ30 m/s Range

II. Biotic Environment
No microorganism like fungal or mould multiplied around or inside. Free from the attack of rodential animals (such as rats).

III. Air Cleanness
No explosive, electrically/magnetically conductive, or corrosive particles around. The density of physically active substances shall meet the requirements listed in Table C-6.

C-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix C Environment Requirements

Table C-6 Requirements for the density of physically active substances Substance Suspending dust Falling dust Sands Note: Suspending dust: diameter ñ75 3m Falling dust: 75 3mñdiameterñ150 3m Sands: 150 3mñdiameterñ1,000 3m mg/m³ mg/m²·h mg/m³ Unit Density No requirement ñ3.0 ñ100

The density of chemically active substances shall meet the requirements listed in Table C-7. Table C-7 Requirements for the density of chemically active substances Substance SO2 H2S NO2 NH3 Cl2 HCl HF O3 mg/m³ mg/m³ mg/m³ mg/m³ mg/m³ mg/m³ mg/m³ mg/m³ Unit ñ0.30 ñ0.10 ñ0.50 ñ1.00 ñ0.10 ñ0.10 ñ0.01 ñ0.05 Density

IV. Mechanical Stress
Table C-8 lists the requirements for mechanical stress. Table C-8 Requirements for mechanical stress Item Sinusoidal vibration Sub-item Displacement Acceleration Frequency range Random vibration Acceleration spectrum density Frequency range
C-4

Range ñ7.5 mm – 2 Hz – 9 Hz 10 m²/s³ 2 Hz – 9 Hz – ñ20.0 m/s² 9 Hz – 200 Hz 3 m²/s³ 9 Hz – 200 Hz – ñ40.0 m/s² 200 Hz – 500 Hz 1 m²/s³ 200 Hz – 500 Hz

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix C Environment Requirements

Item Unsteady impact Note:

Sub-item Impact response spectrum II Static load capability ñ300 m/s² ñ10 kPa

Range

Impact response spectrum: The max. acceleration response curve generated by the equipment under the specified impact excitation. Impact response spectrum II refers to the semi sinusoidal impact response spectrum whose duration is 6ms. Static load capability: The capability of the equipment in package to bear the pressure from the top in normal pile-up method.

C.3 Operation Environment
I. Climate Environment
Table C-9 lists the requirements for climate environment. Table C-9 Temperature and humidity requirements Product BTS Note: The measurement point of temperature and humidity is 2 m above the floor and 0.4 m in front of the equipment, when there are no protective panels in front of or behind the cabinet. Temperature Long-term –40°C to +55°C Short-term –40°C to +45°C Relative humidity 5% to 100%

Table C-10 Other climate environment requirements Item Altitude Air pressure Temperature change rate Solar radiation Rain Wind speed ñ4000 m 70 kPa to 106 kPa ñ5 Celsius degree/min ñ1120 W/m² ñ12.5 L/min±0.625 L/min (IPX5) ñ50 m/s Range

C-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix C Environment Requirements

II. Biotic Environment
No microorganism like fungal or mould multiplied around or inside. Free from the attack of rodential animals (such as rats).

III. Air Cleanness
No explosive, electrically/magnetically conductive, or corrosive particles around. The density of physically active substances shall meet the requirements listed in Table C-11. Table C-11 Requirements for the density of physically active substances Substance Suspending dust Falling dust Sands Note: Suspending dust: diameter ñ75 3m Falling dust: 75 3mñdiameterñ150 3m Sands: 150 3mñdiameterñ1,000 3m mg/m³ mg/m²·h mg/m³ Unit ñ5 ñ20 ñ300 Density

The density of chemically active substances shall meet the requirements listed in Table C-12. Table C-12 Requirements for the density of chemically active substances Substance SO2 H2S NH3 Cl2 HCl HF O3 NO2 mg/m³ mg/m³ mg/m³ mg/m³ mg/m³ mg/m³ mg/m³ mg/m³ Unit ñ0.30 ñ0.10 ñ1.00 ñ0.10 ñ0.10 ñ0.01 ñ0.05 ñ0.5 Density

C-6

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

System Pinciple Appendix C Environment Requirements

IV. Mechanical Stress
Table C-13 lists the requirements for mechanical stress. Table C-13 Requirements for mechanical stress Item Sub-item Displacement Sinusoidal vibration Acceleration Frequency range Unsteady impact Note: Impact response spectrum: The max. acceleration response curve generated by the equipment under the specified impact excitation. Impact response spectrum II refers to the semi sinusoidal impact response spectrum whose duration is 6ms. Static load capability: The capability of the equipment in package to bear the pressure from the top in normal pile-up method. Impact response spectrum II Static load capability ñ3.5 mm – 2 Hz – 9 Hz ñ100 m/s² 0 Range – ñ10.0m/s² 9 Hz – 200 Hz

C-7

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Appendix D

System Pinciple Abbreviations and Acronyms

Appendix D Abbreviations and Acronyms
D.1 Component
B BBFL BBKM BCIM BCKM BDCS BESP BPLI C CCPM CDDU CECM CFAN CFIB CFMM CHPA CIFM CMCB CPBM CRCM CRFM CSLM CTBM CTRM H HPAU HPCM M High Power Amplifier Unit BTS High Precision Clock Module Compact-BTS Channel Process Module Compact-BTS Dual Duplexer Unit Compact-BTS EVDO Channel Module Compact-BTS FAN Module Compact-BTS Fan Block Interface Board Compact-BTS Fan Monitor Module Compact-BTS High Power Amplifier Unit Compact-BTS Intermediate Frequency Module Compact-BTS Monitor Control Board Compact-BTS Power Backplane Module Compact-BTS Radio Up-Down Converter Module Compact-BTS RF Fan Module Compact-BTS Serial port Lightningproof Module Compact-BTS Transceiver Backplane Module Compact-BTS Transceiver Module BTS BTRM FAN Lamp Module Baseband Backplane Module BTS Control Interface Module BTS Control and Clock Module BTS Direct Current Switchbox BTS E1 Surge Protector Base station Power and Lighting protection lamp Indicator board

D-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Appendix D

System Pinciple Abbreviations and Acronyms

MTRM P PIB PSU

Micro-BTS Transceiver Module

Power Inspecting Board Power Supply Unit

D.2 Terminology
A A A1/A2/A5 A3/A7 A8/A9 A10/A11 AAA AAL2 AAL5 Abis AC ACPR A/D ADC ANSI ARQ ATM AUC B BAM BPF BPSK BS BSC BSS BTS Back Administration Module Band-Pass Filter Binary Phase Shift Keying Base Station Base Station Controller Base Station Subsystem Base Transceiver Station Authentication Center Adjacent Channel Power Radio Analog/Digit Analog Digit Converter American National Standards Institute Automatic Repeat Request Asynchronous Transfer Mode Authentication Authorization, Authentication and Accounting ATM Adaptation Layer 2 ATM Adaptation Layer 5 Availability

D-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Appendix D

System Pinciple Abbreviations and Acronyms

C CCITT CDMA CEs CLI CLK CM CN CTC D D/A DAC DAGC DC DCE E EIA EIB EIR EMC EMI F FA F-APICH F-ATDPICH F-BCH FCACH F-CCCH F-CPCCH F-DCCH FER F-FCH F-PCH FPGA Foreign Agent Forward Assistant Pilot Channel Forward Transmit Diversity Assistant Pilot Channel Forward Broadcast Channel Forward Common Assignment Channel Forward Common Control Channel Forward Common Power Control Channel Forward Dedicated Control Channel Frame Error Rate Forward Fundamental Channel Forward Paging Channel Field Programmable Gate Array Electronics Industry Association Erasure Indicator Bit Equipment Identity Register Electro Magnetic Compatibility Electro Magnetic Interference Digit/Analog Digit Analog Converter Digit Automatic Gain Control Direct Current Data Communications Equipment International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee Code Division Multiple Access Channel Elements Command Line Interpreter Clock Connection Management Core Network Common Transmit Clock

D-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Appendix D

System Pinciple Abbreviations and Acronyms

F-PICH F-QPCH F-SCCH F-SCH F-SYNCH F-TCH F-TDPICH FTP G GLONASS GMSC GPS GRIL GUI H HA HDLC HLR HPAU HPBW HPSK I ICP ID IF IMA IP IPOA ISDN ITC ITU ITU-T IWF J

Forward Pilot Channel Forward Quick Paging Channel Forward Supplemental Code Channel Forward Supplemental Channel Forward Sync Channel Forward Traffic Channel Forward Transmit Diversity Pilot Channel File Transfer Protocol

Global Navigation Satellite System Gateway Mobile-services Switching Centre Global Positioning System GPS/GLONASS Receiver Interface Language Graphics User Interface

Home Agent High level Data Link Control Home Location Register High Power Amplifier Unit Half Power Beam Width Hybrid Phase Shift Keying

IMA Control Protocol Identity Intermediate Frequency Inverse Multiplexing for ATM Internet Protocol IP over ATM Integrated Services Digital Network Independent Transmit Clock International Telecommunications Union ITU Telecommunication Standardization Sector InterWorking Function

D-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Appendix D

System Pinciple Abbreviations and Acronyms

JTAG L LAC LMF LNA LPF M MAC MML Modem MPU MS MSC MTBF MTTR N NID O OAM OCXO OEM OMC OML OMU OQPSK OTD P PCF PDSN PGND PLMN PN PSPDN PSTN

Joint Test Action Group

Link Access Control Local Maintenance Function Low-Noise Amplifier Low-Pass Filter

Medium Access Control Man-Machine Language Modulator-Demodulator Micro Process Unit Mobile Station Mobile Switching Center Mean Time Between Failures Mean Time To Repair

Network Identification

Operation, Administration and Maintenance Oven voltage Control Oscillator Original Equipment Manufacturer Operation and Maintenance Center Operation and Maintenance Link Operation and Maintenance Unit Offset Quadrature Phase Shift Keying Orthogonal Transmit Diversity

Packet Control Function Packet Data Service Node Protection Ground Public Land Mobile Network Pseudo Noise Packet Switched Public Data Network Public Switched Telephone Network

D-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Appendix D

System Pinciple Abbreviations and Acronyms

PVC PVP PWM Q QIB QoS QPSK R R-ACH RC R-CCCH R-DCCH R-EACH RF R-FCH RLP RM R-PICH R-SCCH R-SCH RSQI R-TCH S SDH SDU SID SME SPU SRBP SSSAR STM-1 STS T TA

Permanent Virtual Channel Permanent Virtual Path Pulse-Width Modulation

Quality Identification Bit Quality of Service Quadrature Phase Shift Keying

Reverse Access Channel Radio Configuration Reverse Common Control Channel Reverse Dedicated Control Channel Reverse Enhanced Access Channel Radio Frequency Reverse Fundamental Channel Radio Link Protocol Radio Management Reverse Pilot Channel Reverse Supplemental Code Channel Reverse Supplemental Channel Receive Signal Quality Indicator Reverse Traffic Channel

Synchronous Digital Hierarchy Selection/Distribution Unit System Identification Signaling Message Encryption Signaling Process Unit Signaling Radio Burst Protocol Special Service Segmentation and Reassemble Synchronization Transfer Mode 1 Space Time Spreading

Timing Advance

D-6

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Appendix D

System Pinciple Abbreviations and Acronyms

TA TAm TCP TDMA TE TIA TMA TMSI TRX U UART UNI Um UTC V VCI VLR VPI

Terminal Adapter Mobile Terminal Adapter Transport Control Protocol Time Division Multiple Access Terminal Equipment 1 Telecommunications Industry Association Tower Mounted Amplifier Temp Mobile Subscriber Identifier Transceiver

Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter User Network Interface

Universal Coordinated Time

Virtual Channel Identifier Visitor Location Register Virtual Path Identifier

D-7

HUAWEI

Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station Technical Manual

Interface Protocols and Service Flows

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Table of Contents

Table of Contents
Chapter 1 Interface Protocols ...................................................................................................... 1-1 1.1 Introduction to BTS3606 External Interfaces..................................................................... 1-1 1.2 CDMA2000 1X Um Interface ............................................................................................. 1-2 1.2.1 Physical Layer ......................................................................................................... 1-4 1.2.2 Data Link Layer ....................................................................................................... 1-5 1.3 CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Um Interface .................................................................................. 1-7 1.3.1 Physical Layer ......................................................................................................... 1-9 1.3.2 MAC Layer .............................................................................................................. 1-9 1.4 Abis Interface ................................................................................................................... 1-12 1.4.1 Physical Layer ....................................................................................................... 1-14 1.4.2 Data Link Layer ..................................................................................................... 1-14 1.4.3 Layer 3 .................................................................................................................. 1-15 Chapter 2 Call Processing............................................................................................................ 2-1 2.1 MS Call Processing ........................................................................................................... 2-1 2.1.1 MS Initialization State.............................................................................................. 2-2 2.1.2 MS Idle State........................................................................................................... 2-5 2.1.3 System Access State .............................................................................................. 2-7 2.1.4 MS Control on the Traffic Channel State ................................................................ 2-9 2.1.5 Registration ........................................................................................................... 2-10 2.1.6 Handoff.................................................................................................................. 2-11 2.2 BTS Call Processing........................................................................................................ 2-13 2.2.1 Pilot and Sync Channel Processing ...................................................................... 2-13 2.2.2 Paging Channel and Quick Paging Channel Processing...................................... 2-14 2.2.3 Access Channel Processing ................................................................................. 2-15 2.2.4 Traffic Channel Processing ................................................................................... 2-16 2.2.5 Registration ........................................................................................................... 2-18 2.2.6 Handoff.................................................................................................................. 2-19 Chapter 3 Service Flows............................................................................................................... 3-1 3.1 CDMA2000 1X Service Flows ........................................................................................... 3-2 3.1.1 Voice Service .......................................................................................................... 3-2 3.1.2 Handoff.................................................................................................................... 3-8 3.1.3 SMS Delivery......................................................................................................... 3-13 3.1.4 Packet Data Service.............................................................................................. 3-16 3.2 CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Service Flows............................................................................... 3-19 3.2.1 Service Flows ........................................................................................................ 3-20 3.2.2 Handoff.................................................................................................................. 3-25

i

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Table of Contents

Appendix A Abbreviations and Acronyms .................................................................................A-1

ii

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows List of Figures

List of Figures
Figure 1-1 BTS external interfaces ........................................................................................ 1-2 Figure 1-2 Protocol stack of the CDMA2000 1X Um interface .............................................. 1-3 Figure 1-3 Protocol stack of the CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Um interface.................................... 1-7 Figure 1-4 Composition of the Abis interface....................................................................... 1-13 Figure 1-5 Protocol stack of the Abis interface (Abis signaling and OML signaling) ........... 1-13 Figure 1-6 Protocol stack of the Abis interface (Abis traffic) ................................................ 1-14 Figure 2-1 MS call processing states..................................................................................... 2-2 Figure 2-2 MS initialization state............................................................................................ 2-3 Figure 3-2 Mobile originated call............................................................................................ 3-2 Figure 3-3 Mobile terminated call........................................................................................... 3-4 Figure 3-4 Mobile initiated release......................................................................................... 3-6 Figure 3-5 BTS initiated release ............................................................................................ 3-7 Figure 3-6 Release initiated by BSC/MSC............................................................................. 3-8 Figure 3-7 Intra-BTS soft/softer handoff add ......................................................................... 3-9 Figure 3-8 Inter-BTS soft/softer handoff add ....................................................................... 3-10 Figure 3-9 Inter-BTS soft/softer handoff drop ...................................................................... 3-11 Figure 3-10 Inter-BTS hard handoff ..................................................................................... 3-12 Figure 3-11 SMS-MO delivery on the access channel......................................................... 3-14 Figure 3-12 SMS-MT delivery on the paging channel ......................................................... 3-14 Figure 3-13 SMS-MO delivery on the traffic channel........................................................... 3-15 Figure 3-14 SMS-MT delivery on the traffic channel............................................................ 3-15 Figure 3-15 Mobile originated packet data service .............................................................. 3-17 Figure 3-16 Reverse SCH setup procedure ........................................................................ 3-19 Figure 3-17 AT initiated connection setup procedure........................................................... 3-20 Figure 3-18 AN initiated connection re-activation procedure ............................................... 3-22 Figure 3-19 AT initiated connection release procedure ....................................................... 3-23 Figure 3-20 AN initiated connection release procedure....................................................... 3-25 Figure 3-21 Handoff add procedure..................................................................................... 3-26 Figure 3-22 Handoff drop procedure.................................................................................... 3-27

iii

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows List of Tables

List of Tables
Table 1-1 Major serving bands ............................................................................................... 1-4 Table 1-2 Length and quantity of the packet carried by each channel................................... 1-9 Table 3-1 Service flows .......................................................................................................... 3-1

iv

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 1 Interface Protocols

Chapter 1 Interface Protocols
This chapter introduces the Um interface protocol and Abis interface protocol of the CDMA base station (BTS) based on the following references: TIA/EIA/ IS-2000-2 Physical Layer Standard for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems TIA/EIA/ IS-2000-3 Medium Access Control (MAC) Sublayer for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems 3GPP2 C.S0024 cdma2000 High Rate Packet Data Air Interface Specification 3GPP2 A.R0003: Abis interface technical report for CDMA 1X Spread Spectrum System Huawei self-defined protocol: CDMA Abis Interface Upper Layer Protocol The Um interface protocol for the CDMA2000 1X system differs a lot from that for the CDMA2000 1xEV-DO system. The Abis interface protocols of these two systems can find their major difference in Layer 3.

1.1 Introduction to BTS3606 External Interfaces
Figure 1-1 shows major external interfaces of the BTS3606.

1-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 1 Interface Protocols

MS: Mobile station BSC: Base station controller OMC: Operation and maintenance center

AT: Access terminal LMF: Local maintenance function

BTS: Base transceiver station OML: Operation and maintenance link

Figure 1-1 BTS external interfaces The following describes the external interfaces of the BTS3606: Um interface: Interface between BTS and MS. Abis interface: The interface between BTS and BSC. OML interface: The interface between BTS and OMC. It shares the transmission resource with the Abis interface. LMF interface: The interface between BTS and LMF. System synchronization interface: It includes GPS/GLONASS antenna interface and system external synchronization interface. When the GPS/GLONASS is unavailable and there is other clock synchronization equipment, the clock synchronization output of the equipment can be connected with the external synchronization interface of the BTS. BTS test interface: The interface used for testing signals such as 10 MHz and 2s signals. Environment alarm interface: The interface between BTS and environment alarm chest (EAC). (Applicable to indoor BTSs only)

1.2 CDMA2000 1X Um Interface
In the public land mobile network (PLMN), the MS connects to the BTS through the radio channel to access the network and receive telecommunication services.
1-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 1 Interface Protocols

To realize interconnection between different MSs and base station subsystems (BSSs), standards must be developed for signal transmission on radio channels. These standards are called radio interface (or CDMA2000 1X Um interface) standards. The CDMA2000 1X Um interface is one of the most important interfaces in the CDMA system. The standard Um interface ensures full compatibility of MSs provided by different manufacturers with different networks, which is fundamental in realizing the roaming function of the CDMA system. The Um interface also determines the spectrum efficiency and capacity of the CDMA system. The CDMA2000 1X Um interface is defined by the following factors: Channels structure and access capability MS-BSS communication protocol Maintenance and operation features Performance features Service features The protocol stack of the CDMA2000 1X Um interface is divided into three layers. Figure 1-2 shows the structure of the protocol stack.
Packet Data Application Signaling Services TCP IP PPP UDP High Speed Circuit Network Layer Services Voice Services Circuit Data Application

LAC

LAC Protocol

Null LAC

MAC Sublayer

MAC Control States

RLP

Multiplexing and QoS Delivery

Physical Layer

Figure 1-2 Protocol stack of the CDMA2000 1X Um interface The following describes the protocol stack of the CDMA2000 1X Um interface: Layer 1 Layer 1 is the physical layer and also the lower layer. It includes various physical channels, providing basic radio channels for information transmission of the upper layer.

1-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 1 Interface Protocols

Layer 2 Layer 2 is the data link layer. It includes medium access control (MAC) sub-layer and link access control (LAC) sub-layer. The MAC sub-layer implements mapping between logical channels and physical channels, and provides the radio link protocol (RLP) function. The LAC sub-layer implements such functions as authentication, automatic repeat request (ARQ), addressing, and segmentation and reassembly (SAR). Layer 3 Layer 3 is the upper layer. It provides signaling service, voice service, packet data application, and circuit data application. It also implements radio resource management, mobility management, and connection management through the signaling service. The physical layer and MAC sub-layer are closely related to the BTS and thus are detailed in this section.

1.2.1 Physical Layer
This section introduces the serving band, functions, radio configuration (RC), and channels supported by the physical layer.

I. Serving Band
Table 1-1 lists the major serving bands of the physical layer. For detailed introduction to the band class, see Appendix A, “Performance of Receiver and Transmitter” in “System Principle”. Table 1-1 Major serving bands Band 450 MHz 800 MHz 1900 MHz Forward band 460 MHz – 470 MHz 869 MHz – 894 MHz 1930 MHz – 1990 MHz Reverse band 450 MHz – 460 MHz 824 MHz – 849 MHz 1850 MHz – 1910 MHz Duplex spacing 10 MHz 45 MHz 80 MHz Channel bandwidth 1.23 MHz 1.23 MHz 1.23 MHz Carrier spacing 1.25 MHz 1.23 MHz 1.25 MHz

II. FunctionsThe physical layer provides the following functions:
Service bearer Physical channels on the physical layer act as bearer for logical channels on the upper layer. Bit error check The physical layer provides transmission service with error protection, including error detection and error correction.
1-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 1 Interface Protocols

User identification The physical layer provides an exclusive ID for every user by code division.

III. Radio Configuration and Supported Channels
The CDMA2000 1X physical layer supports several RCs. Each RC can support different data rates on the traffic channel. For details about RCs and physical channel configuration, see Chapter 4, “Main Functions” in “System Description”.

1.2.2 Data Link Layer
The data link layer includes the MAC sub-layer and LAC sub-layer. Introduction of these two sub-layers to the data link layer aims to: Support more upper-layer services, such as signaling, voice, packet data, and circuit data services. Support data services at different rates. Support packet data service and circuit data service with higher quality of service (QoS). Support multi-media service, that is, process concurrently the voice, packet data, and circuit data with different QoS requirements.

I. MAC Sub-Layer
The CDMA2000 1X provides powerful MAC layer to support the data service and multi-media service and ensure the reliability of services. The MAC layer provides: RLP to ensure reliable transmission of radio links. The MAC layer supports a wide range of upper layer services, and provides high efficiency and low latency for data services operating over a wide performance range (1.2 kbps to 2 Mbps). The multiplexing function and QoS control to enrich service types and improve service quality. The MAC layer enforces negotiated QoS levels by mediating conflicting requests from competing services and the appropriate prioritization of access requests. It supports advanced QoS delivery of circuit and packet data services, such as limitations on acceptable delay and bit error rate (BER). The MAC layer also supports concurrent multiplexing of voice, packet data, and circuit data services each with varying QoS requirements.

II. LAC Sub-Layer
The LAC sub-layer implements such functions as ARQ, authentication, and addressing. The following introduces the functions of the LAC sub-layer on the dedicated channel and classification of logical channels. Functions of the LAC sub-layer on the dedicated channel

1-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 1 Interface Protocols

--Deliver service data units (SDUs) to the Layer 3 peer entity using ARQ techniques, when needed, to provide reliability. --Build and validate protocol data units (PDUs), appropriate for carrying the SDUs. --Segment encapsulated PDUs into LAC PDU fragments of sizes suitable for transfer by the MAC sub-layer. --Re-assemble LAC PDU fragments into encapsulated PDUs. --Perform access control through authentication. Some messages failing authentication on a common channel should not be delivered to the upper layers for processing. --Perform address control to ensure delivery of PDUs based upon addresses which identify particular mobile stations. Logical Channels Layer 3 and LAC sub-layer send and receive signaling, data, and voice information on the logical channels. The CDMA2000 1X system uses the following logical channels to carry the information. --Forward/reverse common signaling channel (F-CSCH/R-CSCH): A point to multipoint logical channel that carries upper layer signaling traffic over a common physical channel. --Forward/reverse dedicated signaling channel (F-CSCH/R-CSCH): A point-to-point logical channel that carries upper layer signaling traffic over a dedicated physical channel. --Forward/reverse dedicated traffic channel (F-DTCH/R-DTCH): A point-to-point logical channel that carries data or voice traffic over a dedicated physical channel. --Logical channels are classified by the following criteria: --Number of destinations for the message sent: One or several. --Type of the information sent: Signaling or user data. --Direction of data transmission: forward, reverse, or others. Logical channels are defined according to their functions: --Synchronization --Broadcast --General signaling, including paging. --Access --Dedicated signaling One logical channel can be configured with multiple logical channels of the same type.

1-6

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 1 Interface Protocols

As the traffic on the logical channel is sent over one or multiple physical channels, correspondence between the logical channel and physical channel must be set up. This correspondence is also called mapping. One logical channel may permanently occupy a physical channel, for example, the synchronization channel; or temporarily occupy a physical channel, for example, the consecutive R-CSCH access probe sequence can be sent over different physical access channels, or share one physical channel with other logical channels when the multiplexing function is available.

1.3 CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Um Interface
In the CDMA2000 1xEV-DO network, to realize the interconnection between the access terminal (AT) and the access network (AN), a set of Um interface specifications are defined for the transmission of signals on the Um channels. The protocol stack of the CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Um interface is divided into seven layers. Figure 1-3 shows the structure of the protocol stack.
Default signaling Application Stream Protocol Stream Protocol Default Packet Application Stream Protocol Stream Protocol Session Management Protocol Air Link Management Protocol Packet Consolidation Protocol Security Protocol Control Chanel MAC Protocol Address Management Protocol Initialization State Protocol Route Update Protocol Key Exchange Protocol Forward Traffic Chanel MAC Protocol Authentication Protocol Access Chanel MAC Protocol Idle State Protocol Session Configuration Protocol Connected State Protocol Overhead Messages Protocol Encryption Protocol Reverse Traffic Chanel MAC Protocol

Stream Protocol

Application Layer

Stream Protocol

Stream Layer Session Layer

Connection Layer

Security Layer MAC Layer Physical Layer

Physical Layer Protocol

Figure 1-3 Protocol stack of the CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Um interface The following introduces each layer of the CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Um interface protocol stack: Physical layer

1-7

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 1 Interface Protocols

The physical layer is a lower layer associated with the physical media-based transfer of message flows. The physical layer specifications include frequency, power output, channel structure, encoding, and modulation. MAC layer The MAC layer provides rules that govern the transmit and receive functions over the physical layer. There are MAC layer protocols respectively for the control channel, access channel, forward channel, and reverse channel. Security layer The security layer provides the following functions: Key exchange, used by the AN and the AT to exchange security keys for authentication and encryption. Authentication, used by the AN and the AT to authenticate the traffic. Encryption, used by the AN and the AT to encrypt the traffic. The security protocol provides cryptosync needed by the authentication and encryption protocols. Connection layer The connection layer provides air links to set up connections and maintain service, and meanwhile prioritizes traffic transmitted over the air link. Except the overhead messages protocol, each of connection layer protocols can be negotiated independently at the beginning of the session. Session layer The session layer protocols include protocols used for the session negotiation between the AT and the AN. A session is a shared state between the AT and the AN. Stream layer The stream layer provides the following functions: The stream layer provides a mechanism to tag application layer packets by adding a stream identifier. The connection layer's packet consolidation protocol uses tags to prioritize signaling and user traffic. Both the user and the signaling traffic are tagged. Applications with different QoS requirements can be assigned separate streams. Application layer The application layer provides the default signaling application used for the transmission of 1xEV-DO protocol messages and the default packet application used for the transmission of user data. The signaling application includes signaling network protocol and signaling link protocol. The packet application includes flow control protocol, radio link protocol, and location update protocol. Regarding the close relationship with the BTS, this section introduces the physical layer and MAC layer in details.

1-8

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 1 Interface Protocols

1.3.1 Physical Layer
This section introduces the serving band, functions, channels supported, and data packet of the physical layer.

I. Serving Band
The CDMA2000 1xEV-DO system shares the same band with the CDMA2000 1X system. For details, see section 1.2.1 I. Serving Band.

II. Functions
The physical layer is concerned with the transmission of unstructured bit streams over the physical medium. It provides basic radio channels for the transmission of upper level messages. Functions of the physical layer of the 1xEV-DO Um interface are similar to those of the CDMA2000 1X Um interface. For details, see section 1.2.1 II. Functions.

III. Channels Supported
For channels supported by the CDMA2000 1xEV-DO system, see Chapter 4, “Main Functions” in “System Description”.

IV. Data Packet
The transmission unit of the physical layer is a physical layer packet, which can be 256 bits, 512 bits, 1024 bits, 2048 bits, 3072 bits, or 4096 bits in length. The format of the physical layer packet varies with the channel on which the packet is transmitted. One physical layer packet carries one or multiple MAC layer packets. Table 1-2 lists the length and quantity of the packet carried by each channel. Table 1-2 Length and quantity of the packet carried by each channel Channel Control channel Access channel Forward channel Reverse channel 1024 256 1024, 2048, 3072, or 4096 256, 512, 1024, 2048, or 4096 Packet length (unit: bits) 1 1 1–4 1 Number of packets carried

1.3.2 MAC Layer
This section introduces the default protocols for the MAC layer. Each of these protocols can be independently negotiated at the beginning of the session. The MAC layer contains the following protocols:

1-9

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 1 Interface Protocols

Control channel MAC protocol Access channel MAC protocol Forward traffic channel MAC protocol Reverse traffic channel MAC protocol The following provides contents of these protocols:

I. Control Channel MAC Protocol
This protocol constructs a control channel MAC layer packet out of one or more security layer packets. It contains the rules concerning: AN transmission and packet scheduling on the control channel AT acquisition of the control channel AT control channel MAC layer packet reception Addition of the AT address to the transmitted packets 1) Packet encapsulation In the transmit direction, the MAC layer adds MAC layer-related headers, trailers, and padding to security layer packets, and then forwards the packets to the physical layer for transmission. In the receive direction, the MAC layer receives MAC packets from the physical layer and removes the layer-related headers, trailers, and padding. If the packets are addressed to the AT, the MAC layer forwards the packets to the security layer. 2) 1xEV-DO paging cycle The AT can request a specific 1xEV-DO control channel paging cycle (equivalent to paging slots in IS-95) for paging purpose.

II. Access Channel MAC Protocol
This protocol defines the AT timing and power characteristics for the access control channel. Packet encapsulation The PDU for the access channel MAC protocol is the access channel packet. Unlike the control channel packets, one access channel packet can consist of only one security layer packet. In the transmit direction, the MAC layer adds MAC layer-related headers, frame check sequence (FCS), trailers, and padding to security layer packets, and then forwards the resulting packets to the physical layer for transmission. In the receive direction, the MAC layer receives MAC packets from the physical layer, removes the layer-related headers, FCS, trailers, and padding, and then forwards the packets to the security layer. Access channel MAC protocol messages Access channel MAC protocol messages are classified into:

1-10

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 1 Interface Protocols

--ACAck: The AN uses this message to identify and acknowledge the receipt of an access channel MAC capsule. --Access Parameters: The AN uses this message to send the access channel messages to ATs. The AN includes an Access Parameters Message in the synchronous capsule once at least every three control channel cycles or 768 slots.

III. Forward Traffic Channel MAC Protocol
This protocol includes rules governing the operations on the forward traffic channel: Transmission of the DRC channel by the AT Interpretation of DRC by the AN Support for both variable and fixed rate operations 1) Packet encapsulation Packet encapsulation (Format A) Format A is used when the security payload fills the entire session layer payload. The PDU for this protocol is the forward traffic channel (FTC) packet. Each packet consists of a security layer packet. This protocol constructs an FTC packet out of the security layer packet by adding a MAC layer trailer. Packet encapsulation (Format B) Format B is used when the highest priority security payload does not fill the entire session layer payload. 2) DRC rules The forward traffic channel MAC protocol consists of DRC transmission and FTC rate selection rules. There are two states of operation: Variable rate The AT uses the DRC channel to provide rate feedback to the AN and the AN only uses the requested rate. The AT assigns DRC to the best serving sector in its active set. The AN transmits to the AT using the sector and rate values of the DRC. Fixed rate The AT transmits messages to the AN at a specific rate and from a specific sector. If the data is transmitted from the AN to the AT, the AN uses the sector and rate values specified in the message. When there is an imbalance in forward and reverse links and the AN cannot receives the DRC correctly, the fixed rate mode is used.

IV. Reverse Traffic Channel MAC Protocol
This protocol includes rules governing the operations on the reverse traffic channel:

1-11

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 1 Interface Protocols

Acquisition of the reverse traffic channel by the AN through assistance of the AT Selection of transmission rate on the reverse traffic channel by the AT or AN 1) Packet encapsulation The transmission unit for this protocol is the reverse traffic channel (RTC) packet. Each packet consists of one security layer packet. The protocol constructs a RTC packet out of the security layer packet by adding one MAC layer trailer to the trailer of the security layer packet. 2) Reverse link data rate The AN uses the following techniques to control the reverse link data rate of the AT: Reverse rate limit message This message is transmitted over the forward control channel. It specifies the maximum reverse channel link rate allowed for each AT connection. It can be broadcast. Reverse activity bit The reverse activity bit is transmitted over the forward control channel. It specifies whether the reverse link of the section is busy. The reverse link of the AT is not busy when the reverse activity bit indicates not busy for all sectors in the active set. Reverse rate transition probability vectors The AN configures two rate transition vectors for each AT. One is used when the reverse link is not busy, and the other is used when the reverse link is busy. One rate transition vector contains one rate transition probability. The AT uses the rate transition probability value related to the current reverse link status (busy or not busy) and the current data rate. The AT must transmit at the data rate lower than the maximum data rate and the rate necessary to empty the buffer of the AT.

1.4 Abis Interface
The Abis interface is the interface between the BSC and the BTS, two functional entities in the BSS. It is the interface defined for the BTS to access the BSC through terrestrial links. Abis interface consists of three parts: Abis traffic, Abis signaling and OML signaling, as shown in Figure 1-4. Abis traffic is the interface connecting the SDU of the BSC with the channel processing unit of the BTS. It carries the user traffic. Abis signaling is the signaling transmission channel between the BSC and the BTS. It controls the cell setup, transmission of messages over paging channels and access channels, and call setup and release.
1-12

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 1 Interface Protocols

OML signaling is used to implement the operation and maintenance functions. It is defined by equipment manufacturers. On the Abis interface, there is a transparent channel used to carry the OML signaling between the OMC and OMU of the BTS.

SPU BSC

SDU

Ab

aling

Abis

ic

is S

T ra f f

L OM

OML

Abis Interface

Sign

ign alin

fic Traf

A bi s

Abis

g

MC

CEs BTS

OMU

OMU CEs BTS

MC

SPU: Signaling processing unit SDU: Selection and distribution unit MC: Main control unit BSC: Base station controller

CEs: Channel elements OMU: Operation and maintenance unit BTS: Base transceiver station

Figure 1-4 Composition of the Abis interface

Note: The BSC CFMR implements the SDU functions. The BSC CSPU implements the SPU functions. In the BTS3606, the BCKM implements the MC and OMU functions, and the CCPM implements the CE functions.

Figure 1-5 shows the protocol stack used by the Abis signaling and OML signaling.
Abis Signaling Application/OAM Application TCP IP AAL5 ATM Physical Layer

Figure 1-5 Protocol stack of the Abis interface (Abis signaling and OML signaling) Figure 1-6 shows the protocol stack used by the Abis traffic.

1-13

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 1 Interface Protocols

Abis Traffic SSSAR AAL2 ATM Physical Layer

Figure 1-6 Protocol stack of the Abis interface (Abis traffic)

1.4.1 Physical Layer
The physical layer of the Abis interface can be an E1/T1 interface. The physical electrical performance of the E1/T1 interface is in compliance with the ITU-T G.703 recommendations. The multiple E1/T1 trunk lines transmit ATM cells by means of inverse multiplexing on ATM (IMA). The physical layer also provides the SDH optical interface to improve the flexibility.

1.4.2 Data Link Layer
The ATM technology is introduced to the data link layer of the Abis interface. The ATM PVC is used for the transmission of both the signaling and traffic. When only 1X module or EV-DO module exists, or 1X module and EV-DO module coexist, and they connect to the same subrack of the BSC, one PVC is allocated for the Abis signaling. When 1X module and EV-DO module coexist, and they connect to the different subracks of the BSC, two PVCs are allocated for the Abis signaling. One PVC is allocated for the OML signaling. One or two PVCs are allocated to each channel processing board. Adaptation of Abis signaling and OML signaling is performed over the AAL5. These two types of signaling are carried in the IP over ATM (IPoA) mode. On the Abis interface, the Abis signaling path connects the main control software (MC) with SPU of BSC through permanent virtual circuits (PVCs) to transmit Abis signaling. The OML signaling transmission path also uses one PVC to connect BTS OMU and BSC. The BSC forwards the OML signaling to OMC transparently without processing the signaling. AAL2 is used for the adaptation of the Abis traffic. On the Abis interface, each channel processing board uses several PVCs to connect the channel processing unit of BTS to the SDU of BSC. The BTS uses these PVCs to send the uplink data from the Um interface to BSC, while the BSC uses these PVCs to send the downlink data to be transmitted over the Um interface to the BTS.

1-14

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 1 Interface Protocols

1.4.3 Layer 3
On the Abis interface, the Abis signaling, OML signaling, and Abis traffic are in the range of traffic management. Specifically, Abis traffic management includes the following functions:

I. BTS Logic O&M Functions
The following lists 1X and 1xEV-DO logic O&M functions. 1X logic O&M functions The 1X logic O&M functions include: --Resource status indication: With this function, the BTS requests the logic configuration from BSC, reports the logic status to BSC, and checks the logic resource regularly. --Cell configuration: With this function, the BSC configures the cell logic parameters for the BTS, including cell pilot pseudo noise (PN) offset, sector gain, number of common channels, and common channel parameters. --Overhead message update: With this function, the BSC configures or updates overhead messages for the BTS. --Cell breathing control function --Cell blocking function --Radio measurement report function 1xEV-DO logic O&M functions Except cell breathing control function, the 1xEV-DO logic O&M function covers the same functions as the 1X logic O&M function.

II. Common Channel Management Function
Common channels management functions cover different procedures in different systems. 1) 1X common channel management function Paging channel management procedure Transmit paging channel messages from the BSC to MSs through the Abis interface. Access channel management procedure Transmit access channel messages received on the BTS access channel to the BSC through the Abis interface. 2) 1xEV-DO common channel management function Control channel management procedure

1-15

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 1 Interface Protocols

Transmit control channel messages from the BSC to MSs through the Abis interface. Access channel management procedure Transmit access channel messages received on the BTS access channel to the BSC through the Abis interface.

III. Dedicated Channel Setup and Release Function
This function controls the setup and release of the dedicated radio channel and Abis interface terrestrial channel. 1X dedicated channel The Abis interface supports the setup and release of various dedicated channels specified in IS95A/B and CDMA2000 1X protocols, including IS95-FCH, IS95-SCCH, IS2000-FCH, IS2000-DCCH, and IS2000-SCH. 1xEV-DO dedicated channel The Abis interface supports the setup and release of various dedicated channels specified in IS856. Each radio channel is allocated with one AAL2 link on the Abis interface to carry the user traffic data.

Note: Only one AAL2 link is allocated for the softer handoff on the Abis interface.

IV. Service Bearer Function
The BTS needs to process the Abis interface frame protocol, and transmit the data from the reverse traffic channel on the Um interface to BSC and the data from BSC through the forward traffic channel of the Um interface. The traffic channel bearing procedure also implements functions such as AAL2 traffic adaptation, time adjustment of the traffic data frame, and adjustment of reverse outer loop power control and forward power control.

V. Power Control and Rate Control
The Abis interface supports various types of power control. The process of power control can be controlled by configuring different parameters. 1X power control is classified into: --Quick forward closed-loop power control --Slow forward closed-loop power control

1-16

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 1 Interface Protocols

--Quick reverse closed-loop power control --Reverse open-loop power control 1xEV-DO power control is classified into --Quick reverse open-loop power control --Slow reverse open-loop power control The 1xEV-DO mode uses rate control in the forward direction and power control and rate control in the reverse direction. The AT specifies the DRC channel to control the rate of the forward traffic channel. The reverse link transmits at the maximum allowed rate through the control channel.

1-17

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 2 Call Processing

Chapter 2 Call Processing
This chapter introduces the call processing of the CDMA 1X system based on the TIA/EIA/IS-2000-5 Upper Layer (Layer 3) Signaling Standard for cdma2000 Spread Spectrum Systems. This chapter includes two parts: Mobile station (MS) call processing This part covers all state transitions of the MS in call processing. Base transceiver station (BTS) call processing This part covers processing of BTS channels during call processing. For specific service flows, see Chapter 3, “Service Flows”.

2.1 MS Call Processing
MS call processing involves the following states: MS initialization state MS idle state System access state MS control on the traffic channel state Figure 2-1 illustrates the MS call processing states.

2-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 2 Call Processing

Power-Up

Begin analog mode operation Initialization task End analog mode operation MS idle handoff operation MS has fully acquired system timing MS initialization state

MS idle state Receives an acknowledgmentto an access channel transmission other than an origination message Receives a paging channel Ends use of the message requiring an acknowledgment or response, traffic channel originates a call or performs registration System access state

Directed to a traffic channel MS control on the traffic channel

Figure 2-1 MS call processing states After the MS is powered up, it enters the system determination substate of the MS initialization state with a power-up indication.

2.1.1 MS Initialization State
In this state, the MS first selects a system to use. If the selected system is a CDMA system, the MS proceeds to acquire and then synchronize to the CDMA system. If the selected system is an analog system, the MS begins analog mode operation.

Note: This chapter introduces the call processing of the CDMA system. Thus, the description of the analog system is omitted.

The MS initialization state consists of the following substates: System determination substate Pilot channel acquisition substate Sync channel acquisition substate Timing change substate Figure 2-2 illustrates the MS initialization state.
2-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station
Power-up or any other state

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 2 Call Processing

System determination substate CDMA system selected Pilot channel acquisition substate Acquires pilot channel Sync channel acquisition substate Receives sync channel message Timing change substate

MS idle state

Figure 2-2 MS initialization state While in the MS initialization state, the MS updates all active registration timers.

I. System Determination Substate
In this substate, the MS selects the system to use and initializes registration parameters. Custom system selection process The precise process for custom system selection is determined by the MS manufacturer according to the expressed user preferences. The MS performs this process in the following way: 1) The MS selects the system to use. If the MS selects a CDMA system, it sets the band class for the selected system. 2) The MS sets the primary or secondary CDMA channel number for the selected system. If the MS fails to acquire a CDMA system on the first CDMA channel it tries, it attempts to acquire on the alternate CDMA channel (primary or secondary) before attempting other alternatives. System selection using current redirection criteria

2-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 2 Call Processing

To perform system selection using current redirection criteria, the MS uses and stores the following messages: --Service redirection message --Global service redirection message --Extended global service redirection message System selection using system reselection criteria The MS uses information received in the extended neighbor list message or the general neighbor list message to perform the system reselection process. If there are pilots in the neighbor list on a different frequency assignment than that of the MS, the MS selects the CDMA system consisting of these neighbor pilots. If the MS uses a CDMA system, it sets the band class and CDMA channel number for the selected system. Acquisition of the selected system The MS attempts to acquire the selected system as follows: --If the selected system is an analog system, the MS enters the initialization task. --If the selected system is a CDMA system, the MS enters the pilot channel acquisition substate.

II. Pilot Channel Acquisition Substate
In this substate, the MS acquires the pilot channel of the selected CDMS system. Upon entering the pilot channel acquisition substate, the MS sets the CDMA channel number and pilot channel, and searches for the length of the pilot channel. If the MS supports orthogonal transmit diversity, the MS uses energy on the forward pilot channel and transmit diversity pilot channel when acquiring a system. If the MS acquires the pilot channel, it enters the sync channel acquisition substate. If the MS determines that it is unlikely to acquire the pilot channel, it enters the system determination substate with an acquisition failure indication.

III. Sync Channel Acquisition Substate
In this substate, the MS receives and processes the sync channel message to obtain system configuration and timing information. Upon entering the sync channel acquisition substate, the MS sets its code channel for the sync channel. After setting these parameters, the MS enters the timing change substate.

IV. Timing Change Substate
In this substate, the MS timing changes occur. The MS synchronizes its long code timing and system timing to those of the CDMA system, using the values obtained from the received sync channel message. After setting these parameters, the MS enters the MS idle substate.
2-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 2 Call Processing

2.1.2 MS Idle State
In this state, the MS monitors the paging channel. The MS can receive messages, receive an incoming call (mobile terminated call), initiate a call (mobile originated call), cancel a priority access and channel assignment (PACA) call, initiate a registration, or initiate a message transmission.

I. Idle Procedures
The following introduces six types of idle procedures: Paging channel monitoring procedures The paging channel is divided into 80 ms slots called paging channel slots. Paging and control messages for a MS operating in the non-slotted mode can be received in any of the paging channel slots. Therefore, the non-slotted mode of operation requires the MS to monitor all slots. --Quick paging channel monitoring procedures The quick paging channel is divided into 80 ms slots called quick paging channel slots. --The quick paging channel protocol provides for scheduling the transmission of paging indicators for MSs in quick paging channel slots. Support of this feature is optional. --The quick paging channel protocol also provides for scheduling the transmission of configuration change indicators for MSs in quick paging channel slots. Support of this feature is optional. Registration While in the MS idle state, the MS performs the registration procedure. Idle handoff An idle handoff occurs when a MS moves from the coverage area of one BTS into the coverage area of another BTS during the MS idle state. If the MS detects a pilot channel signal from another BTS, and this signal is sufficiently stronger than that of the current BTS, the MS determines to perform an idle handoff. System reselection procedures If the MS supports more than one operating mode or the remaining set (or neighbor set) contains pilots on frequencies different from the current frequency, the MS enters the system determination substate of the MS initialization state with a system reselection indication. Slotted timer expiration Upon expiration of the slotted timer, the MS disables the timer.

2-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 2 Call Processing

II. Response to Overhead Information Operation
The response to overhead information operation is performed whenever the MS receives an overhead message. The MS updates internally stored information from the received message’s data fields. The above messages are all configuration messages except the access parameters message. The MS receives configuration parameters in the configuration messages and access parameters in the access parameters message. The MS may store the configuration parameters from paging channels it has recently monitored.

III. MS Page Match Operation
The MS page match operation is performed whenever the MS receives a general page message. If the MS receives a general page message that contains the international mobile station identity (IMSI) or temporary mobile subscriber identity (TMSI) assigned to the MS, it transmits a page response message on the access channel. If the MS is configured to receive broadcast messages, and it receives a general page message that contains a burst type and broadcast address that the MS has been configured to receive, the MS performs the broadcast page procedures.

IV. MS Order and Message Processing Operation
During the MS order and message processing operation, the MS processes all messages except overhead messages and page messages. If any field value of the message or order is outside its permissible range, the MS sends a Mobile Station Reject Order.

V. MS Origination Operation
If the MS is directed by the user to initiate a call, it performs the MS origination operation when entering the MS idle state. The MS enters the update overhead information substate of the system access state with an origination indication.

VI. MS Message Transmission Operation
This operation is performed when the user directs the MS to transmit a Data Burst Message. Support of this operation is optional.

2-6

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 2 Call Processing

VII. MS Power-Down Operation
When the user directs the MS to power down, the MS performs this operation, updates stored parameters, and performs other registration procedures. If no power-down registration is performed, the MS powers down.

VIII. MS PACA Cancel Operation
The MS PACA cancel operation is performed when the user directs the MS to cancel a PACA call. The MS disables the PACA state timer and indicates to the user that the PACA call has been cancelled. The MS enters the update overhead information substate of the system access state with a PACA cancel indication.

IX. MS Resource Control Primitives Response Operation
The MS resource control primitives response operation is performed when Layer 3 receives a primitive from the resource control. The MS enters the update overhead information substate of the system access state with a resource control initiated reconnect indication.

2.1.3 System Access State
In this state, the MS sends messages to the BTS on the R-CSCH and receives messages from the BTS on the F-CSCH. The system access state consists of the following substates: Update overhead information substate MS origination attempt substate Page response substate MS order/message response substate Registration access substate MS message transmission substate PACA cancel substate

I. Access Procedures
Access procedures include: Access attempts The MS transmits on the access channel using a random access procedure. Many parameters of the random access channel are supplied by the BTS in the Access Parameters Message. Handoffs While in the system access state, the MS continues its pilot search and performs an access handoff or an access probe handoff.

2-7

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 2 Call Processing

--The MS is permitted to perform an access handoff to use the paging channel with the best pilot strength and an associated access channel. --An access handoff is permitted after an access attempt while the MS is in the page response substate or the MS origination attempt substate. System access state exit procedures Upon exiting the system access state, the MS directs Layer 2 to cancel any access attempt in progress and discard the associated message. The mobile station then disables the system access state timer. Full-TMSI timer Whenever the MS sends its full TMSI, it enables the full-TMSI timer. If the full-TMSI timer expires, the MS deletes the TMSI. Monitoring pilots The MS assists the BTS in the traffic channel assignment process by monitoring and reporting the pilot strength of the pilot in the MS’s paging channel active set. The MS can also monitor and report other pilots on the same frequency. Paging channel monitoring When in the system access state, the MS monitors the paging channel at all times. The MS sets a timer when it begins to monitor the paging channel and whenever it gets an indication that a valid message was received on the paging channel, whether addressed to the MS or not.

II. Update Overhead Information Substate
In this substate, the MS monitors the paging channel until it has received the current configuration messages. The MS compares sequence numbers to determine whether all of the configuration messages are up-to-date. If the system access state timer expires while in this substate, the MS enters the system determination substate of the MS initialization state with a system lost indication.

III. MS Origination Attempt Substate
In this substate, the MS sends an Origination Message to the BTS.

IV. Page Response Substate
In this substate, the MS sends a Page Response Message in response to a General Page Message from a BTS. While in this substate, the MS monitors the paging channel and performs an access probe handoff or access handoff.

2-8

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 2 Call Processing

V. MS Order/Message Response Substate
In this substate, the MS sends a message that is a response to a message received from the BTS.

VI. Registration Access Substate
In this substate, the MS sends a registration message to the BTS. While in this substate, the MS monitors the paging channel.

VII. MS Message Transmission Substate
In this substate, the MS sends a data burst message or a peer-to-peer resource control message to the BTS. Support of this substate is optional.

VIII. PACA Cancel Substate
In this substate, the MS sends a PACA Cancel Message to the BTS.

2.1.4 MS Control on the Traffic Channel State
In this state, the MS communicates with the BTS over the forward and reverse traffic channels. The MS control on the traffic channel state consists of the following substates: Traffic channel initialization substate Waiting for order substate Waiting for MS answer substate Conversation substate Release substate

I. Special Functions and Actions
The MS performs special functions and actions in one or more of the substates of the MS control on the traffic channel state.

II. Traffic Channel Initialization Substate
In this substate, the MS verifies that it can receive the forward traffic channel and begins transmitting on the reverse traffic channel.

III. Waiting for Order Substate
In this substate, the MS waits for an alert with information message.

IV. Waiting for MS Answer Substate
In this substate, the MS waits for the user to answer the mobile terminated call or to invoke special treatments.

2-9

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 2 Call Processing

V. Conversation Substate
In this substate, the MS exchanges traffic channel frames with the BTS in accordance with the current service configuration. The MS may perform the gating operation of the reverse pilot channel.

VI. Release Substate
In this substate, the MS disconnects the call.

2.1.5 Registration
Registration is the process by which the MS notifies the BTS of its location, status, identification, slot cycle, and other characteristics. The MS informs the BTS of its location and status so that the BTS can efficiently page the MS when establishing a mobile terminated call.

I. Forms of Registration
The CDMA 1X system supports ten different forms of registration: Power-up registration The MS registers when it is powered up or switches from different serving personal communications services (PCS) frequency blocks, different band classes, alternate operating modes, and analog system. Power-down registration If the MS has previously registered in the current serving system, the MS registers when it is powered down. Timer-based registration The MS registers when a timer expires. Distance-based registration The MS registers when the distance between the current BTS and the BTS in which it last registered exceeds a threshold. Zone-based registration The MS registers whenever it moves into a new zone. Parameter-change registration The MS registers when it modifies its stored parameters or enters a new system. Ordered registration The MS registers when the BTS requests it to register. Implicit registration

2-10

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 2 Call Processing

Whenever the MS successfully sends an Origination Message or Page Response Message, the BTS can infer the location of the MS. This is considered an implicit registration. Traffic channel registration Whenever the BTS has registration information for a MS that has been assigned to a traffic channel, the BTS can notify the MS that it is registered. User zone registration The MS registers when it selects an active user zone.

II. Roaming
Two types of roaming are defined: Foreign network identification (NID) roaming Foreign system identification (SID) roaming The MS has a list of one or more home (non-roaming) (SID, NID) pairs. A MS is roaming if the stored (SIDs, NIDs) pair does not match one of the MS’s non-roaming (SID, NID) pairs.

III. Registration Timers and Indicators
The MS provides a means of enabling and disabling each timer. When a timer is disabled, it is considered expired. A timer that has been enabled is referred to as active.

IV. Registration Procedures
Registration procedures consist of the following actions: Actions in the MS initialization state Actions in the MS idle state Actions in the system access state Actions in the MS control on the traffic channel state

2.1.6 Handoff
The MS supports the following three handoff procedures in the MS Control on the Traffic Channel State: Soft handoff: A handoff in which the MS starts communications with a new BTS without interrupting communications with the old BTS. Soft handoff can only be used between CDMA channels having identical frequency assignments. Soft handoff provides diversity of forward traffic channels and reverse traffic channel paths on the boundaries between BTSs. CDMA-to-CDMA hard handoff: A handoff in which the MS is transitioned between disjoint sets of BTSs, different band classes, different frequency assignments, or different frame offsets.

2-11

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 2 Call Processing

CDMA-to-analog handoff: A handoff in which the MS is directed from a CDMA traffic channel to an analog voice channel.

I. Pilot Sets
All pilots in a pilot set have the same CDMA frequency assignment. The MS searches for pilots on the current CDMA frequency assignment to detect the presence of CDMA channels and to measure their strengths. When the MS detects a pilot of sufficient strength that is not associated with any of the forward traffic channels assigned to it, it sends a Pilot Strength Measurement Message to the BTS. The BTS can then assign a forward traffic channel associated with that pilot to the MS and direct the MS to perform a handoff.

II. Requirements
The following lists the handoff-specific requirements: Pilot search For the pilot sets, the BTS sets the search window in which the MS is to search for usable multi-path components of the pilots in the set. Pilot strength measurement The MS assists the BTS in the handoff process and in the reverse supplemental code channel operation and in the reverse supplemental channel operation by measuring and reporting the strengths of received pilots. Handoff drop timer The MS maintains a handoff drop timer for each pilot in the active set and candidate set. Pilot PN phase The MS measures the arrival time for each pilot reported to the BTS. The pilot arrival time is the time of occurrence, as measured at the MS antenna connector, of the earliest arriving usable multi-path component of the pilot. Handoff messages Handoff messages include the processing of forward traffic channel handoff messages, reverse supplemental burst assignment, and reverse traffic channel handoff messages. Set maintenance Pilot set maintenance includes the maintenance of the active set, candidate set, and neighbor set. Soft handoff When the active set contains more than one pilot, the MS provides diversity combining of the associated forward traffic channels.

2-12

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 2 Call Processing

A set consists of one or more forward fundamental code channels or forward dedicated control channels with identical power control information. Sets are identified through an Extended Handoff Direction Message, a General Handoff Direction Message, or a Universal Handoff Direction Message. CDMA-to-CDMA hard handoff The BTS directs the MS to perform a CDMA-to-CDMA hard handoff by sending an Extended Handoff Direction Message, a General Handoff Direction Message, or a Universal Handoff Direction Message. The MS is transitioned between disjoint sets of BTSs, different frequency assignments, or different frame offsets. CDMA-to-analog handoff The BTS directs the MS to perform a CDMA-to-analog handoff by sending an Analog Handoff Direction Message. Search of analog frequencies The MS supports analog frequencies single search or analog frequencies periodic search.

2.2 BTS Call Processing
This section describes BTS call processing. It contains frequent references to the messages that flow between the BTS and MS. BTS call processing consists of the following types of processing: Pilot and sync channel processing Paging channel and quick paging channel processing Access channel processing Traffic channel processing

2.2.1 Pilot and Sync Channel Processing
During pilot and sync channel processing, the BTS transmits the pilot and sync channels. When the MS is in the MS initialization state, it uses these pilot and sync channels to acquire and synchronize to the CDMA system.

I. Preferred Set of CDMA Channels
The preferred set of frequency assignments are the CDMA channels on which the MS attempts to acquire the CDMA system. The BTS supports at least one member of the preferred set of frequency assignments. The BTS may support additional CDMA channels.

II. Pilot Channel Operation
The pilot channel is a reference channel which the MS uses for acquisition, timing, and as a phase reference for coherent demodulation. The BTS continually transmits a pilot

2-13

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 2 Call Processing

channel for every CDMA channel supported by the BTS, unless the BTS is classified as a hopping pilot beacon.

III. Sync Channel Operation
The sync channel provides the MS with system configuration and timing information. The BTS transmits at most one sync channel for each supported CDMA channel. The BTS continually sends the Sync Channel Message on each sync channel that the BTS transmits.

2.2.2 Paging Channel and Quick Paging Channel Processing
This section describes paging channel and quick paging channel processing in detail.

I. Paging Channel Procedures
During paging channel processing, the BTS transmits the paging channel which the MS monitors to receive messages while the MS is in the MS idle state and system access state. The BTS may transmit up to seven paging channels on each supported CDMA channel. For each paging channel that the BTS transmits, the BTS continually sends valid paging channel messages. CDMA channel determination To determine the CDMA channel assigned to the MS, the BTS uses the hash function with the corresponding parameters input. Paging channel determination To determine the paging channel assigned to the MS, the BTS uses the hash function with the corresponding parameters input. Paging slot determination Paging slot determination is to determine the assigned paging channel slots for a MS with a given slot cycle index. Message transmission and acknowledgment procedures The paging channel message transmission and acknowledgment procedures facilitate the reliable exchange of messages between the BTS and MS on the F-CSCH and R-CSCH.

II. Quick Paging Channel Processing
The BTS may support a quick paging channel. The BTS may transmit up to three quick paging channels on each supported CDMA channel. Quick paging channel determination To determine the MS’s assigned quick paging channel, the BTS uses the hash function with the following inputs: --IMSI with which the MS registered
2-14

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 2 Call Processing

--Number of quick paging channels which the BTS transmits on the MS’s assigned CDMA channel Quick paging channel slot determination Assigned quick paging channel slots of the MS are determined by the slot formula. Paging indicator position determination To determine the MS’s assigned paging indicators, the BTS uses the same formula as used by the MS. Configuration change indicator position determination Configuration change indicators are transmitted on the first quick paging channel. Reserved indicator positions On the first quick paging channel and non first quick paging channel, if the quick paging channel data rates are 4800 bps and 9600 bps respectively, the reserved indicator positions are different.

2.2.3 Access Channel Processing
During access channel processing, the BTS monitors the access channel to receive messages which the MS sends while the MS is in the system access state. Each access channel is associated with a paging channel. Up to 32 access channels can be associated with a paging channel. The number of access channels associated with a particular paging channel is specified in the Access Parameters Message sent out on that paging channel. The BTS continually monitors all access channels associated with each paging channel that the BTS transmits.

I. Response to Page Response Message
If the BTS receives a Page Response Message, it sends a Channel Assignment Message, an Extended Channel Assignment Message, or a Release Order. The BTS may also start authentication procedures, start TMSI assignment procedures, send a Data Burst Message, or request status information records.

II. Response to Orders
No requirements.

III. Response to Origination Message
If the BTS receives an Origination Message, it sends a Channel Assignment Message, an Extended Channel Assignment Message, an Intercept Order, a Reorder Order, a Release Order, a PACA Message, or a Service Redirection Message. The BTS may also start authentication procedures, start TMSI assignment procedures, or request status information records.

2-15

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 2 Call Processing

IV. Response to Registration Message
If the BTS receives a Registration Message, it may send a Registration Accepted Order, a Registration Rejected Order, or a Service Redirection Message. The BTS may also start authentication procedures, start TMSI assignment procedures, or request status information records.

V. Response to Data Burst Message
No requirements.

VI. Response to Service Release Response Message
If the BTS receives a Service Release Response Message, it changes parameter configuration and perform relevant procedures.

VII. Response to Peer-to-Peer Resource Control Message
If the BTS receives a Peer-to-Peer Resource Control Message, Layer 3 sends relevant parameters to the resource control and the value received in the message.

VIII. Service Redirection
If the BTS sends a Service Redirection Message or a Global Service Redirection Message to the MS, Layer 3 sends a MS inactive on common channel indication to Layer 2.

2.2.4 Traffic Channel Processing
During traffic channel processing, the BTS uses the forward and reverse traffic channel to communicate with the MS while the MS is in the MS control on the traffic channel state. Traffic channel processing consists of the following substates: Traffic channel initialization substate Waiting for order substate Waiting for answer substate Conversation substate Release substate

I. Special Functions and Actions
The BTS performs the following special functions and actions in one or more of the traffic channel processing substates: Forward traffic channel power control When the BTS enables forward traffic channel power control, the MS reports frame error rate statistics to the BTS using the Power Measurement Report Message.

2-16

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 2 Call Processing

The BTS may enable forward traffic channel power control using the System Parameters Message sent on the paging channel and the Power Control Parameters Message sent on the forward traffic channel. Service configuration and negotiation During traffic channel operation, the MS and BTS communicate through the exchange of forward and reverse traffic channel configurations. The MS and BTS use a common set of attributes for building and interpreting traffic channel frames. This set of attributes is referred to as a service configuration. Ordering of messages The Layer 2 protocol does not guarantee delivery of messages in any order. If the BTS requires that the MS receive a set of messages in a certain order, the BTS sends each message in assured mode requiring confirmation of delivery and waits for the confirmation of delivery of each message before transmitting the next message in the set. Message action times A message with an explicit action time is called a pending message. The BTS supports two pending messages at any given time, not including pending service option control orders, service option control messages, or power up function messages. The number of pending service option control orders or service option control messages that the BTS is required to support is specific to the service option. In addition, the BTS supports one pending Power Up Function Message. Long code transition request processing If a request for voice privacy is specified in the Origination Message or Page Response Message, the BTS may send a Long Code Transition Request Order requesting a transition to the private long code. Processing resource request messages The BTS processes Resource Request Message and Resource Request Mini Message. Processing the resource control primitives If resource control is supported, Layer 3 may receive a primitive from resource control and process it. Additional operations when resource control is supported When resource control is supported, the BTS performs additional operations on the Service Connect Message and General Handoff Direction Message to be sent to the MS.

2-17

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 2 Call Processing

II. Traffic Channel Initialization Substate
In this substate, the BTS begins transmitting on the forward traffic channel and acquires the reverse traffic channel.

III. Waiting for Order Substate
In this substate, the BTS sends an alert with information message to the MS.

IV. Waiting for Answer Substate
In this substate, the BTS waits for a connect order from the MS.

V. Conversation Substate
In this substate, the BTS exchanges traffic channel frames with the MS in accordance with the current service configuration.

VI. Release Substate
In this substate, the BTS disconnects the call.

2.2.5 Registration
Registration is the process by which the MS notifies the BTS of its location, status, identification, slot cycle, and other characteristics. The BTS can make use of location information to efficiently page the MS when establishing a mobile terminated call. The BTS can also determine which paging channel slots a MS operating in the slotted mode is monitoring. Registration also provides the protocol revision number so that the BTS knows the capabilities of the MS.

I. Registration on the Paging and Access Channels
The BTS specifies the forms of registration that are enabled, the corresponding registration parameters, and the roaming status conditions for which registration is enabled in the System Parameters Message. If any of the autonomous registration forms are enabled, the BTS also enables parameter-change registration. The BTS processes an Origination Message or Page Response Message sent on the access channel as an implicit registration of the MS sending the message. The BTS can obtain complete registration information about the MS at any time by sending a Registration Request Order to the MS.

II. Registration on the Traffic Channel
The BTS can obtain registration information from a MS on the traffic channel by means of the Status Request Message or the Status Request Order. When the BTS has registration information for a MS, it may send a MS Registered Message to the MS, specifying the BTS's registration system, zone, and location information.

2-18

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 2 Call Processing

2.2.6 Handoff
The BTS supports the following three handoff procedures: Soft handoff CDMA-to-CDMA hard handoff CDMA-to-analog handoff For details, see section 2.1.6 , “Handoff”.

I. Active Set
The active set contains the pilots associated with the forward traffic channels assigned to the MS. The BTS informs the MS of the contents of the active set using the Channel Assignment Message or the Extended Channel Assignment Message. Subsequent changes to the contents of the active set are provided using the Extended Handoff Direction Message, General Handoff Direction Message, or Universal Handoff Direction Message.

II. Requirements
Overhead information The BTS sends the following messages governing the pilot search procedures performed by the MS. Call processing during handoff Call processing during handoff includes processing the pilot strength measurement message and processing the extended handoff direction message. Active set maintenance The BTS maintains an active set for each MS under its control. The BTS deletes the pilots that were not included in the most recent Extended Handoff Direction Message, General Handoff Direction Message, or Universal Handoff Direction Message, from the active set upon receipt of the Handoff Completion Message. Soft handoff The BTS uses soft handoff when directing a MS from on forward traffic channel to another forward traffic channel having the same frequency assignment. CDMA-to-analog handoff The BTS may direct the MS to perform a handoff from the CDMA system to an analog system in a band class that the MS supports by sending an Analog Handoff Direction Message.

2-19

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

Chapter 3 Service Flows
This chapter introduces the service flows of the CDMA BTS by referring to the following protocols: 3GPP2 C.S0024 cdma2000 High Rate Packet Data Air Interface Specification 3GPP2 A.R0003: Abis interface technical report for CDMA 1X Spread Spectrum System Huawei self-defined protocol: CDMA Abis Interface Upper Layer Protocol This chapter respectively introduces service flows of the CDMA BTS in the CDMA2000 1X and CDMA2000 1xEV-DO systems, as listed in Table 3-1. The introduction to these service flows is intended to help readers to: Understand how the interface messages are transferred between the MS and the BTS (or between the AT and the AN). Use this basic knowledge for proper interface message tracing and troubleshooting. Table 3-1 Service flows System Category of the service flow Mobile Originated Call Mobile Terminated Call Voice service Mobile Initiated Release BTS Initiated Release Release Initiated by BSC/MSC Intra-BTS Soft/Softer Handoff Handoff Inter-BTS Soft/Softer Handoff Add Inter-BTS Soft/Softer Handoff Drop Inter-BTS Hard Handoff Mobile Originated SMS Delivery on the Access Channel Short Message Service (SMS) Mobile Terminated SMS Delivery on the Paging Channel Mobile Originated SMS delivery on the Traffic Channel Mobile Terminated SMS Delivery on the Traffic Channel Packet service data Packet Data Service (Abis Connection Not Yet Established) Packet Data Service (Abis Connection Is Established) Service flow

CDMA2000 1X

3-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

System

Category of the service flow

Service flow AT Initiated Connection Setup

Service flows CDMA2000 1x EV-DO Handoff

AN Initiated Connection Re-activation AT Initiated Connection Release AN Initiated Connection Release Handoff Add Handoff Drop

3.1 CDMA2000 1X Service Flows
This section introduces the service flows supported by the CDMA2000 1X system.

3.1.1 Voice Service
This section introduces fives types of voice service flow.

I. Mobile Originated Call
Figure 3-1illustrates the mobile originated call (MOC) procedure.
MS ACH Origination Msg Base Ack Order PCH Abis-BTS Setup Abis-Connect Abis-Connect Ack Abis-BTS Setup Ack TCH PCH TCH TCH TCH TCH TCH TCH Null Traffic Data Abis-IS2000 FCH Fwd(Null data) Abis-IS2000 FCH Rvs(Idle data) Abis-PCH Msg Transfer(ECAM) Abis-IS2000 FCH Rvs(Preamble) Abis-IS2000 FCH Fwd(Base Ack) Abis-IS2000 FCH Rvs(Idle Data) Abis-IS2000 FCH Rvs(Ms Ack) Abis-IS2000 FCH Fwd(Service Connect) Abis-IS2000 FCH Rvs(Ser Conn Comp) Assignment Req BTS Abis-ACH Msg Transfer(ORM) BSC CM Service Req MSC

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15)

ECAM Traffic Channel Preamble Base Ack Order Idle TCH Data MS Ack Order Service Connect Msg Service Connect Complete

Assignment Complete

(16) (17)

Figure 3-1 Mobile originated call
3-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

The following describes the mobile originated call procedure: 1) 2) The MS sends an Origination Message to the BTS on the access channel. Upon the reception of the Origination Message, the BTS sends an Abis-ACH Msg Transfer message to the BSC, forwards the origination message to the BSC, and sends a Base Ack Order to the MS on the paging channel. 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) The BSC sends a CM Service Request to the MSC, requesting service assignment. The MSC sends an Assignment Request to the BSC, requesting the BSS to assign radio resources. The BSC sends an Abis-BTS Setup message to the BTS, requesting the BTS to allocate the radio resource for the call. The BTS sends an Abis-Connect message to the BSC to establish the Abis service connection. The BSC sends an Abis-Connect Ack message to the BTS in response to the Abis-Connect message. The BTS completes resource allocation and sends an Abis-BTS Setup Ack to the BSC. The BSC sends an Abis-IS2000 FCH Fwd message to the BTS, instructing the BTS to send a null frame to the MS. 10) After receiving the Abis-IS2000 FCH Fwd message, the BTS sends a null frame to the BSC using the Abis-IS2000 FCH Rvs message, and performs Abis link delay adjustment. 11) The BSC sends a channel assignment message to the BTS using the Abis-PCH Msg Transfer message. The BTS forwards the message to the MS on the paging channel. 12) The MS begins to send a traffic channel preamble on the assigned reverse traffic channel. After acquiring the preamble, the BTS sends a traffic channel preamble to the BSC using the Abis-IS2000 FCH Rvs message. 13) After the BSC receives the traffic channel preamble from the MS, it sends a Base Ack Order to the BTS using the Abis-IS2000 FCH Fwd message. The BTS forwards the order to the MS over the forward traffic channel. 14) After the MS receives a Base Ack Order, it stops sending the traffic channel preamble and starts sending data frames. 15) The MS receives and then sends a Base Ack Order to the BTS. Then, the BTS forwards the order to the BSC using the Abis-IS2000 FCH Rvs message. 16) After the BSC receives the MS Ack Order, it sends a service connection message to the BTS using the Abis-IS2000 FCH Fwd message. The BTS forwards the message to the MS, and then the MS starts to handle the service according to the designated service configuration. 17) To respond to the service connection message, the MS sends the Service Connect Complete message.

3-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

18) After the BSC receives the Service Connect Complete message, it sends an Assignment Complete message to the MSC.

II. Mobile Terminated Call
Figure 3-2 illustrates the mobile terminated call (MTC) procedure.
MS
PCH ACH

BTS GPM Paging Response Base Ack Order Abis-ACH Msg Transfer(PRM) Abis-PCH Msg Transfer(GPM)

BSC

MSC Paging Request

CM Service Req

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18)

PCH

Abis-BTS Setup Abis-Connect Abis-Connect Ack Abis-BTS Setup Ack
TCH

Assignment Req

Null Traffic Data ECAM Traffic Channel Preamble Base Ack Order Idle TCH Data MS Ack Order Service Connect Msg Service Connect Complete

Abis-IS2000 FCH Fwd(Null data) Abis-IS2000 FCH Rvs(Idle data) Abis-PCH Msg Transfer(ECAM) Abis-IS2000 FCH Rvs(Preamble) Abis-IS2000 FCH Fwd(Base Ack) Abis-IS2000 FCH Rvs(Idle Data) Abis-IS2000 FCH Rvs(Ms Ack) Abis-IS2000 FCH Fwd(Service Connect) Abis-IS2000 FCH Rvs(Ser Conn Comp)

PCH TCH TCH TCH TCH TCH TCH

Assignment Complete

(19) (20)

Figure 3-2 Mobile terminated call The following describes the mobile terminated call procedure: 1) 2) The MSC sends a Paging Request to the BSC. The BSC constructs a general paging message (GPM), embeds it into the Abis-PCH Msg Transfer message, and then sends it to the BTS. Then, the BTS sends the GPM on the paging channel. 3) 4) 5) After the MS receives the GMP, it sends a paging response message (PRM) to the BTS. The BTS uses the Abis-ACH Msg Transfer message to send the PRM to the BSC and sends a Base Ack Order on the paging channel. The BSC sends a CM Service Request to the MSC, requesting service assignment.

3-4

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

6) 7) 8) 9)

The MSC sends an Assignment Request to the BSC, requesting the BSS to assign radio resources. The BSC sends an Abis-BTS Setup message to the BTS, requesting the BTS to allocate the radio resource for the call. The BTS sends an Abis-Connect message to the BSC to establish the Abis service connection. The BSC sends an Abis-Connect Ack message to the BTS in response to the Abis-Connect message.

10) The BTS completes resource allocation and sends an Abis-BTS Setup Ack message to the BSC. 11) The BSC sends an Abis-IS2000 FCH Fwd message to the BTS, instructing the BTS to send a null frame to the MS. 12) After receiving the Abis-IS2000 FCH Fwd message, the BTS sends a null frame to the BSC using the Abis-IS2000 FCH Rvs message, and performs Abis link delay adjustment. 13) The BSC sends a channel assignment message to the BTS using the Abis-PCH Msg Transfer message. The BTS forwards the message to the MS on the paging channel. 14) The MS begins to send the traffic channel preamble on the assigned reverse traffic channel. After acquiring the preamble, the BTS sends the traffic channel preamble to the BSC using the Abis-IS2000 FCH Rvs message. 15) After the BSC receives the traffic channel preamble from the MS, it sends the Base Ack Order to the BTS in the Abis-IS2000 FCH Fwd message. The BTS forwards the order to the MS over the forward traffic channel. 16) After the MS receives the Base Ack Order, it stops sending the traffic channel preamble and starts sending data frames. 17) The MS receives and then sends the Base Ack Order to the BTS. Then, the BTS forwards the order to the BSC using the Abis-IS2000 FCH Rvs message. 18) After the BSC receives the MS Ack Order, it sends a service connection message to the BTS using the Abis-IS2000 FCH Fwd message. The BTS forwards the message to the MS, and then the MS starts to handle the service according to the designated service configuration. 19) To respond to the service connection message, the MS sends a Service Connect Complete message. 20) After the BSC receives the Service Connect Complete message, it sends an Assignment Complete message to the MSC.

III. Mobile Initiated Release
After the MS initiates a network access request, it can originate a release owing to the service requirement, for example, the user hooks on. Figure 3-3 illustrates the mobile originated release.

3-5

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station
MS Release Order BTS

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows
BSC MSC (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) Clear Complete (7) (8)

Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs(Release Order) Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd(Release Order) Abis-BTS Release Abis-Remove Abis-Remove Ack Abis-BTS Release Ack

Clear Req Clear Command

Release Order

Figure 3-3 Mobile initiated release The following describes the mobile initiated release procedure: 1) The MS sends a Release Order message to the BTS on the reverse channel. In response to the order, the BTS sends an Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs containing the Release Order message to the BSC. 2) 3) 4) The BSC sends a Clear Request to the MSC. The MSC sends a Clear Command to instruct the BSC to release the associated dedicated resources (such as the terrestrial circuit). The BSC sends an Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd containing the Release Order message to the BTS. The BTS sends a Release Order message to the MS and then release the radio resource. 5) 6) The BSC sends the Abis-BTS Release message to the BTS. The BTS sends an Abis-Remove message to the BSC, requesting the BSC to remove the specified cell from the service connection. In response to the Abis-Remove message, the BSC sends an Abis-Remove Ack message to the BTS. 7) 8) The BTS sends an Abis-BTS Release Ack to the BSC in response to the Abis-Remove Ack message. Upon receipt of the Clear Command message from the MSC, the BSC releases the allocated terrestrial circuit and responds to the Clear Complete message. After the MSC receives the Clear Complete message, it releases the underlying transport connection (SCCP connection).

IV. BTS Initiated Release
The BTS may send the Release Request message to the BSC to initiate the call release in one of the following cases: The MS is not activated and the MS-BTS radio connection fails to be set up. The call fails to be set up because the BTS equipment is faulty. Figure 3-4 illustrates the release initiated by the BTS.

3-6

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station
MS BTS Abis-BTS Release Request

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows
BSC Clear Request Clear Command MSC (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Clear Complete (8) (9)

Release Order Release Order

Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd(Release Order) Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs(Release Order) Abis-BTS Release Abis-Remove Abis-Remove Ack Abis-BTS Release Ack

Figure 3-4 BTS initiated release The following describes the BTS initiated release procedure: 1) 2) 3) 4) The BTS sends an Abis-BTS Release Request to the BSC to initiate the release. The BSC sends a Clear Request to the MSC. The MSC sends a Clear Command to instruct the BSC to release the associated dedicated resources (such as the terrestrial circuit). The BSC sends an Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd containing the Release Order message to the BTS. The BTS sends a Release Order message to the MS and then release the radio resource. 5) The MS sends a Release Order message to the BTS on the reverse channel. Then, the BTS sends an Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs containing the Release Order message to the BSC. 6) 7) The BSC sends an Abis-BTS Release message to the BTS. The BTS sends an Abis-Remove message to the BSC, requesting the BSC to remove the specified cell from the service connection. The BSC responds with an Abis-Remove Ack message, indicating the processing result of the Abis Remove message. 8) 9) The BTS sends an Abis-BTS Release Ack message to the BSC in response to the Abis-Remove Ack message. Upon receipt of the Clear Command message from the MSC, the BSC releases the allocated terrestrial circuit and responds to the Clear Complete message. After the MSC receives the Clear Complete message, it releases the underlying transport connection (SCCP connection).

V. Release Initiated by BSC/MSC
The BSC may send the Release Request message to the MSC to initiate the call release in one of the following cases: The MS is not activated and the MS-BSS radio connection fails to be set up. The call fails to be set up because the BTS equipment is faulty.
3-7

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

Figure 3-5 illustrates the release initiated by the BSC/MSC.
MS BTS BSC Clear Request Clear Command Release Order Release Order Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs(Release Order) Abis-BTS Release Abis-Remove Abis-Remove Ack Abis-BTS Release Ack Clear Complete (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd(Release Order) MSC (1) (2) (3)

Figure 3-5 Release initiated by BSC/MSC The following describes the BSC/MSC initiated release procedure: 1) 2) 3) The BSC sends a Clear Request to the MSC. The MSC sends a Clear Command to instruct the BSC to release the associated dedicated resources (such as the terrestrial circuit). The BSC sends an Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd containing the Release Order message to the BTS. The BTS sends a Release Order message to the MS and then release the radio resource. 4) The MS sends a Release Order message to the BTS on the reverse channel. Then, the BTS sends an Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs containing the Release Order message to the BSC. 5) 6) The BSC sends an Abis-BTS Release message to the BTS. The BTS sends an Abis-Remove message to the BSC, requesting the BSC to remove the specified cell from the service connection. The BSC responds with an Abis-Remove Ack message, indicating the processing result of the Abis Remove message. 7) 8) The BTS sends an Abis-BTS Release Ack message to the BSC in response to the Abis-Remove Ack message. Upon receipt of the Clear Command message from the MSC, the BSC releases the allocated terrestrial circuit and responds to the Clear Complete message. After the MSC receives the Clear Complete message, it releases the underlying transport connection (SCCP connection).

3.1.2 Handoff
There are three types of handoff: Soft handoff: A handoff in which the MS starts the communication with a new BTS without interrupting the communication with the old BTS. Soft handoff brings better

3-8

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

voice quality, realizes seamless handoff, reduces the call drop rate, and increases the reverse capacity. Softer handoff: A handoff similar to the soft handoff. It occurs when the MS moves from one sector of a BTS to another sector in the same BTS. Hard handoff: A handoff in which the MS stops the communication with the old BTS before it starts to communicate with the new BTS. An ongoing call can be interrupted temporarily or even dropped during the hard handoff process.

I. Intra-BTS Soft/Softer Handoff Add
Figure 3-6 illustrates the intra-BTS soft/softer handoff add procedure. In the case of softer handoff, only one Abis service connection is required on the Abis interface, without setting up new Abis service connections.
MS Pilot Strength Meas. Msg Base Ack Order BTS Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs(Pilot Strength) Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd(Base Ack) Abis-BTS Setup Abis-Connect Abis-Connect Ack Abis-BTS Setup Ack Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd(EHDM) EHDM MS Ack Order Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs(Ms Ack) Handoff Completion Msg Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs(HCM) Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd(Base Ack) Base Ack Order
(8) (7) (6) (5)

BSC
(1) (2) (3) (4)

(9)

Figure 3-6 Intra-BTS soft/softer handoff add The following describes the intra-BTS soft/softer handoff add procedure: 1) 2) 3) 4) The MS sends a Pilot Strength Meas. Msg to the BTS and the BTS sends this message to the BSC. In response to the message, the BTS sends a Base Ack Order message to the MS. The BSC sends an Abis-BTS Setup message to the BTS, requesting the BTS to allocate the radio resource for the call. The BTS sends an Abis-Connect message to the BSC to set up the Abis service connection. In response to the Abis-Connect message, the BSC sends the

3-9

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

Abis-Connect Ack message to the BTS, indicating the result of processing the Abis-Connect message. 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) The BTS completes resource allocation and sends an Abis-BTS Setup Ack message to the BSC. The BSC sends an extended/general/universal handoff direction message (EHDM) to the MS to add the new cell to the active set. The MS acknowledges the receipt of the EHDM with an MS Ack Order. The MS sends a Handoff Completion Msg, indicating the successful handoff. The BSC acknowledges the receipt of the Handoff Completion Msg by sending a Base Ack Order.

II. Inter-BTS Soft/Softer Handoff Add
Figure 3-7 illustrates the inter-BTS soft/softer handoff add procedure.
MS Pilot Strength Meas. Msg BTS_S BTS_D Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs(Pilot Strength) Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd(Base Ack) Abis-BTS Setup Abis-Connect Abis-Connect Ack Abis-BTS Setup Ack Forward Traffic Frame EHDM MS Ack Order Handoff Completion Msg Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd(Forward Frame) Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs(Idle) Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd(EHDM) Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs(MS Ack) Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs(HCM) Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd(Base Ack) BSC

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11)

Base Ack Order

Base Ack Order

Figure 3-7 Inter-BTS soft/softer handoff add

Note: BTS_S stands for the source BTS, and BTS_D stands for the target BTS.

The following describes the inter-BTS soft/softer handoff add procedure: 1) 2) The MS sends a Pilot Strength Meas. Msg to the source BTS and the source BTS sends this message to the BSC. In response to the message, the source BTS sends a Base Ack Order message to the MS.

3-10

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

3) 4)

The BSC sends an Abis-BTS Setup message to the target BTS, requesting the target BTS to allocate the radio resource for the call. The target BTS sends an Abis-Connect message to the BSC to set up the Abis service connection. In response to the Abis-Connect message, the BSC sends the Abis-Connect Ack message to the target BTS, indicating the result of processing the Abis-Connect message.

5) 6)

The target BTS completes resource allocation and sends an Abis-BTS Setup Ack message to the BSC. The BSC starts to send forward traffic frames to the target BTS. The target BTS starts to transmit the forward traffic frames to the MS as soon as synchronization has occurred.

7) 8) 9)

The target BTS sends the reverse idle frames. The reverse frames contain the timing adjustment information necessary to achieve synchronization. The BSC sends an EHDM to the MS to add a new cell to the active set. The MS acknowledges the receipt of the EHDM with an MS Ack Order.

10) The MS sends a Handoff Completion Msg, indicating the successful handoff. 11) The BSC acknowledges the receipt of the Handoff Completion Msg by sending a Base Ack Order.

III. Inter-BTS Soft/Softer Handoff Drop
Figure 3-8 illustrates the inter-BTS soft/softer handoff drop procedure.
MS Pilot Strength Meas. Msg BTS_S BTS_D Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs(Pilot Strength) BSC

(1)
Base Ack Order EHDM MS Ack Order Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd(Base Ack) Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd(EHDM)

(2) (3)

Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs(MS Ack)

(4)

Handoff Completion Msg

Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs(HCM) Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd(Base Ack) Abis-BTS Release Abis-Remove Abis-Remove Ack Abis-BTS Release Ack

(5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

Base Ack Order

Figure 3-8 Inter-BTS soft/softer handoff drop The following describes the inter-BTS soft/softer handoff drop procedure: 1) The MS sends a Pilot Strength Meas. Msg to the BTS and the BTS sends this message to the BSC.
3-11

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)

In response to the message, the BTS sends a Base Ack Order message to the MS. The BSC sends an EHDM to the MS to drop a cell from the active set. The MS acknowledges the receipt of the EHDM with an MS Ack Order. The MS sends a Handoff Completion Msg, indicating the successful handoff. The BSC responds the target BTS with a Handoff Completion message. The BSC sends an Abis-BTS Release message to the source BTS, requesting the removal of a specified cell. The source BTS removes associated resources and sends an Abis-Remove message to the SDU function of the BSC. The SDU function of the BSC sends the Abis-Remove Ack message to the source BTS.

9)

The source BTS sends an Abis-BTS Release Ack message to the BSC to acknowledge the removal of the specified cell.

IV. Inter-BTS Hard Handoff
Figure 3-9 illustrates the inter-BTS hard handoff procedure.
MS Pilot Strength Meas. Msg BTS_S BTS_D Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs(Pilot Strength) Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd(Base Ack) Abis-BTS Setup Abis-Connect Abis-Connect Ack Abis-BTS Setup Ack Forward Traffic Frame EHDM MS Ack Order Reverse Traffic Frame Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd(Forward Frame) Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs(Idle) Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd(EHDM) Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs(MS Ack) Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs( Idle Frames) BSC

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)

Base Ack Order

Handoff Completion Msg

Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs(HCM) Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd(Base Ack)

(11) (12) (13) (14) (15)

Base Ack Order

Abis-BTS Release Abis-Remove Abis-Remove Ack Abis-BTS Release Ack

Figure 3-9 Inter-BTS hard handoff The following describes the inter-BTS hard handoff procedure: 1) The MS sends a Pilot Strength Meas. Msg to the source BTS and the source BTS sends this message to the BSC.
3-12

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

2) 3)

In response to the message, the source BTS sends a Base Ack Order message to the MS. The BSC decides that one or more cells at the target BTS are needed to support the call in hard handoff. The BSC sends an Abis-BTS Setup message to the target BTS to request allocation of radio resources at the BTS.

4)

If resources are available, the target BTS responses with an Abis-Connect message to set up an Abis service connection. In response to the Abis-Connect message, the BSC sends the Abis-Connect Ack message to the target BTS, indicating the result of processing the Abis-Connect message.

5) 6)

The target BTS completes resource allocation and sends an Abis-BTS Setup Ack message to the BSC. The BSC starts to send forward traffic frames to the target BTS. The target BTS starts to transmit the forward traffic frames to the MS as soon as synchronization has occurred.

7) 8) 9)

The target BTS sends the reverse idle frames. The reverse frames contain the timing adjustment information necessary to achieve synchronization. The BSC sends an EHDM to the MS to change the cell to the active set. The MS acknowledges the receipt of the EHDM with an MS Ack Order. target BTS.

10) The MS sends reverse traffic channel frames or the traffic channel preamble to the 11) The MS sends a Handoff Completion Msg, indicating the successful handoff. 12) The BSC acknowledges the receipt of the Handoff Completion Msg by sending a Base Ack Order. 13) The BSC sends an Abis-BTS Release message to the source BTS, requesting the removal of a specified cell. 14) The source BTS removes associated resources and sends an Abis-Remove message to the SDU function of the BSC. The SDU function of the BSC sends the Abis-Remove Ack message to the source BTS. 15) The source BTS sends an Abis-BTS Release Ack message to the BSC to acknowledge the removal of the specified cell.

3.1.3 SMS Delivery
This section introduces four types SMS delivery operations.

I. Mobile Originated SMS Delivery on the Access Channel
When an idle MS requests to send a short-length SMS message, the SMS message is sent on the access channel. Figure 3-10 illustrates the mobile originated SMS (SMS-MO) delivery on the access channel.

3-13

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station
MS Data Burst Message Abis-ACH Msg Transfer (Data Burst Message) BS Ack Order BTS BSC

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows
MSC

(1) (2)
ADDS Deliver

(3)

Figure 3-10 SMS-MO delivery on the access channel The following describes the SMS-MO delivery on the access channel: 1) 2) The MS sends a Data Burst Message on the access channel to transfer the SMS message. The BTS sends an Abis-ACH Msg Transfer message that contains the Data Burst Message received on the access channel. When the MS requires Layer 2 acknowledgement, the BTS sends the MS Ack Order to the MS on the paging channel. 3) The BSC sends the ADDS Transfer message to the MSC that contains the Data Burst Message received from the MS.

II. Mobile Terminated SMS Delivery on the Paging Channel
When the MSC requests to send a short-length SMS message to an idle MS, the SMS message is sent on the paging channel. Figure 3-11 illustrates the mobile terminated SMS (SMS-MT) delivery on the paging channel.
MS BTS Abis-PCH Msg Transfer (Data Burst Message) Data Burst Message MS Ack Order ADDS Deliver Ack BSC ADDS Deliver MSC

(1) (2) (3) (4)

Figure 3-11 SMS-MT delivery on the paging channel The following describes the SMS-MT delivery on the paging channel: 1) When the MSC determines that a point-to-point SMS message should be sent to an idle MS, the MSC sends an ADDS Deliver message to the BSC. The ADDS Deliver message contains the SMS message in the ADDS User Part information element. 2) 3) 4) The BSC sends an Abis-PCH Msg Transfer containing the Data Burst Message to the BTS. The BTS sends the Data Burst Message to the MS. The MS acknowledges the receipt of the Data Burst Message if it is required. The BSC responds with an ADDS Deliver Ack message.

3-14

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

III. Mobile Originated SMS delivery on the Traffic Channel
When the idle MS requests to send an SMS message and the message is too long to be sent on the access channel, the SMS message is sent on the traffic channel instead. Figure 3-12 illustrates the SMS-MO delivery on the traffic channel.
MS Data Burst Message A3-IS-2000 FCH Rvs (Data Burst Message) A3-IS-2000 FCH Fwd (BS Ack Order) BS Ack Order ADDS Deliver BTS BSC MSC

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Figure 3-12 SMS-MO delivery on the traffic channel The following describes the SMS-MO delivery on the traffic channel: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) The MS sends a Data Burst Message on the access channel to transfer the SMS message. The BTS sends an A3-IS-2000 FCH Rvs containing the Data Burst Message to the BSC. The BSC sends an ADDS Deliver message to the MSC. The ADDS User Part element contains the SMS message. The BSC sends an Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd message containing the BS Ack Order to acknowledge the receipt of the Data Burst Message, if it is required. The BTS responds with a BS Ack Order.

IV. Mobile Terminated SMS Delivery on the Traffic Channel
When the MSC requests to send an SMS message to an idle MS and the message is too long to be sent on the paging channel, the SMS message is sent on the traffic channel instead. Figure 3-13 illustrates the SMS-MT delivery on the traffic channel.
MS BTS Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd (Data Burst Message) Data Burst Message MS Ack Order Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs (MS Ack Order) ADDS Deliver Ack BSC ADDS Deliver MSC

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

Figure 3-13 SMS-MT delivery on the traffic channel The following describes the SMS-MT delivery on the traffic channel:

3-15

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

1)

When the MSC determines that a point-to-point SMS message should be sent to an idle MS, the MSC sends an ADDS Deliver message to the BSC. The ADDS Deliver message contains the SMS message in the ADDS User Part information element.

2) 3) 4) 5) 6)

The BSC sends an Abis-IS-2000 FCH Fwd containing the Data Burst Message. The Data Burst Message is sent on the traffic channel. The MS acknowledges the receipt of the Data Burst Message, if it is required. The BTS sends an Abis-IS-2000 FCH Rvs message containing the MS Ack Order. The BSC responds with an ADDS Deliver Ack message.

3.1.4 Packet Data Service
This section introduces two types of packet data service flows.

I. Packet Data Service (Abis Connection Not Yet Established)
Figure 3-14 illustrates the packet data service operation when the Abis connection is not yet established. In the following figure, BSS consists of BTS and BSC.

3-16

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

MS

BSS

MSC

PCF

PDSN

(1) Origination (2) BS ACK (3) CM Service Request (4) Assignment Request (5) ECAM (6) Tch Preamble (7) BS Ack Order (8) MS Ack Order (9) Service Connect Msg (10) Service Connect (11) A9-Setup-A8 A11 Registration (12) Request(Life time) A11-Registration (13) Reply (Life time, Accept) (14) A 9-Connect -A8 (15) Assignment Complete

Cmp Msg

Establishing PPP connection , Mobile IP Registration

Transmitting packet data

Figure 3-14 Mobile originated packet data service The following describes the mobile originated packet data service operation: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) The MS sends an Origination Message to the BTS on the access channel of the Um interface. After the BTS receives the Origination Message, it sends a BS Ack message to the MS. The BSC constructs a CM Service Request message and sends it to the MSC. The MSC sends an Assignment Request message to the BSC, requesting the BTS to assign radio resources. The BTS sends an extended channel assignment message (ECAM) on the paging channel of the Um interface. The MS begins to send the preamble on the assigned reverse traffic channel.
3-17

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

7) 8) 9)

After acquiring the reverse traffic channel, the BTS sends the BS ACK Order to the MS on the forward traffic channel. The MS acknowledges the receipt of the BS ACK Order by sending the MS ACK Order, and transmits null service frames on the reverse traffic channel. The BTS sends the Service Connect Msg to the MS to assign the service configuration for the call. The MS processes the service according to the assigned service configuration.

10) The MS responds with one Service Connect Complete Message upon receipt of the Service Connect Msg. 11) The BSC sends an A9-Setup-A8 message to the PCF, requesting to set up an A8 connection. 12) The PCF sends an A11-Registration-Request message to the PDSN, requesting to set up an A10 connection. 13) The PDSN accepts the A11-Registration-Request, and returns an A11-Registration-Reply message to the PCF. 14) The PCF returns an A9-Connect-A8 message to the BSC, indicating the successful establishment of the A8/A10 connection. 15) After both radio traffic channel and terrestrial circuit are established, the BSC sends an Assignment Complete message to the MSC. 16) The MS negotiates with the PDSN to establish a PPP connection between them. The mobile IP registration is also performed. The PPP message and Mobile IP message are transmitted over the traffic channel, and are transparent for the BSC/PCF. 17) After the PPP connection is established, the data service enters the connection state.

II. Packet Data Service (Abis Connection Is Established)
This section describes the packet data service flow when the Abis connection has been established, that is, the mobile initiated SCH setup procedure. The BSC initiated SCH setup procedure is similar to the mobile initiated SCH setup procedure, except that the triggering conditions are different. There is no special SCH release procedure when the SCH is allocated dynamically. Instead, the BSC determines the SCH rate and duration. Once the time is due, the SCH is released.Figure 3-15 illustrates the mobile initiated SCH setup procedure.

3-18

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

MS

BTS
(1) Supplemental Channel Request Message (2) Abis-BTS Setup (3) Abis Connect (4) Abis Connect Ack (5) Abis-BTS Setup Ack (6) Abis Burst Request (7) Abis Burst Response (8) Abis Burst Commit (9) Extended Supplemental Channel Assignment Message

BSC

Figure 3-15 Reverse SCH setup procedure The following describes the reverse SCH setup procedure:: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) If the packet data call is established, the MS may send a Supplemental Channel Request Message to the BSC, requesting to set up an SCH. The BSC sends an Abis-BTS Setup message to the BTS, requesting the BTS to allocate the radio resource for the call. After the BTS establishes the channel, it sends an Abis-Connect message to the BSC. The BSC responds with an Abis-Connect Ack message. After the BTS establishes all the channels, it sends an Abis-BTS Setup Ack message to the BSC, indicating the establishment of terrestrial circuits is completed. 6) 7) 8) 9) The BSC sends an Abis-Burst Request to the BTS to activate the BTS. The BTS responds with an Abis-Burst Response. The BSC sends an Abis-Burst Commit message to the BTS, and the BTS starts to transmit data over the SCH. The BSC constructs an Extended Supplemental Channel Assignment Message and sends it to the MS to assign an SCH for the MS, so that the packet data service can be transmitted at a high rate over the SCH.

3.2 CDMA2000 1xEV-DO Service Flows
As a pure data communication system, the CDMA2000 1xEV-DO system is constructed on the packet domain instead of the circuit switched domain part. This section introduces service flows of the CDMA2000 1xEV-DO system.

3-19

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

3.2.1 Service Flows
This section introduces the service flows of the CDMA2000 1xEV-DO system.

I. AT Initiated Connection Setup
Figure 3-16 illustrates the AT initiated connection setup procedure.
AN AT BTS BSC PCF PDSN
(1)

RouteUpdate + ConnectionRequest ACAck Abis-Do ACH Msg Transfer(RU+CR) A9-Setup-A8 A11-Registration Request A11-Registration Reply A9-Connect-A8 Abis-Do BTS Setup Abis-Do BTS Connect Abis-Do BTS Connect Ack Abis-Do BTS Setup Ack Abis-Do ForwardTraffic(Idle Data) Abis-Do ReverseTraffic(Idle Data) Abis-Do CCH Msg Transfer(TCA) TrafficChannelAssignment
(12) (7) (8) (4) (5) (6)

(2) (3)

(9) (10) (11)

Pilot + DRC RTCAck TrafficChannelComplete

Abis-Do ReverseTraffic(Preamble)

(13)

Abis-Do ReverseTraffic(TCC)

(14) (15)

Figure 3-16 AT initiated connection setup procedure The following describes the AT initiated connection setup procedure: 1) The AT sends a Connection Request and a RouteUpdate message to the BTS to initiate a connection setup procedure. The BTS responds with an AC Ack message. 2) 3) 4) The BTS sends an Abis-Do ACH Msg Transfer (RU+CR) message to the BSC. The AN sends an A9-Setup-A8 message to the PCF, requesting to set up an A8 connection. The PCF sends an A11-Registration-Request message to the PDSN, requesting to set up an A10 connection. The PDSN returns an A11-Registration-Response message. 5) The PCF returns an A9-Connect-A8 message to the AN, indicating the successful setup of the A8/A10 connection.
3-20

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

6) 7)

The BSC sends an Abis-Do BTS Setup message to the BTS, requesting the BTS to allocate the radio resource for the call. The BTS sends an Abis-Do Connect message to the BSC to set up an Abis-Do service connection. In response to the Abis-Do Connect message, the BSC sends an Abis-Connect Ack to the BTS, indicating the result of processing the Abis-Connect message.

8) 9)

The BTS completes resource allocation and sends an Abis-Do BTS Setup Ack message to the BSC. The BSC sends an Abis-Do Forward Traffic (Idle Data) message to the BTS to transmit the forward idle data.

10) The BSC sends an Abis-Do Reverse Traffic (Idle Data) message to the BTS to transmit the reverse idle data. 11) The BSC sends an Abis-Do CCH Msg Transfer (TCA) message to the BTS to transfer the control channel message. 12) The AN assembles the TrafficChannelAssignment message and sends it to the AT. 13) The AN sends the Pilot and DRC messages to the BTS. Then the BTS sends an Abis-Do ReverseTraffic (Preamble) message to the BSC. After that, the AN sends an RTC Ack message to the AT. 14) The AT sends a TrafficChannelComplete message, confirming that the connection is set up over the Um interface. 15) The BTS sends an Abis-Do ReverseTraffic (TCC) message to the BSC to transmit the reverse traffic data.

II. AN Initiated Connection Re-activation
Figure 3-17 illustrates the AN initiated connection re-activation procedure.

3-21

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

AN AT BTS BSC PCF
Packet Data A9-BS Service Request A9-BS Service Response Abis-Do CCH Msg Transfer(Page) Page
(4) (2)

PDSN
(1)

(3)

RouteUpdate + ConnectionRequest ACAck Abis-Do ACH Msg Transfer(RU+CR) A9-Setup-A8

(5)

(6) (7)

A9-Connect-A8 Abis-Do BTS Setup Abis-Do BTS Connect Abis-Do BTS Connect Ack Abis-Do BTS Setup Ack Abis-Do ForwardTraffic(Null Data) Abis-Do ReverseTraffic(Idle Data) Abis-Do CCH Msg Transfer(TCA) TrafficChannelAssignment Pilot + DRC RTCAck TrafficChannelComplete Abis-Do ReverseTraffic(Preamble)

(8) (9) (10)

(11)

(12) (13) (14) (15)

(16)

Abis-Do ReverseTraffic(TCC)

(17) (18)

Figure 3-17 AN initiated connection re-activation procedure The following describes the AT initiated connection re-activation procedure: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) The PDSN sends a Packet Data message to the PCF on the A10 connection to transfer the packet data. The PCF sends an A9-BS Service Request to the AN, requesting the packet data service. The AN responds with an A9-BS Service Response message. The BSC sends an Abis-Do CCH Msg Transfer (Page) message to the BTS to transfer the control channel message. The AN sends the Page message to the AT. The AT sends a Connection Request and a RouteUpdate message to the AN, requesting the AN to set up the connection over the Um interface. The AN responds with an AC Ack message. 6) 7) The BTS sends an Abis-Do ACH Msg Transfer (RU+CR) message to the BSC. The AN sends an A9-Setup-A8 message to the PCF, requesting to set up an A8 connection.
3-22

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

8) 9)

The PCF returns an A9-Connect-A8 message to the AN, indicating the successful setup of the A8 connection. The BSC sends an Abis-Do BTS Setup message to the BTS, requesting the BTS to allocate the radio resource for the call.

10) The BTS sends an Abis-Do Connect message to the BSC to set up an Abis-Do service connection. In response to the Abis-Do Connect message, the BSC sends an Abis-Do Connect Ack message to the BTS, indicating the result of processing the Abis-Do Connect message. 11) The BTS completes resource allocation and sends an Abis-Do BTS Setup Ack message to the BSC. 12) The BSC sends an Abis-Do Forward Traffic (Null Data) message to the BTS to transmit the forward null data. 13) The BSC sends an Abis-Do Reverse Traffic (Idle Data) message to the BTS to transmit the reverse idle data. 14) The BSC sends an Abis-Do CCH Msg Transfer (TCA) message to the BTS to transfer the control channel message. 15) The AN assembles the TrafficChannelAssignment message and sends it to the AT. 16) The AN sends the Pilot and DRC messages to the BTS. Then the BTS sends an Abis-Do ReverseTraffic (Preamble) message to the BSC. After that, the AN sends an RTC Ack message to the AT. 17) The AT sends a TrafficChannelComplete message, confirming the setup of the connection over the Um interface. 18) The BTS sends an Abis-Do ReverseTraffic (TCC) message to the BSC to transmit the reverse traffic data.

III. AT Initiated Connection Release
Figure 3-18 illustrates the AT initiated connection release procedure.
AN AT BTS BSC PCF PDSN

ConnectionClose

Abis-Do ReverseTraffic(CC) A9-Release-A8 A11-Registration Request A11-Registration Reply A9-Release-A8 Complete Abis-Do BTS Release Abis-Do BTS Remove Abis-Do BTS Remove Ack Abis-Do BTS Release Ack

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

(8)

Figure 3-18 AT initiated connection release procedure
3-23

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

The following describes the AT initiated connection release procedure: 1) 2) 3) 4) The AT sends a Connection Close message on the reverse channel to initiate a call release operation. The BTS sends an Abis-Do ReverseTraffic (CC) message to the BSC. The AN sends an A9-Release-A8 to the PCF to release the A8 connection. The PCF sends an A11-Registration-Request (Lifetime = 0) to release the A10 connection. The PDSN acknowledges the release of the A10 connection by sending an A11-Registration-Reply message. 5) 6) 7) The PCF acknowledges the release of the A8 connection by sending an A9-Release-A8 Complete message. The call release is completed. The BSC sends an Abis-Do BTS Release message to the BTS. The BTS sends an Abis-Do Remove message to the BSC, requesting the BSC to remove the specified cell from the service connection. The BSC responds with an Abis-Do Remove Ack message, indicating the processing result of the Abis-Do Remove message. 8) The BTS sends an Abis-Do BTS Release Ack message to the BSC in response to the Abis-Do Remove Ack message.

Note: When the Lifetime in the A11-Registration Request is not equal to 0, only the charging information is confirmed and the A10 connection is not released.

IV. AN Initiated Connection Release
Figure 3-19 illustrates the AN initiated connection release procedure.

3-24

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

AN AT BTS BSC
A9-Release-A8 A11-Registration Request A11-Registration Reply A9-Release-A8 Complete ConnectionClose ConnectionClose Abis-Do ForwardTraffic(CC)
(4) (5) (2)

PCF

PDSN
(1)

(3)

Abis-Do ReverseTraffic(CC) Abis-Do BTS Release Abis-Do BTS Remove Abis-Do BTS Remove Ack Abis-Do BTS Release Ack

(6) (7)

(8)

(9)

Figure 3-19 AN initiated connection release procedure The following describes the AN initiated connection release procedure: 1) 2) The AN sends an A9-Release-A8 to the PCF to release the A8 connection. The PCF sends an A11-Registration-Request (Lifetime = 0) to release the A10 connection. The PDSN acknowledges the release of the A10 connection by sending an A11-Registration-Reply. 3) 4) 5) The PCF acknowledges the release of the A8 connection by sending an A9-Release-A8 Complete message. The call release is completed. The BTS sends an Abis-Do ForwardTraffic (CC) message to the BSC. The AN sends a Connection Close message to the AT to initiate the call release operation. The AT acknowledges the call release by sending a Connection Close message to the AN. 6) 7) 8) The BTS sends an Abis-Do ReverseTraffic (CC) message to the BSC. The BSC sends an Abis-Do BTS Release message to the BTS. The BTS sends an Abis-Do Remove message to the BSC, requesting the BSC to remove the specified cell from the service connection. The BSC responds with an Abis-Do Remove Ack message, indicating the processing result of the Abis-Do Remove message. 9) The BTS sends an Abis-Do BTS Release Ack message to the BSC in response to the Abis-Do Remove Ack message.

3.2.2 Handoff
This section introduces the handoff add and drop procedures in the CDMA2000 1xEV-DO system.

3-25

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

I. Handoff Add
Figure 3-20 illustrates the handoff add procedure.

AN AT
RouteUpdate Abis-Do ReverseTraffic(RU) Abis-Do BTS Setup Abis-Do BTS Connect Abis-Do BTS Connect Ack Abis-Do BTS Setup Ack Abis-Do ForwardTraffic(Idle Data) Abis-Do ReverseTraffic(Idle Data) Abis-Do ForwardTraffic(TCA) TrafficChannelAssignment Abis-Do ForwardTraffic(ResetReport) ResetReport TrafficChannelComplete Abis-Do ReverseTraffic(TCC)
(4) (1) (2)

BTS_S

BTS_D

BSC

(3)

(5)

(6) (7)

(8) (9) (10)

(11) (12)

Figure 3-20 Handoff add procedure

Note: BTS_S stands for the source BTS, and BTS_D stands for the target BTS.

The following describes the handoff add procedure: 1) 2) 3) 4) The AT sends a RouteUpdate message to the source BTS. The BSC decides that a reverse link handoff is required. The source BTS sends an Abis-Do ReverseTraffic (RU) message to the BSC. The BSC sends an Abis-Do BTS Setup message to the target BTS, requesting the target BTS to allocate the radio resource for the call. The target BTS sends an Abis-Do Connect message to the BSC to set up an Abis-Do service connection. In response to the Abis-Do Connect message, the BSC sends an Abis-Connect Ack message to the target BTS, indicating the result of processing the Abis-Do Connect message. 5) 6) The target BTS completes resource allocation and sends an Abis-Do BTS Setup Ack message to the BSC. The BSC sends an Abis-Do Forward Traffic (Idle Data) message to the target BTS to transmit the forward idle data.

3-26

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

7) 8) 9)

The target BTS sends an Abis-Do Reverse Traffic (Idle Data) message to the BSC to transmit the reverse idle data. The BSC sends an Abis-Do ForwardTraffic (TCA) message to the source BTS. The source BTS sends an TrafficChannelAssignment message, informing the AT to use the new active set.

10) The BSC sends an Abis-Do Forward Traffic (ResetReport) message to the source BTS. The source BTS sends the ResetReport message to the AT. 11) The AT sends a TrafficChannelComplete message to acknowledge the setup of connection over the Um interface. The reverse softer handoff is completed. 12) The source BTS sends an Abis-Do ReverseTraffic (TCC) message to the BSC.

II. Handoff Drop
Figure 3-21 illustrates the handoff drop procedure.

AN AT
RouteUpdate RouteUpdate

BTS_S

BTS_D

BSC

Abis-Do ReverseTraffic(RU) Abis-Do ReverseTraffic(RU) Abis-Do ForwardTraffic(TCA)

(1) (2)

TrafficChannelAssignment Abis-Do ForwardTraffic(RR) ResetReport TrafficChannelComplete

(3) (4) (5)

Abis-Do ReverseTraffic(TCC) Abis-Do ReverseTraffic(TCC)

(6) (7)

TrafficChannelComplete

Abis-Do BTS Release Abis-Do BTS Remove

(8)

(9)

Abis-Do BTS Remove Ack Abis-Do BTS Release Ack
(10)

Figure 3-21 Handoff drop procedure The following describes the handoff drop procedure: 1) 2) 3) 4) The AT sends a RouteUpdate message to the BTS. The BTS sends an Abis-Do ReverseTraffic (RU) message to the BSC. The BSC sends an Abis-Do ForwardTraffic (TCA) message to the source BTS. The source BTS sends a TrafficChannelAssignment message, informing the AT to use the new active set.
3-27

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Chapter 3 Service Flows

5) 6) 7) 8) 9)

The BSC sends an Abis-Do Forward Traffic (ResetReport) message to the source BTS. The source BTS sends the ResetReport message to the AT. The AT sends a TrafficChannelComplete message to acknowledge the setup of connection over the Um interface. The reverse softer handoff is completed. The BTS sends an Abis-Do ReverseTraffic (TCC) message to the BSC. The BSC sends an Abis-Do BTS Release message to the BTS. The BTS sends an Abis-Do Remove message to the BSC, requesting the BSC to remove the specified cell from the service connection. The BSC responds with an Abis-Do Remove Ack message, indicating the processing result of the Abis-Do Remove message.

10) The BTS sends an Abis-Do BTS Release Ack message to the BSC in response to the Abis-Remove Ack message.

3-28

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Appendix A Abbreviations and Acronyms

Appendix A Abbreviations and Acronyms
# 1xEV-DO A A1/A2/A5 A3/A7 A8/A9 A10/A11 AAA AAL2 AAL5 Abis AC AN ARQ AT ATM AUC B BAM BS BSC BSS BTS C CC CDMA CEs CLK CN Control Channel Code Division Multiple Access Channel Elements Clock Core Network Back Administration Module Base Station Base Station Controller Base Station Subsystem Base Transceiver Station Authentication Center Access Network Automatic Repeat Request Access Terminal Asynchronous Transfer Mode Authentication Authorization, Authentication and Accounting ATM Adaptation Layer 2 ATM Adaptation Layer 5 Single 1.25 MHz carrier Evolution - Data Optimized

A-1

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Appendix A Abbreviations and Acronyms

CPU DRC F F-APICH F-ATDPICH F-BCH FCACH F-CCCH F-CPCCH FCS F-DCCH FER F-FCH F-PCH FPGA F-PICH F-QPCH F-SCCH F-SCH F-SYNCH F-TCH F-TDPICH G GLONASS GMSC GPS I ICP ID IMA IMSI IP IPOA

Center Processing Unit Data Rate Control

Forward Assistant Pilot Channel Forward Transmit Diversity Assistant Pilot Channel Forward Broadcast Channel Forward Common Assignment Channel Forward Common Control Channel Forward Common Power Control Channel Frame Check Sequence Forward Dedicated Control Channel Frame Error Radio Forward Fundamental Channel Forward Paging Channel Field Programmable Gate Array Forward Pilot Channel Forward Quick Paging Channel Forward Supplemental Code Channel Forward Supplemental Channel Forward Sync Channel Forward Traffic Channel Forward Transmit Diversity Pilot Channel

Global Navigation Satellite System Gateway Mobile-services Switching Centre Global Positioning System

IMA Control Protocol Identity Inverse Multiplexing for ATM International Mobile Station Identity Internet Protocol IP over ATM

A-2

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Appendix A Abbreviations and Acronyms

ISDN L LAC LMT LMF M MAC MML Modem MPU MS MSC N NID O OAM OMC OML OMU P PACA PCF PCS PDSN PDU PLMN PPP PSTN PTT PVC PVP Q QoS

Integrated Services Digital Network

Link Access Control Local Maintenance Terminal Local Maintenance Function

Medium Access Control Man-Machine Language Modulator-Demodulator Micro Process Unit Mobile Station Mobile Switching Center

Network Identification

Operation, Administration and Maintenance Operation & Maintenance Center Operation & Maintenance Link Operation & Maintenance Unit

Priority Access and Channel Assignment Packet Control Function Personal Communications Services Packet Data Service Node Protocol Data Unit Public Land Mobile Network Peer-to-Peer Protocol Public Switched Telephone Network Push To Talk Permanent Virtual Channel Permanent Virtual Path

Quality of Service

A-3

Technical Manual Airbridge BTS3606 CDMA Base Station

Interface Protocols and Service Flows Appendix A Abbreviations and Acronyms

QPSK R R-ACH RC R-CCCH R-DCCH R-EACH RF R-FCH RLP RM R-PICH R-SCCH R-SCH RSQI R-TCH S SDU SDU SID SPU SRBP SSD T TCP TMSI U Um UNI V VCI VLR VPI

Quadrature Phase Shift Keying

Reverse Access Channel Radio Configuration Reverse Common Control Channel Reverse Dedicated Control Channel Reverse Enhanced Access Channel Radio Frequency Reverse Fundamental Channel Radio Link Protocol Radio Management Reverse Pilot Channel Reverse Supplemental Code Channel Reverse Supplemental Channel Receive Signal Quality Indicator Reverse Traffic Channel

Service Data Unit Selection/Distribution Unit System Identification Signaling Process Unit Signaling Radio Burst Protocol Shared Secret Data

Transport Control Protocol Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identifier

User Network Interface

Virtual Channel Identifier Visitor Location Register Virtual Path Identifier

A-4